Skip to main content

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley197576leba 


LEBANON  VALLEY  COLLEGE 

bulletin 


L,ebanon  Valley  College 
Bulletin  is  published  five 
imes  a  year  in  the  Spring, 
iummer.  Fall  and  twice 
n  Winter  by  Lebanon 
/alley  College,  Laughlin 
ia.ll,  Annville,  Pennsyl- 
ania  17003 


1 

Volume  VIII,  Number  5 
Winter  1974 

The  college  reserves  the 
right  to  change  any  pro- 
visions  or  requirements 
at  any   time  within  the 
student's    term    of    res- 
idence. 

Second   class   postage 
paid  at  Annville,  Penn- 
sylvania 17003 

CALENDAR  1975 


JANUARY 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4 
5  6  7  8  9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31 


FEBRUARY 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
1 
2  3  4  5  6  7  8 
9  10  11  12  13  14  15 
16  17  18  19  20  21  22 
23  24  25  26  27  28 


MARCH 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 

1 
2  3  4  5  6  7  8 
9  10  11  12  13  14  15 
16  17  18  19  20  21  22 
23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30  31 


APRIL 

5  M   T   W   T    F     S 

12    3    4    5 

6  7  8  9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
21  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30 


MAY 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
1  2  3 
4  5  6  7  8  9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 


JUNE 
S    M   T   W   T    F     S 

12  3  4  5  6  7 
8  9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30 


JULY 

5  M    T   W   T    F     S 

12     3    4    5 

6  7  8  9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31 


AUGUST 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
1  2 
3  4  5  6  7  8  9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 


SEPTEMBER 
S    M   T   W   T    F    S 

12  3  4  5  6 
7  8  9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30 


OCTOBER 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4 
5  6  7  8  9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31 


NOVEMBER 
S    M   T   W   T    F     S 

1 
2  3  4  5  6  7  8 
9  10  11  12  13  14  15 
16  17  18  19  20  21  22 
23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30 


DECEMBER 
S    M   T   W   T    F     S 

12  3  4  5  6 
7  8  9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31 


CALENDAR  1976 


JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

APRIL 

S    M    T    W    T    F     S 

S    M    T   W    T     F    S 

S    M    T   W   T     F     S 

S    M    T    W    T     F    S 

1     2     3 

12     3     4     5    6    7 

12     3     4    5    6 

1     2    3 

4     5     6     7     8    9   10 

8    9    10  11  12  13  14 

7     8     9    10  11  12  13 

4     5     6     7     8    9   10 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

29 

28  29  30  31 

25  26  27  28  29  30 

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S    M    T   W   T     F    S 

S    M    T   W    T     F    S 

S    M    T   W    T     F     S 

S   M    T   W   T    F    S 

1 

12     3    4    5 

1     2     3 

12     3     4     5    6    7 

2     3     4     5     6    7    8 

6    7     8     9    10  11  12 

4     5     6     7     8     9   10 

8     9    10  11   12  13  14 

9    10  11  12  13  14  15 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

27  28  29  30 

25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

29  30  31 

30  31 

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S    M    T   W    T     F    S 

S    M    T    W    T    F     S 

S    M    T   W    T     F    S 

S    M    T    W    T     F     S 

12     3    4 

1     2 

12     3     4    5    6 

12     3    4 

5     6     7     8     9    10  11 

3     4     5     6     7    8    9 

7     8     9    10  11  12  13 

5     6     7     8     9    10  11 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

26  27  28  29  30 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

28  29  30 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

COLLEGE  CALENDAR  1974/1975 

1974  First  Semester 

Aug.         31  Saturday,  5:45  P.M Faculty-Administration  reception  and 

dinner 

Sept.  1  Sunday,  2:00  P.M Residence  halls  open  for  new  students 

2-3  Monday,  Tuesday  Orientation  for  new  students 

3  Tuesday,  8:30  A.M Registration  by  new  students 

3  Tuesday,  1:00  P.M Registration  by  upperclassmen 

4  Wednesday,  10:00  A.M.  .  .Opening  College  Convocation 
4  Wednesday,  1:00  P.M.   ...  Classes  begin 

7  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  retreat 

24  Tuesday,   11:00  A.M Religion  and  Life-Balmer  Showers  Lecture 

Oct.  5  Saturday Homecoming  Day 

22  Tuesday,  11:00  A.M Balmer  Showers  Lecture 

23  Wednesday   Mid-semester  grades  due 

Nov.  9  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

13-20  Wednesday  through 

Wednesday   Pre-registration  for  second  semester 

27  Wednesday,  1:00  P.M Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

Dec.  2  Monday,  8:00  A.M Classes  resume 

13  Friday,  5:00  P.M First  semester  classes  end 

14-15  Saturday,   Sunday    Reading  period 

16-21   Monday  through 

Saturday    First  semester  examinations 

21  Saturday,  5:00  P.M First  semester  ends 

J975  Second  Semester 

Jan.  12  Sunday,  2:00  P.M Residence  halls  open 

13  Monday,  8:00  A.M Registration 

14  Tuesday,  8:00  A.M Classes  begin 

Feb. 28- 
Mar.      9  Friday  through  Sunday  .  .  .  Concert  Choir  tour 

1 1   Tuesday Religious  Emphasis  Day 

21   Friday,  5:00  P.M Easter  vacation  begins 

Apr.  1   Tuesday,  8:00  A.M Classes  resume 

1  Tuesday,l  1:00  A.M Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Day 

6  Sunday,  3:00  P.M Spring  Music  Festival,  College  Chorus  and 

Symphony  Orchestra 

15  Tuesday,  11:00  A.M Religion  &  Life — Balmer  Showers  Lecture 

9-16  Wednesday  through 

Wednesday   Pre-registration  for  first  semester,  1975- 

1976,  and  1975  summer  session 

20  Sunday,  3:00  P.M Spring   Music   Festival,   Symphonic  Band 

and  Wind  Ensemble 
25-27  Friday  through  Sunday   .  .  .Fifth  Annual  Fine  Arts  Festival 

29  Tuesday,  11:00  A.M Awards  and  Recognition  Convocation 

30  Wednesday,  5:00  P.M Second  semester  classes  end 

May        1-4  Thursday  through  Sunday  .  Reading  period 

3  Saturday    Alumni  Day 

5-10  Monday  through  Saturday  .Second  semester  examinations 
10  Saturday,  5:00  P.M Second  semester  ends 

16  Friday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

17  Saturday    Orientation  for  incoming  students 

18  Sunday,  9:00  A.M Baccalaureate  service 

18  Sunday,  11:00  A.M 106th  Annual  Commencement 

1975  summer  session:  June  9- August  1 


COLLEGE  CALENDAR  1975/1976 

1075  First  Semester 

Aug.         30  Saturday,  5:45  p.m Faculty-Administration  reception  and  din- 
ner 

31  Sunday,  2:00  p.m Residence  halls  open  for  new  students 

Sept.        1-2  Monday,  Tuesday Orientation  for  new  students 

2  Tuesday,  8:30  a.m Registration  by  new  students 

2  Tuesday,  1:00  p.m Registration  by  upperclassmen 

3  Wednesday,  10:00  a.m.  .  .  .Opening  College  Convocation 

3  Wednesday,  1:00  p.m Classes  begin 

6  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  Retreat 

23  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Religion  and  Life — Balmer  Showers  Lec- 

ture 
Oct.  1 1   Saturday    Homecoming  Day 

21  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Balmer  Showers  Lecture 

22  Wednesday   Mid-Semester  grades  due 

Nov.  8  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

12-19  Wednesday  through 

Wednesday   Pre-registration  for  second  semester 

26  Wednesday,  1:00  p.m Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

Dec.  1   Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

12  Friday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  classes  end 

13-14  Saturday,  Sunday Reading  period 

15-20  Monday  through 

Saturday    First  semester  examinations 

20  Saturday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  ends 

ig-^g  Second  Semester 

Jan.  18  Sunday,  2:00  p.m Residence  halls  open 

19  Monday,  8:00  a.m Registration 

20  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

Feb.  10  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Religion  and  Life — Balmer  Showers  Lec- 

ture 

24  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Founders'  Day 

27  Friday,  5:00  p.m Spring  vacation  begins 

27-Mar.      7  Friday  through  Sunday   .  .  Concert  Choir  tour 

8  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

16  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Religious  Emphasis  Day 

28  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Wind  Ensemble 

30  Tuesday Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Day 

31 -Apr.      7  Wednesday  through 

Wednesday   Pre-registration    for    first    semester,    1976- 

1977,  and  1976  summer  session 

4  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  College  Chorus  and 

Symphony  Orchestra 

11   Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Symphonic  Band 

15  Thursday,  5:00  p.m Easter  vacation  begins 

20  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

23-25  Friday  through  Sunday   .  .Sixth  Annual  Spring  Arts  Festival 

May  1  Saturday    Alumni  Day 

4  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Awards  and  Recognition  Convocation 

7  Friday,  5:00  p.m Second  semester  classes  end 

8-9  Saturday,   Sunday    Reading  period 

10-15   Monday  through 

Saturday    Second  semester  examinations 

15  Saturday,  5:00  p.m Second  semester  ends 

21  Friday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

22  Saturday    Orientation  for  incoming  students 

23  Sunday,  9:00  a.m Baccalaureate  service 

23  Sunday,  11:00  a.m 107th  Annual  Commencement 

1976  summer  session:  June  7-July  30 


Contents 


College  Profile 6 

College  History 6 

Accreditation 8 

Principles  and  Objectives 9 

Support  and  Control 10 

Enrollment  Statistics 14 

Information  For  Prospective  Students  15 

Admission   15 

Student  Finances   18 

Financial  Aid  20 

Academic  Programs  and  Procedures  22 

Requirements  For  Degrees 22 

General  and  Distribution  Requirements   26 

The  College  Honors  Program 27 

Auxiliary  Schools    28 

Marine  Biology  Program 29 

Junior  Year  Abroad   29 

Washington  Semester  Program 29 

Academic  Procedures    30 

Administrative  Regulations 33 

Student  Activities  36 

The  Religious  Life  36 

Campus  Organizations   38 

Cultural  Opportunities 40 

Student  Government 40 

Athletics  and  Recreation 41 

Courses  of  Study  By  Departments  42 

Special  Plans  of  Study   92 

Directories  101 

Faculty  and  Administrative  Staff 101 

Board  of  Trustees  112 

General  Alumni  Organization   116 

Degrees  Conferred 118 

Student  Awards   122 

Correspondence  Directory   129 

Index 130 

5 


COLLEGE  PROFILE 


COLLEGE  HISTORY 

Officials  of  the  East  Pennsylvania  Conference  of  the  Church  of  the 
United  Brethren  in  Christ  were  acutely  embarrassed  in  the  spring  of  1866. 
Five  public-spirited  citizens  of  the  town  of  Annville  had  come  to  Con- 
ference on  February  22  and  offered  as  a  gift  the  Annville  Academy  build- 
ing on  Main  Street,  which  they  had  bought  for  S4,500,  providing  that  the 
Conference  would  establish  and  maintain  there  forever  an  institution  of 
learning  of  high  grade.  The  gift  was  accepted.  The  name  Lebanon  Valley 
College  was  chosen.  It  was  decided  to  lease  the  property  to  someone 
qualified  to  operate  a  school.  The  opening  date  was  set — May  7.  Planning 
then  came  to  a  stop,  for  they  coidd  find  no  one  to  take  the  lease. 

That  was  the  situation  seven  weeks  before  the  opening  date,  accord- 
ing to  George  Washington  Miles  Rigor,  whose  short  account  is  the  earliest 
extant  history  of  Lebanon  Valley  College.  There  was  no  college  graduate 
in  the  whole  Conference,  and  a  poll  of  Otterbein  College  graduates  failed 
to  turn  up  a  prospect.  Rigor,  a  United  Brethren  minister  who  had  at- 
tended college  for  only  three  years,  stepped  into  the  breach.  He  enlisted 
the  cooperation  of  a  neighbor,  Thomas  R.  Vickroy,  a  Methodist  minister 
and  graduate  of  Dickinson  College.  They  took  over  the  lease  as  partners 
for  the  next  five  years,  Vickroy  to  run  the  school  and  Rigor  to  act  as  agent. 
The  building  was  readied  and  Lebanon  Valley  College  opened  on  May 
7,  as  scheduled,  with  49  students  enrolled.  From  its  first  day  it  was  co- 
educational. 

President  Vickroy's  term  was  marked  by  action.  Eleven  acres  were 
added  to  the  "lot  and  a  half  of  ground"  conveyed  by  the  original  deed. 
A  spacious  four-story  building  was  erected.  A  charter  was  granted  by  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  A  faculty  was  hired.  A  complete  college 
curriculum,  based  on  the  classics  but  including  music  and  art,  was  es- 
tablished, and  two  classes  were  graduated  before  Vickroy  gave  up  his 
lease  in  1871.  The  college  was  not  leased  again  but  continued  operations 
through  a  Board  of  Trustees. 

The  five  presidents  during  the  next  25  years  had  great  difficulty  in 
keeping  the  college  financially  afloat,  due  to  lack  of  support  ranging  from 
apathy  to  open  opposition.  There  was  some  progress.  A  library  was  es- 
tablished in  1874,  and  a  college  newspaper  appeared  in  1888.  However, 
in  the  fall  of  1896,  the  school  was  debt-ridden,  living  from  hand  to  mouth, 
with  an  enrollment  of  only  80. 

The  administration  of  President  Hervin  U.  Roop,  starting  in  1897, 
marked  the  first  real  period  of  expansion.  Under  his  leadership,  five  new 
buildings  were  erected,  including  a  library  donated  by  Andrew  Carnegie, 
and  the  Administration  Building  was  re-built  after  a  disastrous  fire  on 
Christmas  Eve,  1904.  By  1905,  enrollment  had  soared  to  470,  with  a 
faculty  of  23. 


Loss  of  public  confidence  and  financial  support  prompted  Roop's 
resignation  in  1905,  and  the  college  faced  its  darkest  days.  Bankruptcy 
was  averted  by  the  keen  business  sense  and  personal  generosity  of  Presi- 
dent Lawrence  Keister,  who  served  from  1907  to  1912. 

President  George  D.  Gossard  finally  gave  the  college  stability  when 
he  achieved  for  it  accreditation  and  a  million-dollar  endowment  fund,  the 
income  from  which  was  to  form  the  financial  cushion  dreamed  of  by  all 
the  presidents  before  him.  By  the  end  of  his  20-year  term  in  1932,  there 
were  653  students  and  32  faculty  members.  Most  important,  the  Con- 
servatory of  Music  was  accredited  by  the  Commonwealth  for  its  program 
in  public  school  music,  marking  the  start  of  an  outstanding  academic  de- 
partment. 

Following  Dr.  Gossard's  death  in  1932,  Dr.  Clyde  A.  Lynch  faced 
a  series  of  external  crises  which  lasted  throughout  his  18  years  as  presi- 
dent. The  stock  market  crash  shrank  the  handsome  endowment  raised  by 
his  predecessor.  The  depression  of  the  1930's  reduced  the  enrollment,  and 
World  War  II  lowered  it  still  further;  the  post-war  influx  of  veterans  then 
stretched  it  to  more  than  capacity.  In  spite  of  these  trials.  Dr.  Lynch's 
administration  began  buying  property  adjacent  to  the  campus  to  allow 
for  further  expansion.  It  also  raised  over  a  half-million  dollars,  part  of 
which  was  to  be  used  for  a  new  physical  education  building.  This  build- 
ing, still  unfinished  at  the  time  of  Lynch's  death  in  1950,  was  named  in  his 
honor  upon  completion. 

The  twelfth  president  of  the  college,  Frederic  K.  Miller,  served  for 
almost  17  years.  During  his  term,  inflation  caused  mushrooming  costs,  but 
the  so-called  "tidal  wave  of  students"  made  possible  selective  admissions. 
The  greatest  physical  expansion  in  the  history  of  the  college  occurred, 
with  seven  new  buildings  erected  and  several  renovated.  Two  major  fund- 
raising  drives  were  concluded  successfully.  Enrollment  increased  60%, 
with  a  corresponding  increase  in  faculty  and  administrative  staff.  The 
centennial  of  the  founding  of  the  college  was  observed  by  a  year-long 
series  of  events. 

On  April  1,  1967,  Dr.  Miller  retired,  and  Allan  W.  Mund,  president  of 
the  Board  of  Trustees,  became  acting  president.  It  was  not  until  February 
3,  1968,  that  Frederick  P.  Sample  was  elected  by  the  board  to  become 
thirteenth  president  of  Lebanon  Valley  College.  When  Dr.  Sample  as- 
sumed office  on  September  1,  1968,  Lebanon  Valley  College  faced  its  sec- 
ond century  as  a  fully-accredited,  church-related,  coeducational  college 
of  the  liberal  arts,  occupying  a  35-acre  campus  of  26  buildings,  and  sup- 
porting an  enrollment  of  900  and  a  full-time  faculty  of  58.  In  the  years 
since  then,  the  college  has  continued  to  grow  in  acres  and  buildings,  in 
students  and  faculty.  This  growth  is  reaching  its  culmination  in  the  1970's 
with  the  multi-million  dollar  ambitions  of  the  Fund  for  Fulfillment. 

Just  as  the  college  has  changed  through  the  years,  so  has  the  Church 
of  the  United  Brethren  in  Christ  which  gave  it  birth  and  offered  its  sup- 
port. Organized  in  1800  as  the  first  Christian  church  indigenous  to  the 
United  States,  the  denomination  merged  with  the  Evangelical  Church  to 
become  the  Evangelical  United  Brethren  Church  in  1946.  In  April,  1968, 


this  body  joined  with  the  Methodist  Church  to  form  the  United  Meth- 
odist Church. 

In  looking  to  its  second  century,  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  con- 
scious of  the  dream  of  its  forefathers  that  it  be  "an  institution  of  learning 
of  high  grade."  It  aims  to  be  essentially  what  it  is  now,  a  relatively  small 
college  of  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences  that  takes  its  Christian  origins 
seriously. 


Presidents  of 

Lebanon  Valley  College 

Rev.  Thomas  Rees  Vickroy,  Ph.D. 

1866-1871 
Lucian  H.  Hammond,  A.M. 

1871-1876 
Rev.  D.  D.  DeLong,  A.M. 

1876-1887 
Rev.  E.  S.  Lorenz,  A.M.,  B.D. 

1887-1889 
Rev.  Cyrus  J.  Kephart,  A.M. 

1889-1890 
E.  Benjamin  Bierman,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

1890-1897 
Rev.    Hervin    U.    Roop,    A.M.,    Ph.D. 
LL.D. 

1897-1906 

Rev.  Abram  Paul  Funkhouser,  B.S. 
1906-1907 


Rev.  Lawrence  Keister,  S.T.B.,  D.D. 

1907-1912 

Rev.     George     Daniel    Gossard,    B.D., 
D.D.,  LL.D. 
1912-1932 
Rev.   Clyde   Alvin   Lynch,   A.M.,   B.D., 
D.D.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 
1932-1950 
Frederic  K.  Miller,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Litt.D., 
D.H.L.,  D.Pd.,  LL.D. 

y\cting  President  1950-1951 
President  1951-1967 
Allan  W.  Mund,  LL.D. 

Acting  President  1967-1968 

Frederick  P.  Sample,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed., 
Pd.D. 
1968- 


ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  on  the  approved  lists  of  the  Regents  of  the 
State  University  of  New  York  and  the  American  Association  of  Univer- 
sity Women. 


Lebanon  Valley  College   is  accredited 
by  the  following  bodies: 

Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges 
and  Secondary  Schools 

Department  of  Education  of  Pennsyl- 
vania 

National    Association   of    Schools   of 
Music 

American  Chemical  Society 


Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of 
the  following  bodies: 

American  Association  of  Colleges  for 

Teacher  Education 
American  Council  on  Education 
Association  of  American  Colleges 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board 
College  Scholarship  Service 
Eastern  College  Athletic  Conference 
Pennsylvania  Association  of  Colleges 

and  Universities 
Pennsylvania  Association  of  Colleges 

for  Teacher  Education 
Pennsylvania   Foundation   for  Inde- 
pendent Colleges 


PRINCIPLES  AND  OBJECTIVES 

The  aim  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  to  give  its  students  the  oppor- 
tunity to  procure  a  liberal  education  of  the  highest  quality.  That  is,  it 
seeks,  first  of  all,  to  acquaint  them  with  the  basic  facts  and  principles  of 
the  cultural  heritage  of  mankind,  including  its  spiritual,  scientific,  liter- 
ary, artistic,  and  social  elements.  Second,  it  seeks  to  develop  in  its  students 
the  capacity  to  use  their  full  intellectual  resources  in  dealing  with,  formu- 
lating and  communicating  ideas,  and  making  reasoned  judgments.  Third, 
it  seeks  to  cultivate  those  qualities  of  personality  and  character,  of  moral 
and  social  responsibility  and  concern,  that  characterize  personal  maturity 
and  constitute  the  basis  of  a  free  society. 

The  aims  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  to  provide  a  liberal  education 
are  set  within  the  context  of  commitment  to  the  Christian  faith  and  Chris- 
tian values,  and  are  ordered  by  the  conviction  that  sincere  faith  and  sig- 
nificant learning  are  inseparable,  that  all  truth  has  its  origin  and  end  in 
God,  and  that,  therefore,  learner  and  teacher  alike  not  only  can  be,  but 
must  be  free  to  subject  all  claims  to  truth  and  value,  both  religious  and 
secular,  to  the  tests  of  honest  and  humble  inquiry,  analysis,  reflection,  and 
redefinition.  And  implicit  in  this  conviction  is  the  correlate  that  keeping 
the  doors  open  for  exploration  and  application  of  Christian  truth  and 
values  does  not  bar  the  way  to  the  exploration  of  the  truth  and  value  to 
be  found  in  other  religious  and  philosophical  traditions  of  mankind. 
Finally,  in  the  Christian  understanding  of  man  as  a  creature  of  God  is 
found  the  basis  of  the  college's  concern  for  all  its  members  as  persons,  as 
God-related  as  well  as  man-related  and  world-related  beings.  Thus 
through  commitment  to  the  ideal  of  Christian  higher  education  does  the 
college  seek  to  serve  the  church  and  the  Christian  community  which 
nourishes  and  sustains  it. 

In  its  policy  of  providing  programs  of  a  professional  and  pre-profes- 
sional  nature,  Lebanon  Valley  College  does  not  seek  simply  to  help  edu- 
cate persons  who  will  make  their  own  useful  contribution  to  the  work  of 
the  world  and  to  the  service  of  mankind  in  certain  professions  and  voca- 
tions. The  college  insists  that  for  its  students  engaged  in  such  preparation 
the  purposes  of  a  Christian  liberal  education  apply  completely  and  must 
be  neither  ignored  nor  deprecated  for  the  sake  of  technical  or  utilitarian 
ends  or  in  the  name  of  pragmatic  or  material  values.  A  liberally  educated 
professional  is  a  more  complete  person,  when  through  his  practice  his 
knowledge  and  interests  are  applied  and  made  relevant  to  the  world. 

It  is  in  relation  to  these  general  principles  that  the  following  more 
specific  educational  objectives  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  are  to  be  under- 
stood: 

1.  To  provide  an  opportunity  for  qualified  young  people  to  procure  a 
liberal  education  and  to  develop  their  total  personalities  under  Chris- 
tian influences. 

2.  To  help  provide  the  church  with  capable  and  enlightened  leaders, 
both  clerical  and  lay. 

3.  To  foster  Christian  ideals  and  to  encourage  faithfulness  to  the  church 
of  the  student's  choice. 


4.  To  help  train  well-informed,  intelligent,  and  responsible  citizens, 
qualified  for  leadership  in  community,  state,  and  nation. 

5.  To  provide  pre-professional  students  with  the  broad  preliminary  train- 
ing recommended  by  professional  schools  and  professional  associations. 
To  provide,  in  an  atmosphere  of  liberal  culture,  partial  or  complete 
training  for  certain  professions  and  vocations. 

To  provide  opportunity  for  gifted  students  to  pursue  independent 
study  for  the  purpose  of  developing  their  intellectual  powers  to  the 
maximum. 


6 


7 


SUPPORT  AND  CONTROL 

Lebanon  Valley  College  receives  support  authorized  by  the  General 
Conference  of  the  United  Methodist  Church,  individual  congregations  of 
the  denomination  in  the  Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference  and  the  Cen- 
tral Pennsylvania  Conference,  endowments,  and  the  Pennsylvania  Foun- 
dation for  Independent  Colleges.  Also,  since  at  Lebanon  Valley  College 
as  at  most  other  institutions  of  higher  learning  the  tuition  and  other  an- 
nual charges  paid  by  the  student  do  not  cover  the  total  cost  of  his  educa- 
tion, additional  income  is  derived  through  the  Lebanon  Valley  College 
Fund.  The  Fund  is  supported  by,  industry,  alimini,  the  Board  of  Trustees, 
parents  of  students,  and  other  friends  of  the  college. 

Total  assets  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  are  approximately  $19,000,000, 
including  endowment  funds  of  about  $3,200,000.  Aside  from  general  en- 
dowment income  available  for  unrestricted  purposes,  there  are  a  number 
of  special  funds  designated  for  specific  uses  such  as  professorships,  schol- 
arships, and  the  library. 

Control  of  the  college  is  vested  in  a  Board  of  Trustees  composed  of 
49  elected  members,  24  of  whom  represent  church  conferences;  5  of  whom 
represent  the  alumni  of  the  institution;  5  of  whom  represent  the  faculty; 
and  15  of  whom,  including  3  students,  are  elected  at  large. 


NEW  FACILITIES 

Blair  Music  Center 

— 600  seat  music  hall 

— 5  classrooms 

— 15  teaching  studios 

— rehearsal  hall 

— organ  choral  room 

— 50  individual  practice  rooms 

— 4  organ  practice  rooms 


— instrument  storage  room 

— music  storage  library 

— electronic  piano  laboratory 

— learning  resource  center 

— recording  studio 

— recording  control  center 


Computer  Facilities 

PDP  11/40  Computer  built  by  the 
Digital  Equipment  Corporation 
of  Maynard,  Massachusetts. 

On-line,  time-sharing  system 

28K  core  memory  system 


two  removable  discs  capable  of 
handling  1.2  million  words  a- 
piece 

six  consoles 

systems  library  available 


10 


ENDOWMENT  FUNDS   (June  30,  1974) 

UNRESTRICTED 

For  General  Purposes 


Publicity  Funds 

Harnish-Houser  Publicity  Fund 


RESTRICTED 

Professorship  Funds 

The  Butterwick  Chair  of  Philosophy 

Chair  of  English  Bible  and  Greek 
Testament 

Josephine    Bittinger  Eberly   Professor- 
ship of  Latin  Language  and 
Literature 

John  Evans  Lehman  Chair  of 
Mathematics 

The  Rev.  J.  B.  Weidler  Endowment 
Fund 

The  Ford  Foundation 

Restricted  Other 

Bishop  J.  Balmer  Showers  Lectureship 

Fund 
Karl  Milton  Karnegie  Fund 

Special  Fund— Faculty  Salaries 

The  Batdorf  Fund 
E.  N.  Funkhouser  Fund 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  H.  Horn  Fund 
Mary  L  Shumberger  Memorial  Fund 
Woodrow    W.    Waltermyer    Professor- 
ship Fund 

Library  Funds 

Library  Fund  of  Class  of  1916 
Class  of  1956  Library  Endowment  Fund 
Dr.   Lewis  J.   and  Leah  Miller  Leiby 
Library  Fund 

Maintenance  Funds 

C.    B.    Montgomery    Memorial    Room 

Fund 
Hiram  E.  Steinmetz  Memorial  Room 

Fund 

Equipment  Funds 

Dr.   Warren   H.   Fake   and   Mabel   A. 

Fake  Science  Memorial  Fund 
Williams  Foundation  Endowment  Fund 


Scholarship  Funds 

Ministerial  Trust  #1 
Ministerial  Trust  #2 
Ministerial  Trust  #3 
Ministerial  Trust  #4 
Ministerial  Trust  #5 
Alumni  Scholarship  Fund 

Dorothy  Jean  Bachman  Scholarship 

Fund 
Lillian  Merle  Bachman  Scholarship 

Fund 

E.  M.  Baum  Scholarship  Fund 
Andrew  and  Ruth  Bender  Scholarship 

Fund 
Cloyd  and  Mary  Bender  Scholarship 

Fund 
Biological  Scholarship  Fund 
Eliza  Bittinger  Scholarship  Fund 
Mary  A.  Bixler  Scholarship  Fund 
I.  T.  Buffington  Scholarship  Fund 
Alice  Evers  Burtner  Memorial  Award 

Fund 

Oliver  P.  Butterwick  Scholarship  Fund 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  Clark  Carmean 
Scholarship  Fund 

Isaiah  H.  Daugherty  and  Benjamin  P. 

Rabb  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Senator    James    J.    Davis    Scholarship 

Fund 

William  E.  Duff  Scholarship  Fund 

Derickson  Scholarship  Fund 

Samuel  F.  and  Agnes  F.  Engle  Scholar- 
ship Fund 

M.  C.  Favinger  and  Wife  Scholarship 
Fund 

Fred  E.  Foos  Scholarship  Fund 

C.  C.  Gingrich  Scholarship  Fund 

Gossard-Plitt-Monteith  Memorial  Schol- 
arship Fund 

Margaret  Verda  Graybill  Memorial 
Scholarship  Fund 

11 


Peter  Graybill  Scholarship  Fund 
Jacob  F.  Greasley  Scholarship  Fund 
Hilda  Hafer  Scholarship  Fund 
Alice  M.  Heagy  Scholarship  Fund 
J.  M.  Heagy  and  Wife  Scholarship 

Fund 
Bertha  Foos  Heinz  Scholarship  Fund 
Harvey  E.  Herr  Memorial  Scholarship 

Fund 
Edwin  M.  Hershey  Scholarship  Fund 
Merle  M.  Hoover  Scholarship  Fund 
Judge  S.  C.  Huber  Scholarship  Fund 
Cora  Appleton  Huber  Scholarship 

Fund 
H.  S.  Immel  Scholarship  Fund 
Henry  G.  and  Anna  S.  Kauffman  and 

Family  Scholarship  Fund 
John  A.  H.  Keith  Fund 
Barbara  June  Kettering  Scholarship 

Fund 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  and  Rev.  A.  H. 

Kleffman  Scholarship  Fund 
Dorothea  Killinger  Scholarship  Fund 
A.  S.  Kreider  Ministerial  Scholarship 

Fund 
D.   Albert  and  Anna  Forney   Kreider 

Scholarship  Fund 
W.  E.  Kreider  Scholarship  Fund 
Maud  P.  Laughlin  Scholarship  Fund 
Lebanon  Steel  Foundry  Foundation 

Scholarship  Fund 
The  Lorenz  Benevolent  Fund 
-Mrs.  Edwin  M.  Loux  Scholarship  Fund 
The  F.  C.  McKay  Fund 
Medical  Scholarship  Fund 
Elizabeth  Meyer  Endowment  Fund 
Elizabeth  May  Meyer  Musical 

Scholarship  Fund 
Mrs.    Elizabeth   H.   Millard   Memorial 

Scholarship  Fund 
Harry  E.  Miller  Scholarship  Fund 
Bishop  J.  S.  Mills  Scholarship  Fund 
Germaine  B.  Monteux  Memorial 

Scholarship  Fund 
Germaine  B.  Monteux  Music  Award 


Elizabeth  A.  Mower  Beneficiary  Fund 
Gene  Bowman  Neidig  Memorial 

Scholarship  Fund 
Philadelphia  Lebanon  Valley  College 

Alumni  Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  H.  C.  Phillips  Scholarship  Fund 
Pickwell  Memorial  Music  Award 
Quincy  Evangelical  United  Brethren 

Orphanage  and  Home  Scholarship 

Fund 
Ezra  G.  Ranck  and  Wife  Scholarship 

Fund 
Levi  S.  Reist  Scholarship  Fund 
G.  A.  Richie  Scholarship  Fund 
Emmett  C.  Roop  Scholarship  Fund 
Reynaldo  Rovers  Memorial  Scholarship 

Fund 

Harvey  L.  Seltzer  Scholarship  Fund 

Special  Fund 

Mary  Ann  Ocker  Spital  Scholarship 

Fund 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  Cawley  H.  Stine 

Scholarship  Fund 
Dr.  Alfred  D.  Strickler  and  Louise 

Kreider  Strickler  Pre-Medical 

Scholarship  Fund 
Henry  L.  Wilder  Scholarship  Fund 
Jacob  C.  Winter  Memorial  Scholarship 

Student  Loan  Funds 

Mary  A.  Dodge  Loan  Fund 
Daniel  Eberly  Scholarship  Fund 
Glant-Gibson-Glunt  Educational  Loan 

Fund 
Esther  and  Frank  Ligan  Fund 

Prize  Funds 

Bradford  C.  Alban  Memorial  Award 

Fund 
The  L.  G.  Bailey  Award 
Henry  H.  Baish  Memorial  Fund 
Andrew  Bender  Memorial  Chemistry 

Fund 
The  Class  of  1964  Qiiittapahilla  Award 

Fund 


12 


Governor  James  H.  Duff  Award 
Florence  Wolf  Knauss  Memorial 

Award  in  Music 
La  Vie  Collegienne  Award  Fund 
Max  F.  Lehman  Fund 
The  David  E.  Long  Memorial  Fund 
People's  National  Bank  of  Lebanon 

Achievement  Award  in  Economics 
The  Rosenberry  Award 
Wallace-Light-Wingate  Award 
The  Salome  Wingate  Sanders  Award  in 

Music  Education 
Francis  H.  Wilson  Biology  Award 


Annuity  Funds 

Paul  F.  Fulk  and  Margaret  M.  Fulk 
Rev.  A.  H.  Kleffman  and  Erma  L. 

Kleffman 
E.  Roy  Line  Annuity 
Ruth  Detwiler  Rettew  Annuity  Fund 

Life  Income  Agreements 

Lutz  Memorial  Trust 

Unitrust  Agreement 

Richard  L.  and  Ruth  W.  Davis  Fund 


13 


ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 

SUMMARY  OF  COLLEGE  YEAR,  1973- 1974-CUMUL ATI VE 

DAY-TIME                        FULL-TIME  PART-TIME  TOTAL 

Men     Women     Total  Men     Women     Total  Men     Women     Total 

Degree  Students 

Seniors   112  91         203                9            5           14  121           96        217 

Juniors  112  H3        225                0            7            7  112         120        232 

Sophomores     ...    146  131         277                 1             2             3  147         133        280 

Freshmen 186  167         353                Oil  186         168         354 

Non-degree    5  1             6               16           25           41  21           26          47 

Day-Time  Total  561  503       1064              26          40          66  587         543       1130 

Evening-Campus 

Classes    33          46           79  33          46           79 

University  Center 

at  Harrisburg  . .  106         134        240  106         134        240 

Grand  Total  .   561  503       1064             165         220         385  726         723       1449 
Names 

repeated  ...  —6—7—13  —6—7—13 

Net  Total    ...   561  503       1064             159        213         372  720         716       1436 

*Music  Specials   . .  3           19          22  3           19          22 
1974  Summer 

Session    59          60         119  59          60         119 

*  Not  included  in  totals 


SUMMARY  OF  FIRST  SEMESTER  1974-1975 


DAY-TIME 

FULL-TIME 

PART-TIME 

TOTAL 

Men 

Women 

Total 

Men 

Women 

Total 

Men 

Women 

Total 

Degree  Students 

Seniors    

110 

106 

216 

4 

7 

11 

114 

113 

227 

Juniors   

117 

124 

241 

1 

8 

9 

118 

132 

250 

Sophomores     .  . . 

127 

116 

243 

1 

1 

2 

128 

117 

245 

Freshmen 

191 

157 

348 

1 

1 

2 

192 

158 

350 

Non-degree    

3 

2 

5 

12 

13 

25 

15 

15 

30 

Day-Time  Total 

548 

505 

1053 

19 

30 

49 

567 

535 

1102 

Evening-Campus    . 

31 

45 

76 

31 

45 

76 

University  Center 

at    Harrisburg    . 

55 

68 

123 

55 

68 

123 

Grand  Total  . 

548 

505 

1053 

105 

143 

248 

653 

648 

1301 

Names 

repeated 

—11 

—6 

—17 

—11 

—6 

—17 

Net  Total    .  . . 

548 

505 

1053 

94 

137 

231 

642 

642 

1284 

*Music  Specials   . . 

s 

2 

15 

17 

2 

15 

17 

*  Not  included  in  tota 

14 

INFORMATION  FOR 
PROSPECTIVE  STUDENTS 


ADMISSION 

Students  are  admitted  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  on  the  basis  of 
scholarly  achievement,  intellectual  capacity,  character,  personality,  and 
ability  to  profit  by  college  experience. 

General  Information 

1.  All  communications  concerning  admission  should  be  addressed  to  the 
Director  of  Admissions,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  Pennsyl- 
vania 17003. 

2.  Applications  should  be  submitted  as  early  as  possible  in  the  latter  part 
of  the  junior  or  the  beginning  of  the  senior  year  of  high  school  or 
preparatory  school. 

3.  Applications  must  be  filed  on  forms  provided  by  the  office  of  admis- 
sions. 

4.  Each  application  must  be  accompanied  by  an  application  fee  of  $10.00. 
This  fee  is  not  refundable.  Effective  July  1,  1975  the  application  fee 
will  be  .$15.00. 

5.  A  transcript  of  the  secondary  school  record,  on  a  form  provided  by 
the  college  for  that  purpose,  must  be  sent  by  the  principal  to  the 
director  of  admissions.  May  1  is  the  deadline  for  receiving  applica- 
tions. 

6.  A  student  transferring  from  another  collegiate  institution  must  pre- 
sent an  official  transcript  of  his  scholastic  record  and  evidence  of 
honorable  dismissal. 

7.  All  new  students  are  required  to  present  on  or  before  August  15  the 
official  health  record  showing  a  physician's  report  of  medical  exam- 
ination, and  previous  immunization  records. 

8.  All  applicants  shall  be  considered  for  admission  without  regard  to 
their  race,  religion,  creed,  or  country  of  national  origin. 

Admission  is  based  on  total  information  submitted  by  the  applicant 
or  in  his  behalf.  Final  decision,  therefore,  cannot  be  reached  until  all 
information  has  been  supplied  by  the  applicant. 

Factors  Determining  Admission 

Each  candidate  for  admission  will  be  considered  individually  and 
the  decision  with  respect  to  admission  will  be  based  on  the  following 
factors: 
1.    The  transcript  of  the  applicant's  secondary  school  record. 

15 


2.  Recommendation  by  the  principal,  teachers,  and  other  responsible 
persons  as  to  the  applicant's  special  abilities,  integrity,  sense  of  re- 
sponsibility, seriousness  of  purpose,  initiative,  self-reliance,  and  con- 
cern for  others. 

3.  A  personal  interview,  whenever  possible,  with  the  director  of  admis- 
sions or  his  designate. 

4.  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  test  results:  (a)  Scholastic  Ap- 
titude Tests,  (b)  Three  Achievement  Tests — English  Composition, 
Foreign  language,  and  one  optional  test.  All  candidates  for  admission 
are  required  to  take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  and  three  Achieve- 
ment Tests — English  Composition,  Foreign  language,  and  one  option- 
al test.  Those  seeking  entrance  in  September  are  advised  to  take  these 
tests  no  later  than  in  the  preceding  December  and/or  January.  In  ex- 
ceptional cases  the  requirement  of  the  CEEB  Tests  may  be  waived  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Director  of  Admissions.  Full  information  con- 
cerning dates  and  locations  of  these  test  administrations  may  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to:  College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  P.O.  Box 
592,  Princeton,  N.J.  08540. 

5.  Applicants  for  admission  may  submit  the  results  of  the  American  Col- 
lege Testing  Program  in  lieu  of  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test. 

6.  Additional  test  results  may  be  required  in  special  cases. 

Admission  to  the  Department  of  Music 

An  applicant  to  the  music  or  music  education  curriculums  is  ex- 
pected to  satisfy  the  general  requirements  for  admission.  In  addition,  the 
candidate  must  appear  for  an  audition  before  members  of  the  music 
faculty  and  show  evidence  of: 

1.  An  acceptable  singing  voice  and  a  fairly  quick  sense  of  tone  and 
rhythm; 

2.  Ability  to  sing  at  sight  hymn  and  folk  tunes  with  a  fair  degree  of  ac- 
curacy and  facility; 

3.  Ability  to  sing  or  to  play  the  piano,  organ,  or  some  orchestral  instru- 
ment at  a  level  representing  three  years  of  study. 

Recommended  Units  for  Admission 

It  is  recommended  that  all  candidates  offer  16  units  of  entrance 
credit  and  graduation  from  an  accredited  secondary  school  or  submit  an 
equivalency  certificate  acquired  through  examination. 

Ten  of  the  16  units  offered  for  admission  must  be  from  the  following 
subjects:  English,  foreign  language,  mathematics,  science,  and  social 
studies. 

An  applicant  for  admission  whose  preparatory  courses  do  not  coin- 
cide with  the  distribution  of  subject  units  (see  below)  may  be  considered 
if  his  academic  record  is  of  high  quality  and  if  he  appears  to  be  qualified 
to  do  college  work  satisfactorily.  All  entrance  deficiencies  must  be  re- 
moved before  sophomore  academic  status  will  be  granted. 

16 


DISTRIBUTION  OF  SUBJECT  UNITS 

English    4  units 

Foreign  Language  (in  one  language)*   2 

Mathematics     2 

Science   (laboratory)  1 

Social  Studies I 

Electives    6 

Total  required 16 

Transfer  Credit 

A  student  applying  for  advanced  standing  at  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege after  having  attended  another  accredited  institution  of  higher  educa- 
tion shall  submit  an  official  transcript  of  his  record  and  evidence  of  good 
standing  to  the  director  of  admissions.  If  requested,  he  must  provide 
copies  of  the  appropriate  catalogs  for  the  years  of  attendance  at  the  other 
institution  or  institutions. 

Credits  are  accepted  for  transfer  provided  that  the  grades  received 
are  C-  (1.7)  or  better  and  the  work  is  equivalent  or  similar  to  work  offered 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Grades  thus  transferred  count  for  hours  only, 
not  for  quality  points. 

Students,  with  the  exception  of  those  in  the  medical  technology  pro- 
gram, who  transfer  from  two-year  institutions  are  required  to  earn  at 
least  60  hours  of  credit  from  a  four-year  institution  for  graduation.  A 
minimum  of  30  hours  must  be  taken  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  by  all 
students  to  meet  the  residence  requirement. 

Transfer  students  may  be  required  to  take  placement  examinations 
to  demonstrate  adequate  preparation  for  advanced  courses  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College. 

Subject  to  the  conditions  listed  in  the  second  paragraph,  Lebanon 
Valley  College  will  recognize  for  transfer  credit  a  maximum  of  15  hours 
of  USAFI  course  work  provided  such  credit  is  recommended  by  the 
American  Council  on  Education's  publication,  A  Guide  to  the  Evaluation 
of  Educational  Experiences  in  the  Armed  Services. 

Credit  will  not  be  granted  for  correspondence  courses. 

Advanced  Placement 

Advanced  placement  and/or  credit  in  certain  areas  may  be  granted 
to  entering  students  who  make  scores  of  3,  4,  or  5  on  the  College  Board 
Advanced  Placement  examination. 

Advanced  placement  without  credit  may  be  granted  on  the  basis  of 
the  Achievement  Tests  of  the  College  Board  Examinations  or  such  other 
proficiency  tests  as  may  be  determined  by  the  assistant  dean  of  the  col- 
lege and  by  the  chairman  of  the  department  in  which  advanced  placement 
is  sought. 

*  If  an  applicant  cannot  present  the  two  units  of  foreign  language,  he  will  be  re- 
quired to  take  a  minimum  of  two  years  of  one  language  in  college.  His  credits  for  this 
work  will  be  counted  toward  graduation  requirements. 

17 


STUDENT  FINANCES 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  private,  non-profit  institution.  It  derives 
its  financial  support  from  endowment  and  gifts  from  the  United  Method- 
ist Church,  alumni,  industry,  friends,  and  from  the  tuition,  fees,  and 
other  charges  paid  by  the  students.  The  cost  to  the  student  is  maintained 
at  a  level  consistent  with  adequate  facilities  and  high  quality  instruction. 

Fees  and  Deposits 

An  applicotion  fee  of  .|  10.00  ($15.00,  effective  July  1,  1975)  which  is 
not  refundable  is  charged  each  applicant  against  the  cost  of  processing 
his  application  for  admission.  An  admission  deposit  of  |1 00.00,  payable 
within  ten  days  of  notification  of  acceptance,  is  required  of  all  new  (in- 
cluding transfer)  students.  Until  this  deposit  is  paid  the  student  is  not 
guaranteed  a  place  in  the  entering  class.  The  admission  deposit  is  not 
refundable;  it  will  be  applied  to  the  student's  account  upon  registration. 

1975-1976  Fee  Structure  for  Full-time  Degree  Candidates 

Per  Semester  Per  Year 

Comprehensive  Fee    $1,282.50         $2,565.00 

Fee  includes  the  following  per  semester: 
Tuition     $1,250.00 
Fees                  32.50 
Student  Insurance    $      29.00         $      29.00 


Total  Charges  for  Commuting  Student  $1,311.50**     $2,594.00** 

Room    257.50  515.00 

Dining  Hall 400.00  800.00 


Total  Charges  for  Resident  Student $1,969.00**     $3,909.00** 

Private  Music  Instruction  (i/g  hour  per  week) 

Beyond  the  First  Half  Hour  $75.00  per  semester 

Transcript  in  Excess  of  One  (Effective  July  1,  1975)  $2.00 

A  required  insurance  fee  is  collected  in  the  first  semester  of  the  stu- 
dent's enrollment  and  a  pro-rata  charge  applies  to  the  student  who  first 
enrolls  in  the  second  semester. 

The  contingency  deposit  in  the  amount  of  $25.00  must  be  made  be- 
fore registration  and  is  required  of  all  full-time  students  and  will  be  re- 
funded upon  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  college  provided  no  damage 
has  been  caused  by  the  student.  All  student  breakage  that  occurs  in  col- 
lege-operated facilities  will  be  charged  against  this  deposit  and  the  amount 
must  be  repaid  to  the  college  within  30  days  of  notice  to  the  student. 

A  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  each  student  who  does  not  register  for 
classes  during  any  prescribed  pre-registration  or  registration  period.  A 
fee  of  $5.00  is  charged  for  every  change  of  course  made  at  the  student's 
request  after  registration. 


**The  fee  structure   (student  charges)  as  published  in  this  catalog  are  subject  to 
change  or  revision  at  the  discretion  of  the  college. 

18 


The  fee  for  part-time  students  (less  than  12  credit  hours  per  semes- 
ter) is  $75.00  per  semester  credit  hour  plus  a  $2.00  registration  fee. 

Auxiliary  School  Fee  Structure  ( Evening  and  Summer ) 

Tuition,  $60.00  per  semester  credit  hour 
Registration  fee,  $2.00 

Late  preregistration  or  registration  fee,  $5.00 
Change  of  registration  fee,  $5.00 

Payment  of  Fees  and  Deposits 

Semester  charges  are  due  and  payable  in  full  on  August  10  (first 
semester)  and  January  2  (second  semester)  as  a  condition  for  registration. 
Those  preferring  to  pay  semester  charges  in  monthly  installments  are 
invited  to  consult  with  the  office  of  the  controller  regarding  deferred  pay- 
ment plans  offered  by  various  financial  institutions.  Arrangements  for 
deferred  payment  plans  shall  be  completed  early  enough  to  assure  pay- 
ment of  bills  no  later  than  the  date  that  semester  charges  are  due  and 
payable  (August  10  and  January  2). 

A  satisfactory  settlement  of  all  college  accounts  is  required  before 
grades  are  released,  transcripts  are  sent,  honorable  dismissal  granted,  or 
degree  conferred. 

Refund  Policy 

Refunds,  as  indicated  below,  are  allowed  only  to  students  who  offi- 
cially withdraw  from  the  college  by  completing  the  clearance  procedure: 

Period  since  beginning  of  %  of  tuition 

classes  in  the  semester  refunded 

Less  than  three  weeks   75% 

Over  three  weeks   0% 

The  above  refund  schedule  also  applies  to  part-time  students,  and 
to  full-time  students  who  withdraw  from  a  course  or  courses  so  as  to 
reduce  the  remaining  course  load  to  less  than  12  semester  credit  hours. 

A  refund  on  board  charge  is  allowed  for  the  period  beginning  after 
honorable  official  withdrawal. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  student  charges  when  a  student  retains  his 
class  standing  during  his  absence  from  college  because  of  illness  or  for 
any  other  reason. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  charges.  No  refund  is  allowed  on 
room  deposit  except  when  withdrawal  results  from  suspension  or  dis- 
missal by  college  action  or  when  withdrawal  results  from  entrance  into 
active  military  service. 

Residence  Halls 

Residence  hall  rooms  are  reserved  only  for  those  returning  students 
who  make  an  advance  room  reservation  deposit  of  $50.00.  (Receipt  must 
be  presented  at  the  time  of  room  sign-up  which  occurs  during  April.) 

Occupants  must  pay  for  any  breakage  or  loss  of  furniture,  or  any 
other  damage  for  which  they  are  responsible. 

Each  room  in  the  men's  residence  halls  is  furnished  with  chests  of 

19 


drawers,  book  case,  beds,  mattresses,  chairs,  and  study  tables.  Drapes  are 
provided  in  Funkhouser,  Hammond,  and  Keister  Halls.  Students  must 
provide  bedding,  rugs,  lamps,  and  all  other  furnishings. 

Each  room  in  the  women's  residence  halls  is  furnished  with  beds, 
mattresses,  chairs,  dressers,  book  case,  and  study  tables.  Drapes  are  pro- 
vided in  Mary  Green  and  Vickroy  Halls.  Other  desired  furnishings  must 
be  supplied  by  the  student. 

Students  rooming  in  residence  halls  may  not  sublet  their  rooms  to 
commuting  students  or  to  others. 

Since  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  primarily  a  boarding  institution,  all 
students  are  required  to  live  in  college-owned  or  controlled  residence 
halls.  Exceptions  to  the  above  are:  married  students,  students  living  with 
immediate  relatives,  or  those  living  in  their  own  homes  who  commute 
daily  to  the  campus. 

Should  vacancies  occur  in  any  of  the  residence  halls,  the  college  re- 
serves the  right  to  require  students  rooming  in  the  community  to  move 
into  a  residence  hall. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  close  all  residence  halls  during  vaca- 
tions and  between  semesters. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  inspect  any  student's  room  at  any 
time.  Periodic  inspection  of  residence  halls  will  be  made  by  members  of 
the  administration. 

The  college  is  not  responsible  for  loss  of  personal  possessions  by  the 
students. 

Lounges  are  provided  by  the  college  for  resident  and  commuting 
students. 

Meals 

All  resident  students  are  required  to  take  their  meals  in  the  college 
dining  rooms.  Commuting  students  may  arrange  for  meals  Monday 
through  Friday,  on  a  semester  basis,  if  space  is  available. 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  financial  aid  to  deserving  students  who 
have  been  accepted  for  admission  insofar  as  its  aid  funds  permit.  Students 
apply  for  financial  aid  by  submitting  the  Parents'  Confidential  Statement 
(PCS)  directly  to  the  College  Scholarship  Service,  Box  176,  Princeton, 
New  Jersey  08540.  Applications  for  financial  aid  (PCS)  are  available  to 
high  school  seniors  in  the  guidance  counselor's  office  and  to  college  upper- 
classmen  in  the  financial  aid  office.  It  is  not  necessary  to  await  notification 
of  acceptance  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  before  applying  for  financial 
aid;  in  fact,  application  for  financial  aid  should  be  made  as  early  as 
possible  and  no  later  than  February  1. 

All  financial  aid  is  awarded  for  one  year  on  the  basis  of  financial 
need  (except  Presidential  Scholarships).  The  PCS  form  assists  the  finan- 
cial aid  officer  in  determining  the  applicant's  need  for  financial  aid.  Partic- 
ipants in  CSS  subscribe  to  the  principle  that  the  amount  of  financial 
aid  granted  a  student  should  be  based  upon  financial  need.  Students  re- 
ceiving aid  from  sources  outside  the  college  are  required  to  report  the 

20 


amount  and  source  of  financial  aid  to  the  financial  aid  office.  The  college 
reserves  the  right  to  review  and  to  adjust  the  financial  aid  offering  and 
award  accordingly. 

The  college  may  require  that  a  notarized  or  certified  copy  of  the 
parents'  most  recent  income  tax  return  (Form  1040)  be  sent  directly  to 
the  Financial  Aid  Office,  Lebanon  Valley  College.  If  a  notarized  copy  is 
unavailable  a  "Request  for  Copy  of  Tax  Return"  Form  4506  should  be 
secured  from  the  nearest  office  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Service. 

All  financial  aid  is  reviewed  annually.  Eligibility  for  renewal  of 
financial  aid  is  based  upon  need  as  established  on  the  renewal  PCS,  satis- 
factory conduct,  and  maintenance  of  the  required  scholastic  average. 

Presidential  Scholarships 

Presidential  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  entering  students  by  the 
president  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  in  recognition  of  superior  attain- 
ment in  high  school  study.  A  2.5  cumulative  grade-point  average  each 
semester  is  required  for  automatic  reinstatement  of  these  awards. 

Grants-in-Aid 

Grants-in-aid  are  available  to  entering  freshmen  and  upperclassmen 
who  have  filed  a  Parent's  Confidential  Statement  Form  (PCS)  and  who 
have  demonstrated  capability  either  in  high  school  or  in  college  work.  A 
2.0  cumulative  grade-point  average  each  semester  is  required  for  auto- 
matic continuation  of  these  grants.  Annual  renewal  of  the  PCS  is  re- 
quired for  upperclassmen. 

Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grants 

Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  are  available  to  students  who 
qualify  under  Federal  Criteria.  Application  Forms  may  be  secured  from 
High  School  Guidance  Counsellors  as  well  as  College  Financial  Aid  Of- 
fices. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants 

Educational  grants  range  from  $200  to  $1,000  per  academic  year  and 
are  based  upon  genuine  need  as  stipulated  by  the  federal  government 
and  supported  by  the  Parents'  Confidential  Statement. 

Student  Loans 

National  Direct  Student  Loans  are  available  under  the  Higher  Ed- 
ucation Act  of  1965  as  amended.  Qualifying  students  may  borrow  up  to 
1 1,000  per  year.  A  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  must  be  submitted. 

Student  Employment  Programs 

A  student  in  need  of  financial  assistance  may  be  assigned  a  campus 
employment  position.  The  College  Work  Study  Program  is  underwritten 
by  the  federal  government  to  the  extent  of  80  percent  of  the  earnings. 

In  addition,  the  college  operates  its  own  student  employment  pro- 
gram affording  opportunities  for  students  to  work  in  a  variety  of  positions 
as  their  schedules  permit. 

For  further  information,  write  to  the  Financial  Aid  Officer,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003. 

21 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS 
Sc  PROCEDURES 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

Lebanon  Valley  College  confers  five  bachelor  degrees.  They  are: 
Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry, 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology,  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing. 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  is  conferred  upon  students  who  com- 
plete the  requirements  for  graduation  in  the  following  areas,  and  who 
are  recommended  by  the  faculty  and  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees: 
English,  foreign  languages,  French,  German,  history,  mathematics,  music, 
philosophy,  physics,  political  science,  psychology,  religion,  social  science, 
sociology,  and  Spanish. 

The  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  upon  students  who 
complete  the  requirements  in  the  following  areas,  and  who  are  recom- 
mended by  the  faculty  and  approved  by  tlie  Board  of  Trustees:  actuarial 
science,  biology,  chemistry,  cooperative  engineering,  cooperative  forestry, 
economics  and  business  administration,  elementary  education,  mathe- 
matics, music  education,  and  physics. 

The  professional  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  Bache- 
lor of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing 
are  conferred  upon  students  who  complete  the  requirements  in  the  re- 
spective professional  areas  and  who  are  recommended  by  the  faculty  and 
approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

Semester  Hours 

The  requirements  for  degrees  are  stated  in  "semester  hours  of  credit" 
which  are  based  upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of  covnses  of  instruc- 
tion. Generally,  one  semester  hour  of  credit  is  given  for  each  class  hour  a 
week  throughout  the  semester.  In  courses  requiring  laboratory  work, 
not  less  than  two  hours  of  laboratory  work  a  week  throughout  a  semester 
are  required  for  a  semester  hour  of  credit.  A  semester  is  a  term  of  ap- 
proximately 15  weeks. 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  obtain  a  minimum  of  120  semester  hours 
credit  in  academic  work  in  addition  to  the  required  courses  in  freshman 
and  sophomore  physical  education.  However,  a  student  who  has  a  physical 
disability  may  be  excused  (on  recommendation  from  the  college  physician) 
from  the  requirement  in  physical  education. 

Major 

As  a  part  of  the  total  requirement  of  120  hours,  every  candidate  for 
a  degree  must  present  at  least  24  semester  hours  of  course  work  in  one 

22 


department  (this  is  his  major).  The  initial  selection  of  a  major  may  be 
indicated  or  recorded  any  time  before  the  end  of  the  student's  sophomore 
year.  Such  a  choice  of  department  or  curriculum  in  which  he  will  pur- 
sue work  of  special  concentration  must  be  made  by  the  time  of  registra- 
tion for  the  junior  year. 

A  student  shall  be  accepted  as  a  major  in  a  department  so  long  as 
he  has  not  demonstrated  (by  achieving  less  than  the  minimum  grade- 
point  average  in  the  desired  major)  that  he  is  incapable  of  doing  satis- 
factory work  in  the  department.  A  student  accepted  as  a  major  has  the 
right  to  remain  in  that  department,  except  by  special  action  of  the  dean 
of  the  college,  as  long  as  he  is  in  college. 

Substitution  or  waiving  of  specific  courses  required  for  the  major 
may  be  approved  by  the  departmental  chairmen  or  advisers  in  a  special 
curriculum  upon  student  request. 

A  student  desiring  to  major  in  two  subject  areas  should  consult  his 
current  adviser  and  the  chairman  of  the  department  of  his  proposed  sec- 
ond major  concerning  requirements  and  procedure. 

Examinations 

Candidates  for  degrees  are  required  to  take  end  of  course  examina- 
tions if  scheduled. 

Residence  Requirement 

Degrees  will  be  conferred  only  upon  those  candidates  earning  in 
residence  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  out  of  the  last  36  taken  before 
the  date  of  the  conferring  of  the  degree,  or  before  the  transfer  to  a  co- 
operating program.  Residence  credit  is  given  for  course  work  completed 
in  regular  day  classes  and  in  evening  and  summer  session  courses  taken 
on  campus. 

Grade-Point  Averages 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  also  obtain  a  cumulative  grade-point 
average  of  1.75,  computed  in  accordance  with  the  grading  system  indi- 
cated below. 

In  addition,  candidates  must  earn  a  grade-point  average  of  2.0  in 
the  major  field  of  study. 

Only  grades  received  in  courses  taken  on  campus  or  in  courses  staffed 
by  Lebanon  Valley  College  at  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg  are 
used  to  determine  grade-point  averages. 

System  of  Grading  and  Quality  Points 

The  work  of  a  student  in  each  subject  is  graded  A,  B,  C,  D,  or  F, 
with  the  plus  and  minus  available  to  faculty  members  who  wish  to  use 
them.  These  grades  have  the  following  meanings: 

23 


A — distinguished  performance 
B — superior  work 

C — general  satisfactory  achievement 

D — course  requirements  and  standards  satisfied  at  a  minimum  level 
F — course  requirements  and  standards  not  satisfied  at  a  minimum 
level 

A  student  may  not  take  any  course  which  has  as  a  prerequisite  a 
course  that  he  has  failed.  If  a  student  fails  in  a  course  twice,  he  may  not 
take  it  a  third  time. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades  the  symbols  "I"  and  "W"  are  used 
on  grade  reports  and  in  college  records.  "I"  indicates  that  the  work  is 
incomplete  (that  the  student  has  postponed  with  the  prior  consent  of 
the  instructor  and  for  substantial  reason,  certain  required  work),  but 
otherwise  satisfactory.  This  work  must  be  completed  within  the  first 
six  weeks  of  the  beginning  of  the  semester  following,  or  the  "I"  will 
be  converted  to  an  F.  Appeals  for  extension  of  time  beyond  six  weeks 
must  be  presented  in  writing  to  the  assistant  dean  of  the  college  not 
later  than  one  week  after  the  beginning  of  the  next  semester. 

W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course  any  time  through  the  last  day 
of  classes  in  the  semester. 

For  courses  in  which  no  academic  credit  is  involved,  student  work  is 
evaluated  as  either  S   (Satisfactory)  or  U    (Unsatisfactory). 

For  each  semester  hour  credit  in  a  course  in  which  a  student  is  graded 
A,  he  receives  4  quality  points;  A-,  3.7;  B+,  3.3;  B,  3;  B-,  2.7;  etc.  F  carries 
no  credit  and  no  quality  points. 

Pass/Fail  Grading 

After  attaining  sophomore  standing  (28  semester  hours  credit),  a  stu- 
dent may  elect  to  take  up  to  two  courses  per  semester  and  one  one- 
semester  course  per  summer  session  on  a  P/F  basis,  but  only  six  of  these 
courses  can  be  counted  toward  graduation  requirements. 

Any  courses  not  being  counted  toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  general 
requirements  or  the  major  requirements  may  be  optional  on  a  pass/ 
fail  basis.  Any  prerequisite  course  taken  on  a  P/F  basis  and  successfully 
completed  will  satisfy  the  prerequisite. 

Each  department  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  college, 
designate  certain  courses,  including  those  required  for  the  major,  in 
which  the  grading  will  be  P/F  for  all  students  enrolled.  Such  courses 
may  not  be  taken  for  regular  grading  even  if  a  student  desires  it.  Any 
course  so  designated  shall  not  covuit  toward  the  total  number  of  courses 
available  P/F  to  the  student. 

Any  course  taken  on  a  P/F  basis  will  be  graded  P/H  (pass  with  dis- 
tinction), P  (pass),  or  F  (fail).  P/H  is  defined  as  B+  and  up,  P  is  defined 
as  D-  through  B;  and  F  is  below  D-. 

Any  course  completed  on  a  P/F  basis  shall  be  counted  toward  gradu- 
ation requirements,  but  only  an  F  grade  shall  be  included  in  computing 

24 


the  grade-point  average.  All  passing  grades  shall  be  treated  on  the  record 
as  is  transfer  credit. 

The  student  will  indicate  at  registration  or  any  time  during  the 
semester  the  courses  that  he  has  elected  to  take  on  a  P/F  basis.  He  may, 
with  the  approval  of  his  adviser,  change  his  option  for  P/F  grading  to 
the  regular  grading  basis  or  from  regular  grading  to  P/F  grading  through 
the  last  day  of  classes  in  the  semester. 

Instructors  may  be  informed  of  the  grading  option  selected  by  the 
student  only  after  semester  grades  in  the  course  have  been  recorded.  In- 
structors will  submit  for  each  student  an  A  through  F  grade  which  will  be 
converted  to  P/H,  P,  or  F  for  students  selecting  this  grading  system. 

Transfer  Students 

Students  transferring  from  two-year  institutions  (except  those  in  the 
medical  technology  program)  are  required  to  have  at  least  60  hours  of 
work  at  a  four-year  institution  for  graduation.  All  students  must  take  a 
minimum  of  30  hours  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  to  meet  the  residence 
requirement.  (See  page  23.) 

Students  transferring  from  other  institutions  must  secure  a  grade- 
point  average  of  1.75  or  better  in  work  taken  at  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
and  must  meet  the  2.0  grade-point  average  in  their  major  field. 

Attendance  at  May  Baccalaureate  and  Commencement  Programs 

All  seniors  are  required  to  attend  the  May  baccalaureate  and  com- 
mencement programs  at  which  their  degrees  are  to  be  conferred. 

Degrees  will  be  conferred  in  absentia  only  for  the  most  compelling 
reasons  and  only  upon  a  written  request  approved  by  the  assistant  dean  of 
the  college.  Such  requests  must  be  submitted  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to 
the  date  of  commencement. 

Faculty  approval  is  required  for  the  conferring  of  the  degree  and  the 
issuance  of  the  diploma  in  any  case  of  willful  failure  to  comply  with  these 
regulations. 


25 


GENERAL  AND  DISTRIBUTION  REQUIREMENTS 
REQUIREMENT    AND    AREA         REQUIRED  OR 

Semester      ELIGIBLE  COURSES 

I.  General  Requirements:       Hours 

English  Composition*    6  En   111/112 

Foreign   Language*    6  Fr   111,    112;    Ger   111,    112,    113,    114; 

Intermediate  Level  of  any  Ian-  Gk  211,  212;   Ru  111,   112;   Sp   111, 

guage  112 

Religion    6  Re   111,   112,       OR 

Physical  Education  Re  1 1 1  or  112,  and  Re  120  or  140 

(4  semesters)   0 

II.  Distribution  Requirements: 

Humanities:  Three  one-semester  Ar  110,  201/202:  En  221/222,  225/226, 

courses   (not  more  than  two  227/228,  229,  321/322,  338; 

from  one  field)  to  be  chosen  FL  315H/316H;  Fr  or  Ger  or  Sp  115, 

from    among   art   or   music  116,  221/222,  331/332,  441/442;  Gk 

treated  as  one  field;  interdis-  321,  322,  431,  432;  IC  130;  Mu  100  or 

ciplinary  courses;   literature  341/342;    all   philosophy  courses  ex- 

as    offered    by    the    Depart-  cept  Ph   120,  365  and  500;   Re  211, 

ment  of  English;  literature  222;  and  Re  120,  140  if  not  used  to 

as    offered    by    the    Depart-  meet  religion  general  requirement, 
ment  of  Foreign  Languages; 

philosophy;  religion   9 

Social  Sciences:  Three  one-semes-  An  211;  Ec  110,  120;  all  history  courses 

ter  courses    (not  more  than  except  Hi  412  and  500;  all  political 

two   from  one   field)    to   be  science  courses  except  PS   217,  412, 

chosen  from  among  anthro-  500;  So  111/112,  333. 

pology,  economics,  history, 
political  science,  sociology  .     9 

Natural  Sciences:  Three  one-se-  Bi    101/102,    111,    112;    Ch    111,    112; 

mester    courses     (not    more  Ma  100,  102,  111,  112,  161,  162,  170; 

than    two    from    one    field)  Phy  100,  110,  103,  104,  111,  112;  Psy 

to   be   chosen   from   among  110,225,226,444. 

biology,  chemistry,  math- 
ematics, physics,  psychology. 
At  least  one  course  must  be 
a  laboratory  science 9-12 

*  Requirement  can  be  met  by  proficiency  examinations  selected  by  the  chairman  of 
the  department  involved  in  consultation  with  the  assistant  dean  of  the  college,  or 
through  the  Advanced  Placement  Program.  The  foreign  language  requirement  may  also 
be  met  by  the  Foreign  Language  Achievement  Test   in  some   instances. 

No  course  in  major  fields  shall  be  used  to  meet  general  or  distribution  requirements, 
except  that  a  Social  Science  major  may  use  nine  (9)  hours  of  the  Major  Requirement 
to  meet  Social  Science  Distribution  Requirements. 

No  course  taken  as  a  general  requirement  may  count   toward  a  major. 

Credit  may  be  given  for  an  elementary  language  //  the  student  had  two  (2)  or  more 
years  of  the  same  language  in  secondary  school  and  the  Department  of  Foreign  Lan- 
guages recommends  that  credit  be  given  by  reason  of  inadequate  background  of  the 
student  to  take  the  intermediate  level.  No  credit  is  given  for  an  elementary  language 
course  if  credit  for  the  same  elementary  language  course  was  gi\en  on  transfer  from 
another  institution. 

26 


THE  COLLEGE  HONORS  PROGRAM 

The  college  honors  program  exists  for  the  following  purposes:  to 
provide  an  opportunity  for  intellectually  able  students  to  develop  their 
abilities  to  the  fullest  extent,  to  recognize  and  encourage  superior  aca- 
demic achievement,  and  to  stimulate  all  members  of  the  college  family  to 
greater  interest  and  activity  in  the  intellectual  concerns  of  college  life. 

These  objectives  are  pursued  by  means  of  a  double-phased  program 
consisting  of  (1)  honors  sections  in  a  number  of  courses  included  in  the 
general  and  distribution  requirements  taken  for  the  most  part  during 
the  student's  freshman  and  sophomore  years,  and  (2)  a  departmental 
honors  plan  by  which  a  student  during  his  junior  and  senior  years  may  do 
individual  work  within  the  department  of  his  major  concentration.  An 
honors  student  may  participate  in  either  of  these  phases  of  the  program 
without  participating  in  the  other.  An  over-all  grade-point  average  of  3.00 
is  a  requirement  for  the  maintenance  of  honors  status. 

Appropriate  recognition  is  given  students  who  successfully  complete 
either  phase  or  both  phases  of  the  college  honors  program. 

HONORS  SECTIONS 

Honors  sections  are  offered  in  the  following  courses:  English  111/112 
(English  Composition  I,  II),  Religion  111  (Introduction  to  Biblical 
Thought),  Religion  112  (Introduction  to  the  Christian  Faith),  Economics 
110,  120  (Principles  of  Economics  I,  II),  English  227/228  (World  Liter- 
ature I,  II),  Foreign  Language  315H/316H  (Contemporary  European 
Literature  I,  II),  History  125/126  (Survey  of  United  States  History  I,  II), 
and  Psychology  110  (General  Psychology).  The  satisfactory  completion  of 
eighteen  hours  of  honors  work  is  required  for  official  recognition  of  par- 
ticipation in  this  phase  of  the  college  honors  program. 

Freshmen  are  admitted  to  honors  sections  on  the  basis  of  their  aca- 
demic standing  in  secondary  school,  performance  in  the  College  Entrance 
Examination  Board  tests,  the  recommendation  of  teachers  and  counselors, 
and  personal  interviews  with  members  of  the  Honors  Council.  Students 
not  accepted  initially  can  be  admitted  to  the  program  at  the  beginning  of 
subsequent  semesters  as  they  demonstrate  ability  to  do  superior  work. 

The  seminar  and  tutorial  methods  are  used  to  the  greatest  possible 
extent,  and  sections  are  kept  small  in  size. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Departmental  honors  may  be  taken  in  the  student's  major  field  in  the 
junior  and  senior  years.  This  program  consists  of  a  reading  and/or  re- 
search program  producing  a  thesis  or  an  essay.  The  latter  is  done  on  a 
problem  or  subject  of  the  student's  own  choosing  under  the  direct  super- 
vision of  a  faculty  adviser.  Opportunity  is  also  offered  to  do  creative 
work.  A  maximum  of  nine  hours  credit  can  be  earned  in  departmental 
honors. 

Departmental  honors  are  offered  in  all  departments  with  the  excep- 
tion of  physical  education. 

27 


For  further  details  regarding  requirements  and  procedures  in  depart- 
mental honors  see  the  appropriate  paragraph  under  each  department  in 
the  catalog  section  "Courses  of  Study." 

AUXILIARY  SCHOOLS 

Summer,  Evening,  Extension 

Summer  sessions,  evening  classes  on  campus,  and  extension  classes  in 
the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg  have  enabled  teachers,  state  em- 
ployees, and  others  in  active  employment  to  attend  college  courses  and 
secure  academic  degrees.  By  a  careful  selection  of  courses,  made  in  consul- 
tation with  the  appropriate  adviser,  students  can  meet  many  of  the  re- 
quirements for  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Some  courses  may  be  taken  for 
provisional  and  permanent  teaching  certification;  others  may  be  taken 
with  the  aim  of  transferring  credit  to  another  institution.  Many  courses 
lead  to  professional  advancement  or  are  of  direct  benefit  to  persons  in 
business  or  industry,  while  others  assist  in  broadening  the  student's  voca- 
tional, social,  and  cultural  background. 

Separate  brochures  are  published  for  the  summer  session  and  the  eve- 
ning classes.  For  copies  or  for  other  information  pertaining  to  the  summer 
session  or  evening  classes  write  to  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College, 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003. 

Smnmer  Session 

Regular  enrolled  students  may,  by  taking  summer  session  courses, 
meet  the  requirements  for  the  bachelor's  degree  in  three  years. 

Campus  Evening  Classes 

Evening  classes  are  offered  on  the  campus,  Monday  through  Thurs- 
day, and  carry  residence  credit. 

The  evening  school  includes  an  ENRICH  Program  in  Business  Ad- 
ministration. The  student  receives  a  certificate  of  achievement  upon 
successful  completion  of  the  60  semester-hour  program. 

University  Center  at  Harrisburg 

Extension  classes  are  offered  in  the  William  Penn  High  School,  Third 
and  Division  Streets,  and  at  the  Center's  campus,  2991  North  Front  Street, 
Harrisburg,  17110,  on  Monday  through  Thursday  evenings  and  on  Satur- 
day mornings  during  the  regular  academic  semesters.  Classes  meet  during 
the  summer  sessions  on  Monday,  Tuesday,  and  Thursday  evenings.  Leba- 
non Valley  College's  extension  program  in  Harrisburg  is  carried  on  in 
conjunction  with  Elizabethtown  College,  Temple  University,  The  Penn- 
sylvania State  University,  and  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

All  students  admitted  and  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  the  college  are  re- 
quired to  secure  the  permission  of  their  advisers  and  the  assistant  dean  of 
the  college  prior  to  enrolling  for  any  courses  at  the  University  Center  at 
Harrisburg. 

For  details  pertaining  to  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg  write 

28 


or  call  the  director  at  2991  North  Front  Street,  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 
17110,  at  238-9694  during  the  day  or  238-9696  during  the  evening. 

MARINE  BIOLOGY  PROGRAM 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  limited  program  in  marine  biology  in 
cooperation  with  the  University  of  Delaware  College  of  Marine  Studies 
and  the  University  of  Georgia  Marine  Institute. 

Under  this  program  the  student  takes  the  necessary  fundamental  sci- 
ence courses  on  campus  and  spends  six  to  ten  weeks  in  the  summer  be- 
tween his  junior  and  senior  years  at  the  University  of  Delaware  College  of 
Marine  Studies,  Lewes,  Delaware.  Nine  credits  of  marine  science  work 
can  thus  be  earned  for  transfer  to  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

In  addition,  short  field  trips  are  made  to  Lewes  as  part  of  the  ecol- 
ogy course  (Biology  403).  An  extended  field  trip  is  made  in  the  senior 
year  to  Sapelo  Island,  site  of  the  University  of  Georgia  Marine  Institute. 
Opportunities  are  given  here  for  study  of  various  aspects  of  the  ecology 
of  an  undisturbed  marsh  ecosystem  and  of  basic  oceanographic  research 
methodology. 

The  college  believes  that  the  best  preparation  for  a  career  in  marine 
biology  is  a  thorough  grounding  in  biology,  chemistry,  physics,  and  mathe- 
matics. With  the  addition  of  the  specific  work  in  ecology  and  marine 
science,  on  campus  and  at  the  cooperating  institutions,  a  student  is  well 
prepared  both  for  an  immediate  career  as  well  as  for  graduate  work  in 
the  field. 

JUNIOR  YEAR  ABROAD 

A  Lebanon  Valley  student  may  spend  his  junior  year  abroad  in  study 
under  a  program  administered  by  an  accredited  American  college  or  uni- 
versity, or  in  a  program  approved  by  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Such  a 
student  must  have  maintained  a  B  average  at  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
must  be  proficient  in  the  language  spoken  in  the  country  in  which  he  will 
study,  and  must  be  a  person  who  in  the  judgment  of  the  assistant  dean  of 
the  college  and  the  faculty  will  be  a  worthy  representative  of  his  own 
country.  His  proposed  course  of  study  must  be  approved  by  the  chairman 
of  his  department  and  the  assistant  dean  of  the  college. 

WASHINGTON  SEMESTER  PROGRAM 

Students  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the 
Washington  Semester  Program  which  is  offered  in  cooperation  with  Amer- 
ican University  in  Washington,  D.C.  This  includes  the  study  of  the 
American  governmental  and  political  system  as  a  whole  (the  Washington 
Semester),  the  urban  polity  and  intergovernmental  decision-making  in 
urban  affairs  (the  Washington  Urban  Semester),  American  foreign  policy 
formulation  and  implementation  (the  Foreign  Policy  Semester),  and  inter- 
national development  (the  International  Development  Semester).  Stu- 
dents in  the  first  two  programs  take  a  seminar,  which  includes  meetings 
with  public  officials,  political  figures,  private  interest  group  representa- 
tives, and  other  knowledgeable  persons;  an  individual  research  project 

29 


determined  in  consultation  with  instructors  at  Lebanon  Valley  and  Amer- 
ican University;  and  either  an  elective  course  at  the  university  or  an 
internship  program  arranged  with  a  political  or  administrative  office  in 
Washington.  The  Foreign  Policy  Semester  and  the  International  Develop- 
ment semester  are  modules,  expected  to  occupy  the  student's  full  academic 
time. 

The  program  is  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  in  any  major  field  who 
have  at  least  a  2.5  average,  have  had  the  basic  courses  in  American  na- 
tional government,  and  are  recommended  by  the  chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment of  history  and  political  science.  Two  students  from  the  college  will 
be  selected  each  November  by  American  University  to  participate  in  the 
following  spring  semester.  Students  in  the  program  have  the  same  status 
as  full-time  undergiaduates  at  American  University  and  will  receive  full 
credit  for  one  semester's  woik  toward  their  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College. 

ACADEMIC  PROCEDURES 

Registration  and  Pre-Registration 

Students  are  required  to  register  for  classes  on  official  registration 
days  and  on  designated  pre-registration  days  of  each  semester.  Informa- 
tion concerning  the  dates  for  official  registration  and  pre-registration  is 
listed  in  the  college  calendar,  pages  3  and  4. 

Late  Registration  and  Pre-Registration 

Students  registering  later  than  the  days  and  hours  specified  will  be 
charged  a  late  registration  fee  of  ten  dollars.  Students  desiring  to  register 
later  than  one  week  after  the  opening  of  the  semester  will  be  admitted 
only  by  special  permission  of  the  assistant  dean  of  the  college.  Students 
who  do  not  pre-register  during  the  designated  time  will  be  charged  a  late 
pre-registration  fee  of  ten  dollars. 

Change  of  Registration 

Change  of  registration,  including  pass/fail  elections,  when  necessary, 
must  be  made  over  the  signature  of  the  adviser.  In  most  instances  regis- 
tration for  a  course  will  not  be  permitted  after  the  course  has  been  in 
session  for  one  full  week.  With  the  permission  of  his  adviser,  a  student 
may  withdraw  from  a  course  at  any  time  through  the  last  day  of  classes  of 
the  semester  and  receive  a  grade  of  '"W."  (See  page  24.)  A  fee  of  $5.00  is 
charged  for  every  change  of  course  made  at  the  student's  request  after 
registration. 

Orientation  for  New  Students 

A  spring  orientation  day  is  held  annually  for  incoming  students.  At 
this  time  the  activities  include  a  general  orientation  to  the  college,  coun- 
seling with  academic  advisers,  and  pre-registration  for  courses.  Special 
sessions  for  parents  are  a  vital  part  of  the  program. 

An  orientation  period  of  several  days  at  the  beginning  of  the  college 
year  is  provided  to  help  new  students,  both  freshmen  and  transfers,  to 
become  familiar  with  their  academic  surroundings.  This  time  is  devoted 

30 


to  lectures,  social  activities,  and  informal  meetings  with  upperclassmen 
and  members  of  the  faculty. 

During  the  first  semester  all  freshmen  and  transfer  students  are  re- 
quired to  participate  in  an  orientation  course  which  includes  a  series  of 
lectures  and  discussions  on  college  procedures,  campus  activities,  and 
methods  of  study. 

Discontinuance  of  Course 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered. 

Repetition  of  Courses 

No  student  shall  be  permitted  to  repeat  for  credit,  grade,  or  quality 
points  a  course  for  which  he  has  already  received  a  passing  grade. 

If  a  course  on  campus  or  staffed  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  at  the 
University  Center  at  Harrisburg  is  failed  but  is  later  repeated  and  passed 
at  either  location,  the  failure  is  ignored  in  calculation  of  cumulative 
grade-point  averages  in  the  semester  in  which  the  course  is  passed  or 
thereafter.  The  grade  of  F  remains  on  the  permanent  record  card,  with 
an  asterisk  used  to  indicate  that  the  course  was  repeated  and  passed.  This 
policy  became  effective  for  campus  courses  in  the  first  semester,  1972- 
1973;  it  became  effective  for  courses  staffed  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  at 
the  University  Center  with  the  1974  summer  sessions. 

Concurrent  Courses 

A  student  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not 
carry  courses  concurrently  at  any  other  institution  without  the  prior  con- 
sent of  his  adviser  and  the  assistant  dean  of  the  college.  Neither  may  a 
regular  student  carry  work  concurrently  in  evening  or  extension  courses 
without  the  prior  permission  of  his  adviser  and  the  assistant  dean  of  the 
college. 

A  student  registered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not  obtain  credit 
for  courses  taken  in  other  colleges,  including  the  University  Center  at 
Harrisburg,  during  the  summer  unless  such  courses  have  prior  approval 
of  his  adviser  and  the  assistant  dean  of  the  college. 

Auditing  Courses 

Students  are  permitted  to  register  to  audit  courses  with  the  consent 
of  the  instructor  and  the  academic  adviser.  Audited  courses  are  counted 
in  considering  the  course  load  relative  to  limit  of  hours  (overload).  The 
regular  tuition  fee  is  charged  to  part-time  students.  Neither  grade  nor 
credit  is  given  either  at  the  time  the  course  is  audited  or  thereafter.  A 
change  of  registration  from  credit  to  audit  or  or  from  audit  to  credit 
must  be  accomplished  by  the  end  of  the  fifth  week  of  classes  of  the  semes- 
ter. 

Faculty  Advisers 

Each  student  is  assigned  a  faculty  adviser  who  serves  in  the  capacity  of 
friendly  counselor. 

31 


The  initial  selection  of  a  major  may  be  indicated  or  recorded  any 
time  before  the  end  of  the  student's  sophomore  year.  Such  a  choice  of  de- 
partment or  curriculum  in  which  to  pursue  work  of  special  concentration 
must  be  made  by  the  time  of  registration  for  the  junior  year.  This  depart- 
ment or  curriculum  shall  be  known  as  his  major.  A  student  shall  be  ac- 
cepted as  a  major  in  a  department  so  long  as  he  has  not  demonstrated  (by 
achieving  less  than  the  minimum  grade-point  average  in  the  desired  ma- 
jor) that  he  is  incapable  of  doing  satisfactory  work  in  the  department. 
The  chairman  or  another  member  of  the  department  or  the  adviser  of  the 
curriculum  in  which  the  student  has  elected  to  major  becomes  the  adviser 
for  that  student.  The  adviser's  approval  is  necessary  before  a  student  may 
register  for  or  withdraw  from  any  course,  select  or  change  his  pass/fail 
elections,  or  change  registration  from  credit  to  audit  or  from  audit  to 
credit. 

Arrangement  of  Schedules 

Each  student  arranges  his  course  of  study  and  his  class  schedule  in 
consultation  with,  and  by  approval  of,  his  faculty  adviser.  Students  already 
in  attendance  do  this  during  pre-registration  periods.  New  students  ac- 
complish this  on  the  spring  orientation  day. 

Limit  of  Hours 

To  be  classified  as  full-time,  a  student  must  take  at  least  twelve  se- 
mester hours  of  work.  Sixteen  semester  hours  of  work  is  the  maximum 
permitted  without  approval  of  the  adviser  and  special  permission  of  the 
assistant  dean  of  the  college;  physical  education  carries  no  credit.  Audit- 
ed courses  are  counted  in  determining  the  course  load. 

The  privilege  of  carrying  extra  hours  will  be  granted  only  for  com- 
pelling reasons  and  only  when  a  satisfactory  giade  level  has  been  main- 
tained for  the  previous  semester. 

Academic  Classification 

Students  are  classified  academically  at  the  beginning  of  each  year. 
Membership  in  the  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  classes  is  granted  to  those 
students  who  have  earned  a  minimum  of  28,  56,  or  84  semester  hours 
credit  respectively. 

All  entrance  deficiencies  must  be  removed  before  the  academic  status 
of  sophomore  is  granted. 

Counseling  and  Placement 

Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  as  part  of  its  responsibility  to  its 
students  the  need  for  providing  sound  educational,  vocational,  and  per- 
sonal counseling.  Measures  of  interest,  ability,  aptitude,  and  personality, 
in  addition  to  other  counseling  techniques,  are  utilized  in  an  effort  to 
help  each  student  come  to  a  fuller  realization  of  his  capabilities  and  per- 
sonality. An  important  part  of  the  counseling  program  consists  of  a  series 

32 


of  lectures  and  discussions  conducted  as  a  non-credit  orientation  course 
for  new  students. 

Placement  services  are  provided  by  the  college  for  aiding  students  in 
procuring  part-time  employment  while  in  college  and  in  obtaining  posi- 
tions upon  graduation.  A  current  file  is  maintained  which  contains  in- 
formation about  positions  in  various  companies  and  institutions,  civil 
service  opportunities  and  examinations,  entrance  to  professional  schools, 
assistantships,  and  fellowships.  Representatives  of  business,  industry,  and 
educational  institutions  visit  the  campus  annually  to  interview  seniors  for 
prospective  employment.  A  file  of  credentials  and  activities  of  those  stu- 
dents availing  themselves  of  the  services  is  available  to  prospective  em- 
ployers. Graduates  may  keep  their  individual  files  active  by  reporting 
additional  information  to  the  director  of  industrial  placement. 

A  Teacher  Placement  Bureau  which  assists  students  in  finding  posi- 
tions is  maintained. 

Records  of  students'  credentials  in  all  areas  of  student  activities  are 
on  file. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

The  rules  of  the  college  are  designed  to  provide  for  proper  regulation 
of  the  academic  community.  The  rules  and  regulations  as  stated  in  this 
bulletin  are  announcements  and  in  no  way  serve  as  a  contract  between 
the  student  and  the  college.  Attendance  at  the  college  is  a  privilege  and 
not  a  right.  The  student  by  his  act  of  registration  concedes  to  the  college 
the  right  to  require  his  withdrawal  any  time  deemed  necessary  to  safe- 
guard the  ideals  of  scholarship  and  character,  and  to  secure  compliance 
with  regulations.  It  is  expected  that  the  conduct  of  all  campus  citizens 
will  conform  to  accepted  standards.  All  students  are  required  to  respond 
to  communications  sent  by  any  duly  constituted  authority  of  the  college. 

Class  Attendance 

Each  student  is  held  responsible  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  require- 
ments for  each  course,  including  regular  class  attendance.  Because  of 
differences  in  various  disciplines,  specific  regulations  governing  class  at- 
tendance are  set  by  each  department,  approved  by  the  dean  of  the  col- 
lege, and  administered  by  the  instructor.  At  the  opening  of  each  course 
the  instructor  will  clearly  inform  the  students  of  the  regulations  on  class 
attendance.  Violations  of  class  attendance  regulations  will  make  the  stu- 
dent liable  to  being  dropped  from  the  course  with  a  failing  grade,  upon 
the  recommendation  of  the  instructor  and  with  the  approval  of  the  assis- 
tant dean  of  the  college. 

In  case  of  absence  from  class  because  of  illness  and  for  most  other 
reasons,  the  student  speaks  directly  with  the  instructor  concerning  the 
absence,  whether  anticipated  or  not,  even  if  an  examination  has  been 
scheduled.  The  student  informs  the  assistant  dean  of  the  college  only  if 
the  absence  could  not  be  anticipated  and  the  period  of  absence  will  be  a 
week  or  more.  The  assistant  dean  of  the  college  informs  faculty  members 
of  students  who  will  be  absent  from  classes  because  of  participation  in 

33 


official  functions  of  the  college.  Students  on  academic  probation  are  per- 
mitted only  excused  absences. 

Excused  absences  do  not  absolve  the  student  from  the  necessity  of  ful- 
filling all  course  requirements. 

Academic  Dishonesty 

Instances  of  open  and  conclusive  academic  dishonesty  are  dealt  with 
in  accordance  with  the  following  regulations: 

For  the  first  offense  the  faculty  member  shall  have  the  authority  to 
fail  the  student  in  the  course. 

For  the  second  offense  the  student  shall  be  failed  in  the  course  and 
additional  action  taken,  up  to  and  including  expulsion  from  college,  if 
deemed  warranted  by  the  dean  of  the  college. 

For  the  third  offense,  if  the  second  act  of  dishonesty  did  not  warrant 
expulsion  in  the  opinion  of  the  dean  of  the  college,  the  student  shall  be 
punished  by  failure  in  the  course  and  expulsion  from  the  college. 

Chapel-Convocation  Program 

A  chapel-convocation  program  is  held  regularly  each  week.  The 
weekly  programs  are  augmented  by  additional  events  at  other  times  dur- 
ing the  semester.  From  the  total  of  twenty-four  programs  each  full-time 
student  will  select  not  less  than  twelve  to  fulfill  his  attendance  require- 
ment for  the  semester.  For  each  unexcused  absence,  resulting  in  less  than 
twelve  attendances,  one  hour  will  be  added  to  the  hours  required  for 
graduation. 

Hazing 

Hazing  is  strictly  prohibited.  Any  infringement  by  members  of  other 
classes  upon  the  personal  rights  of  freshmen  as  individuals  is  interpreted 
as  hazing. 

Cars  and  Student  Parking 

All  cars  owned  or  operated  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  students  must 
be  registered  with  the  office  of  the  dean  of  students.  Violations  of  estab- 
lished parking  regulations  will  result  in  fines  and  may  result  in  suspen- 
sion or  revocation  of  parking  privileges. 

Transcripts 

Each  student,  former  student,  or  graduate  is  entitled  to  one  transcript 
of  his  college  record  without  charge.  For  each  copy  after  the  first,  a  fee  of 
two  dollars  is  charged. 

Regulations  Regarding  Academic  Probation, 
Suspension,  Dismissal,  Withdrawal 

A.  Probation 

A  student  can  be  placed  on  academic  probation  by  the  dean  of  the 
college  or  suspended  or  dismissed  if  his  academic  standing  fails  to  come 
up  to  the  grade-point  average  shown  in  the  following  table: 

34 


Suspension  or 
Probation  dismissal 

1st  semester   1.25 

2nd  semester   1.50         1.25  cumulative 

3rd  semester    1.65 

4th  semester 1.75         1.50  cumulative 

5th  semester 1 .75 

6th   semester    1.75         1.65  cumulative 

7th  &  8th  semesters 1.75  in  all  courses 

A  student  placed  on  academic  probation  is  notified  of  such  status  by 
the  dean  of  the  college  and  informed  of  the  college  regulations  governing 
probationers.  Students  on  probation  are  required  to  regulate  their  work 
and  their  times  so  as  to  make  a  most  determined  effort  to  bring  their  work 
up  to  the  required  standard. 

When  a  student  is  placed  on  academic  probation,  faculty  and  par- 
ents are  notified  by  the  dean  of  the  college.  The  dean  of  the  college  may 
terminate  the  period  of  probation  of  any  student.  Usually  this  occurs  at 
the  end  of  a  semester  or  summer  session. 

Infraction  of  the  following  regulations  governing  probationers  ren- 
der a  student  liable  to  dismissal: 

1.  No  unexcused  class  absences  will  be  permitted. 

2.  Any  office  or  activity  in  any  college  organization  that  involves 
such  expenditure  of  time  as  to  jeopardize  the  successful  pursuit 
of  academic  work  must  be  relinquished. 

B.  Suspension 

1.  A  student  who  obviously  fails  to  achieve  at  a  level  commensurate 
with  his  measured  ability  may  be  suspended  for  at  least  one  semester. 

2.  A  student  suspended  for  academic  reasons  is  not  eligible  for  re- 
instatement for  at  least  one  semester,  preferably  two. 

3.  A  student  seeking  reinstatement  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  must 
apply  in  writing  to  the  dean  of  the  college. 

4.  Students  suspended  for  academic  reasons  are  not  permitted  to  reg- 
ister for  work  in  the  auxiliary  schools  except  for  the  most  compelling 
reasons  and  then  only  with  the  approval  of  the  assistant  dean  of  the 
college. 

5.  A  student  may  be  suspended  without  a  prior  period  on  probation. 

C.  Dismissal 

A  student  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  is  not  eligible  for  readmis- 
sion. 

D.  Withdrawal  from  College  and  Readmission 

Official  withdrawal  from  the  college  is  accomplished  only  by  the  com- 
pletion of  withdrawal  forms  obtained  in  the  office  of  the  assistant  dean  of 
the  college  and  registrar.  This  is  the  sole  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Application  for  readmission  will  be  considered  only  if  the  formal 
withdrawal  procedure  has  been  followed  at  the  time  of  withdrawal. 

35 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 


THE  RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

Lebanon  Valley  College  was  founded  as  a  Christian  college  and  con- 
tinues to  be  dedicated  to  its  faith.  All  students  are  invited  and  urged  to 
participate  in  some  phase  of  religious  activity. 

The  Chapel-Convocation  Program 

A  series  of  twenty-four  programs  is  held  each  semester  from  which 
each  student  selects  a  minimum  of  twelve  to  fulfill  attendance  require- 
ments. These  programs  include  chapel  services  and  convocation  programs 
that  are  held  on  Tuesday  mornings,  as  well  as  cultural  events  selected 
by  the  Chapel-Convocation  Committee.  This  committee,  with  equal  rep- 
resentation from  administration,  faculty,  and  students,  will  announce  the 
total  chapel-convocation  program  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

Rationale  of  Chapel-Convocation  Policy 

The  aims  and  objectives  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  as  they  relate  to 
the  chapel-convocation  policy  and  program  have  been  duly  published  and 
constantly  remind  us  that  this  institution  was  chartered  to  promote  the 
highest  human  possibilities.  The  goals  of  our  chapel-convocation  policy 
and  program  derive  from  (1)  our  conception  of  the  distinctive  nature  of 
the  liberal  arts  and  (2)  the  character  of  the  academic  community  we 
would  consciously  shape. 

Every  aspect  of  educational  activity  reflects  qualitative  concerns  or  a 
scale  of  values.  The  liberal  arts  inevitably  raise  fundamental  questions 
which  require  honest  regard  for  ultimate  values  and  personal  commit- 
ments. To  insure  responsible  learning  and  human  concern  it  is  necessary 
to  recognize  the  value-laden  nature  of  all  knowledge.  Indeed,  the  liberal 
arts  are  not  so  much  courses  of  study  as  they  are  human  attributes  or  per- 
sonal qualities  which  enhance  the  possibility  for  rational  discrimination, 
uncoerced  decision,  and  responsible  commitment.  Chapel  services  and 
convocation  programs  are  considered  therefore  not  only  an  opportunity  to 
focus  honest  criticism  upon  our  qualitative  concerns  and  scale  of  values, 
but  they  are  offered  as  an  integrating  experience  for  the  development  of 
the  whole  person.  Thus,  we  believe  an  authentic  liberal  arts  experience 
will  engender  a  sense  of  mystery,  reverence,  adoration,  and  celebration  of 
the  Highest.  Such  an  experience  can  be  most  profitably  exercised  and  crea- 
tively structured  in  communal  worship  and  convocation  programs. 

Second,  we  believe  a  liberal  arts  college  is  a  community  of  learning 
responsibly  committed  to  humanistic  values.  But  human  values  are  not 
meaningfully  experienced  in  abstraction  or  in  isolation.  Man  is  truly  hu- 
man only  in  community  and  therefore  man  can  be  correctly  understood 
only  when  seen  in  relation  to  God  and  fellow  man.  As  an  institution  we 
consciously  attempt  to  shape  this  community  with  reference  to  the  values 

36 


of  Jesus  Christ  which  we  confess  to  be  our  highest  norm  of  truth  and 
goodness;  in  Him  we  see  authentic  humanity  as  God's  intention  for  all 
men.  This  orientation  is  not  in  any  way  an  exclusion  or  bemeaning  of 
non-Christians;  rather,  such  a  confession  positively  requires  a  good  will 
and  sincere  openness  to  all  persons.  When  a  college  seeks  community  at 
its  highest  and  deepest  levels  through  corporate  learning  and  worship  it 
does  so  for  the  same  reason  it  provides  a  library,  gymnasium,  theatre,  or 
laboratory,  namely,  opportunity  for  the  highest  human  development.  Of 
course  it  is  fatuous  to  assume  that  every  opportunity  offered  in  college 
will  prove  to  be  an  occasion  for  an  enriching  experience  for  every  stu- 
dent; but  that  fact  does  not  excuse  the  college  from  the  obligation  of  pro- 
viding opportunities  for  experiences  considered  most  essential  to  the 
realization  of  man's  highest  potential. 

In  summary,  a  liberal  arts  institution  may  engage  in  a  sort  of  quasi- 
education  and  will  fail  to  serve  the  whole  person  if  it  defaults  in  its  con- 
frontation with  qualitative  concerns,  deflects  from  commitment  to  en- 
nobling values,  or  denies  the  need  for  corporate  celebration  of  life's  high- 
est good.  Granted  our  conception  of  the  nature  of  the  liberal  arts  and  the 
particular  kind  of  community  we  seek  to  be,  provision  for  corporate 
worship  and  convocation  programs  is  integral  to  our  total  reason  for  being 
a  liberal  arts  community  committed  to  a  definite  value-orientation,  i.e. 
Christian. 

Sunday  Services 

The  United  Methodist  Church  and  the  other  churches  of  the  com- 
munity extend  a  warm  welcome  to  all  college  students  who  wish  to  attend 
Sunday  worship. 

There  are  seven  churches  of  different  denominations  in  Annville  it- 
self. Other  parishes  of  major  religious  groups  not  found  in  Annville  are 
located  within  a  five-mile  radius  of  the  college. 

PROJECT 

PROJECT  is  the  all-campus  organization  which  coordinates  the  ac- 
tivities of  the  various  denominational  religious  groups  on  campus.  It  also 
provides  programs  and  activities  to  fulfill  the  spiritual  needs  of  the  stu- 
dents and  promotes  the  spirit  of  brotherhood  in  the  college  community. 
Throughout  the  year  the  organization  sponsors  a  Big  Sister-Little  Sister, 
Big  Brother-Little  Brother  program,  and  all-campus  retreats  for  fun, 
fellowship,  and  relaxation.  PROJECT  also  provides  special  seasonal  ser- 
vices, opportunities  for  weekend  work  camps,  presentations  by  guest 
speakers,  films,  dramas,  and  other  types  of  programs.  All  students  are 
welcome  to  assist  in  the  planning  and  to  participate  in  these  activities. 

Denominational  Organizations 

It  is  possible  for  the  difiierent  denominations  and  faiths  to  organize 
their  students  into  clubs  or  other  type  organizations.  Each  of  these  groups 
in  turn  elects  one  of  its  members  to  the  Executive  Board  of  PROJECT. 

37 


Religious  Emphasis  Day 

This  is  one  of  the  oustanding  religious  events  of  the  school  year. 
Notable  speakers  are  invited  to  share  their  experiences  with  the  student 
body  through  the  chapel-convocation  programs  and  personal  interviews. 
Other  features  usually  included  in  the  activities  of  the  day  are  a  music 
program  by  a  student  group,  and  a  movie  or  drama. 

The  Balmer  Showers  Lectureship 

This  annual  lectureship  was  established  and  endowed  by  the  late 
Bishop  Emeritus  J.  Balmer  Showers,  '07,  of  the  Evangelical  United  Breth- 
ren Church.  Under  the  stipulations  of  the  endowment,  the  lectures  are 
delivered  by  distinguished  scholars  of  recognized  leadership  in  the  areas 
of  Christian  faith  and  theology,  biblical  archaeology  and  interpretation, 
and  Christian  ethics  of  the  Christian  ministry. 

ReHgion  and  Life  Lectures 

The  purpose  of  the  Religion  and  Life  Lectures  is  to  deepen  the  stu- 
dent's understanding  of  some  of  the  problems  of  life  and  the  religious  re- 
sources that  are  available  to  meet  such  problems.  Currently,  the  Religion 
and  Life  Lectures  and  the  Balmer  Showers  Lectures  are  coordinated  into 
a  series  of  three  offerings  at  various  times  during  the  year. 

Delta  Tau  Chi 

Delta  Tau  Chi  is  an  organization  composed  primarily  of  students 
who  have  decided  to  devote  full-time  service  to  chmxh  vocations.  Mem- 
bership is  open,  however,  to  all  students  who  wish  to  participate  in  its 
activities  and  subscribe  to  its  purpose.  The  group  holds  regularly  sched- 
uled meetings  and  daily  meditations,  sends  deputations  to  churches,  con- 
ducts programs  at  various  liospitals  and  homes,  and  enters  into  other  com- 
munity projects. 

CAMPUS  ORGANIZATIONS 

Social  Organizations 

Five  organizations  endeavor  to  enrich  the  social  program  of  the  col- 
lege by  sponsoring  social  activities  on  the  campus  and  in  the  community, 
and  by  broadening  the  experience  of  its  members  through  group  action. 

Delta  Lambda  Sigma 

Kappa  Lambda  Nu  Knights  of  the  Valley 

Kappa  Lambda  Sigma  Phi  Lambda  Sigma 

Recognition  Groups 

Students  who  have  achieved  scholastic  distinction  in  their  academic 
work  or  in  certain  areas  are  eligible  for  membership  in  honorary  scho- 
lastic societies. 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Pi  Gamma  Mu 

Beta  Beta  Beta  Psi  Chi 

38 


Honorary  and  Service  Organizations 

Six  organizations  exist  to  bring  recognition  to  deserving  music  stu- 
dents and  participants  in  dramatic  activities  or  to  function  as  service  or- 
ganizations on  the  campus. 

Alpha  Phi  Omega  Phi  Mu  Alpha 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  Sigma  Alpha  Iota 

Gamma  Sigma  Sigma  White  Hats 

Publications 

Practical  experience  in  management,  writing,  and  editorial  work  is 
available  to  students  through  membership  on   the  staffs  of  the  college 
yearbook  and  the  campus  newspaper. 
The  Quittapahilla 
La  Vie  Collegienne 

Departmental  Clubs 

Many  departmental  clubs  provide  opportunities  for  students  to  par- 
ticipate in  supplemental  department  activities.  At  regular  meetings  re- 
ports on  appropriate  topics  are  presented  and  discussed.  Other  activities 
sponsored  by  the  departmental  clubs  include  lectures  by  specialists  in  the 
club's  particular  field  of  interest,  educational  films,  and  field  trips. 


Chemistry:  American  Chemical 

Society  Affiliate 
Economics:  Investment  Club, 

Business  and  Economics  Club 
Education:  Childhood  Education 

Club,  Student  P.S.E.A. 
English:  Green  Blotter  Club 
Mathematics:  Industrial 

Mathematics  Society  Affiliate 


Modern  Languages:  French  Club, 
German    Club,    Russian    Club, 
Spanish  Club,  International  Club 

Physics:  Physics  Club,  Student 
Section  of  the  American  Institute 
of  Physics 

Psychology:  Psi  Chi 

Sociology:  Sociology  Club 


Special  Interest  Groups 

Art  Club 
Bridge  Club 
Chess  Club 


Photography  Club 
Ski  Club 
Jazz  Band 


Dramatics  and  Music 

An  opportunity  to  develop  dramatic  and  musical  talents  under  qual- 
ified leadership  is  offered  to  the  students  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  by 
the  following  organizations. 


Chapel  Choir 
College  Chorus 
Concert  Choir 
Guild  Student  Group 

(American  Guild  of  Organists) 


Symphonic  Band 
Symphony  Orchestra 
Wig  and  Buckle  Club 
Wind  Ensemble 


39 


CULTURAL  OPPORTUNITIES 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  cultural  programs  in  the  form  of  the 
Great  Artists  Series,  concerts  by  students,  faculty  members,  and  musical 
organizations  in  the  department  of  music,  and  lectures  sponsored  by  the 
various  departments  of  the  college.  In  addition,  the  neighboring  commu- 
nities of  Harrisburg,  Hershey,  and  Lebanon  offer  concerts,  lectures,  and 
other  cultural  activities  throughout  the  year. 

STUDENT  GOVERNMENT 

Ultimate  responsibility  for  activities  on  the  college  campus  rests  with 
the  faculty  and  the  administration.  However,  the  faculty  and  the  admin- 
istration have  delegated  powers  and  responsibilities  to  the  student  govern- 
ing bodies  so  that,  to  a  large  extent,  students  govern  themselves.  The  col- 
lege encourages  initiative  and  self-government  as  a  part  of  the  democratic 
training  offered. 

The  representative  organizations  described  below  were  established  to 
function  in  areas  of  student  government.  They  are  privileged  to  conduct 
the  affairs  of  the  student  body  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  under  their  sep- 
arate responsibilities  so  as  to  guide  and  promote  the  affairs  of  the  stu- 
dents in  accordance  with  local,  state,  and  federal  laws  and  general  institu- 
tional rules. 

Student  Council 

The  Student  Council  seeks  to  foster  understanding  and  cooperation 
among  the  students,  faculty  and  administration  of  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege. It  is  the  elected  group  that  acts  as  the  central  clearing  house  for  all 
recommendations  and  grievances,  outside  the  area  of  responsibility  of  the 
Student  Senate,  which  emanate  from  the  student  body.  The  Student  Coun- 
cil also  coordinates  student  activities  and  provides  for  the  financing  of 
those  activities.  It  is  composed  of  eighteen  members. 

Student  Senate 

The  Student  Senate,  composed  of  twelve  elected  members,  is  the  stu- 
dent disciplinary  body.  In  addition  to  rendering  decisions  concerning  stu- 
dent justice  and  assigning  punishments  for  rule  violations,  it  has  the  re- 
sponsibility of  establishing  social  rules  and  regulations  in  accordance 
with  the  general  rules  of  the  college.  One  of  the  key  concepts  that  under- 
lies student  government  is  that  all  students  are  encouraged  to  assume  re- 
sponsibility for  the  enforcement  of  all  rules  that  are  under  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  Student  Senate.  These  rules  and  other  information  about  stu- 
dent government  are  found  in  the  L  Book  which  is  distributed  to  all 
students  at  the  start  of  the  school  year. 

Student  Government  Executive  Committee 

The  highest  authority  in  matters  of  student  government  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College  is  tlie  Executive  Committee.  This  group,  composed  of 
four  students,  two  administrators,  two  faculty  members,  and  the  presi- 
dent of  the  college,  who  serves  as  chairman,  has  authority  to  make  major 

40 


policy  changes  upon  recommendation  by  the  Student  Senate  or  Student 
Council.  It  acts  on  matters  or  appeals  referred  to  it  by  students,  faculty 
members,  administrators,  the  Student  Senate,  or  the  Student  Council. 

Institutional  Rules 

1.  There  shall  be  no  dichotomy  between  rules  for  men  and  rules  for 
women  and  there  shall  be  equality  in  all  aspects  except  security  mea- 
sures for  women  to  be  determined  by  the  women. 

2.  Senior  students  and  students  twenty-one  years  of  age  and  older  are 
given  preference  in  applying  for  permission  to  live  off  campus  in  the 
event  the  college  is  unable  to  furnish  housing,  provided  preference  is 
also  given  to  students  with  such  qualifications  of  age  and  class  stand- 
ing who  are  not  on  academic  or  social  probation. 
The  possession  and/or  consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages  by  any 
one  on  any  property  owned  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  prohibited. 
Any  interference  with  the  educational  or  administrative  processes  of 
the  institution  is  forbidden. 

Persons  of  the  opposite  sex  may  visit  in  an  individual's  dormitory 
room  only  within  the  limitations  as  stated  in  the  L  Book. 

6.  Gambling  is  forbidden  on  the  campus. 

7.  Smoking  is  prohibited  in  all  college  buildings  except  in  residents' 
rooms  and  where  receptacles  are  provided  by  the  college. 
Pets  shall  not  be  kept  in  the  dormitories  unless  they  are  approved 
by  the  office  of  the  dean  of  students. 

9.    All  firearms  are  prohibited  on  campus. 

10.    Pledging  and  initiation  into  any  organization  may  not  include  any 
physical  abuse. 

ATHLETICS  AND  RECREATION 

Lebanon  Valley  College  maintains  a  full  program  of  intramural  and 
intercollegiate  athletic  activities.  Intramural  leagues  and  tournaments  are 
conducted  in  the  various  sports  for  men  and  women. 

The  college  participates  in  nine  intercollegiate  sports  for  men  (base- 
ball, basketball,  cross-country,  football,  golf,  lacrosse,  soccer,  track,  wres- 
tling) and  three  for  women  (basketball,  hockey  and  lacrosse).  In  addition, 
plans  are  underway  to  initiate  a  program  in  tennis. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the  following  national  and 
regional  athletic  associations:  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association, 
Middle  Atlantic  States  Collegiate  Athletic  Conference,  Eastern  College 
Athletic  Conference,  the  Central  Pennsylvania  Field  Hockey  Association, 
and  the  Penn-Mar  Conference  for  women. 

Aims  and  Objectives  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics 

Lebanon  Valley  College  supports  its  intercollegiate  athletics  program 
because  it  offers  its  students  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  activities 
that  afford  an  outlet  for  competitive  spirit  and  vitality,  while  further  pro- 
viding each  student  with  an  opportunity  to  develop,  understand  and  ap- 
preciate the  values  of  teamwork,  pride,  morale,  dedication,  physical  fit- 
ness and  school  spirit, 

41 


COURSES  OF  STUDY 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Course  Numbering  System 

The  first  digit  of  the  three-digit  course  number  indicates  the  aca- 
demic year  in  which  the  course  is  normally  taken.  Thus,  a  course  is  nor- 
mally taken  in  the  senior  year  if  the  first  digit  is  4,  in  the  junior  year  if  it 
is  3,  in  the  sophomore  year  if  it  is  2,  and  in  the  freshman  year  if  it  is  1. 
(A  first  digit  of  1  may  also  indicate  that  the  course  may  be  taken  by  fresh- 
men even  though  it  is  usually  taken  by  sophomores,  juniors  or  seniors.) 
A  first  digit  of  5  is  employed  for  courses  in  private  music  instruction 
and  independent  study  courses.  Course  numbers  for  music  organizations 
have  6  as  a  first  digit.  The  same  number  is  used  each  time  a  student  en- 
rolls in  a  course  whose  first  digit  is  5  or  6. 

A  course  is  offered  in  the  first  semester  if  the  third  digit  is  an  odd 
number,  in  the  second  semester  if  the  third  digit  is  an  even  number.  A 
course  with  0  as  a  third  digit  is  a  one-semester  course  offered  in  both 
semesters. 

A  comma  separating  the  numbers  of  two  courses  with  a  common 
title  indicates  that  the  first  course  (offered  in  the  first  semester)  is  a  pre- 
requisite to  the  second  course  (offered  in  the  second  semester).  A  slash 
(/)  separating  the  numbers  of  two  courses  with  a  common  title  indicates 
that  the  first  course  is  not  a  prerequisite  for  the  second  course. 

A  course  is  offered  every  year  if  an  academic  year  is  not  indicated. 

Course  Credit 

Semester  hours  of  credit,  class  hours  per  week,  and  laboratory  hours 
per  week  are  indicated  by  three  numbers  at  the  end  of  the  line  containing 
the  course  number  and  title.  For  example,  "4:3:3"  for  Biology  201  means 
four  semester  hours  of  credit,  three  classroom  hours  per  week,  and  three 
laboratory  hours  per  week. 


ART 

Assistant  Professor  Iskowitz;  Adjunct  Professor  Wise 

110.    Introduction  to  Art.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Students  are  introduced  to  \arious  \isual  forms  which  arc  analyzed  in  an  attempt 
to  understand  the  nature  of  art  through  structure,  the  characteristics  of  media,  and  con- 
tent. The  importance  of  shaping  indi\idual  perception  is  stressed  in  order  to  show  how 
the  observer  plays  an  active  role  in  his  appreciation  of  a  work  of  art.  In  the  lectures, 
problems  using  old  and  new  techniques  are  explained  as  well  as  the  various  media  of  the 
visual  arts. 

42 


140.    Studio  Drawing  and  Painting.  3:4K).  Either  semester. 

Problems  are  offered  which  provide  maximum  opportunity  for  the  development 
of  the  creative  capacity  of  the  individual.  An  exploration  of  the  inherent  qualities 
of  \'arious  media,  techniques,  and  tools  is  undertaken  through  active  involvement  in 
studio.  Introduction  to  printmaking,  especially  etching  and  woodcutting,  is  offered.  The 
staff  reserves  the  right  to  select  one  example  of  each  student's  work  for  its  permanent 
collection. 

Prerequisite:  Art  110. 

201.  Art  History  I,  Pre-history  through  the  Middle  Ages.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Representative  examples  in  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  of  the  major 
cultures  of  successive  historic  periods  are  considered.  Stress  is  given  to  the  interaction 
of  factors  influencing  the  various  forms  of  visual  expressions.  Lectures,  discussions, 
and  visual  aids  are  employed  to  encourage  individual  research  in  the  area  of  develop- 
ing interest. 

Prerequisite:  Art  110. 

202.  Art  History  II,  Renaissance  to  Twentieth  Century.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Study  of  the  major  forms  of  the  \isual  arts  representative  of  the  Renaissance  and 
succeeding  centuries  as  expressed  both  by  the  individual  and  major  schools.  These 
\iewed  in  terms  of  degree  of  reflection  of  the  social,  ideological,  and  economic  foci 
of  the  period.  Lecture,  discussion,  visual  aids,  supplementary  assignments. 

Prerequisite:  Art  110. 

40L    Art  in  the  Elementary  School.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Survey  of  theories  of  art  education  and  of  programs  of  creative  process  activities 
adaptive  to  the  various  levels  of  maturation  at  the  elementary  level.  Studio  experience 
employing  a  variety  of  media  and  techniques  is  offered  to  give  experience  and  under- 
standing to  the  problems  involved.  Practical  knowledge  of  process,  sources  of  supply, 
approaches  to  display,  and  trends  in  evaluation  of  process  are  presented  through  lec- 
ture, discussion,  demonstration,  visual  aids,  supplementary  reading. 


BIOLOGY 

Associate  Professor  Wolf,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professors  Argot^  Gring, 
Henninger,  Verhoek,  Williams,  and  Wolfe 

The  work  outlined  in  the  following  courses  in  biology  is  intended 
to  develop  an  appreciation  of  man's  relation  to  his  universe,  to  acquaint 
students  with  those  fundamental  concepts  necessary  for  the  proper  inter- 
pretation of  the  phenomena  manifested  by  the  living  things  with  which 
they  are  surrounded,  and  to  lay  a  foundation  for  specialization  in  profes- 
sional courses  in  biology. 

The  courses  are  designed  to  prepare  students  for  the  work  in  pro- 
fessional schools,  schools  for  medical  technologists,  hospital  schools  for 
training  of  nurses,  for  graduate  work  in  colleges  and  universities,  for 
teaching  the  biological  sciences  in  high  schools,  and  for  assistantships  in 
university  and  experiment  station  laboratories  in  the  departments  of 
agriculture  and  other  government  agencies. 

Major:  Biology  111,  112,  201,  202,  302  or  307,  411  or  412,  and  twelve 
additional  hours  in  biology;  two  years  of  chemistry;  Physics  103  and  104 
or  111  and  112;  and  Math  161. 

43 


DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

The  departmental  honors  program  in  biology  is  open  to  students  of 
junior  and  senior  status  who  have  demonstrated  superior  scholastic  ability 
in  formal  courses  as  well  as  the  potential  to  complete  successfully  an 
original  independent  research  project.  A  candidate  for  departmental 
honors  will  be  assigned  to  a  faculty  member  who  will  direct  his  research 
problem.  Two  weeks  prior  to  the  close  of  the  second  semester  of  his 
senior  year,  the  candidate  will  submit  a  thesis  based  on  his  laboratory 
investigations  and  defend  it  before  an  examining  committee  chosen  by 
the  research  sponsor.  Following  successful  completion  of  the  defense,  the 
candidate's  record  will  be  reviewed  by  the  examining  committee,  where- 
upon a  decision  will  be  made  concerning  a  recommendation  to  the  dean 
of  the  college  that  the  candidate  graduate  with  departmental  honors. 

101/102.    Introduction  to  Biology  I,  II.  3:2:2  per  semester. 

These  courses,  designed  for  the  non-science  major,  place  emphasis  on  the  mastery 
of  certain  biological  principles  which  are  inherent  in  hving  material.  These  principles 
are  then  applied  to  specific  organisms  with  special  stress  placed  on  the  study  of  human 
biology. 

The  laboratory  includes  exercises  in  genetics,  ecology,  anatomy,  and  physiology. 

Ill,  112.    General  Biology  I,  II.  4:3:4  per  semester. 

An  attempt  is  made  to  familiarize  the  student  with  some  of  the  basic  concepts  of 
the  physical  sciences  necessary  for  the  understanding  of  modern  biology.  Basic  biological 
principles  are  stressed  as  related  to  the  major  subdivisions  of  the  biological  sciences. 
This  course  or  its  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses  in  the  department. 

Prerequisites  or  corequisites:  Chemistry   111,   112. 

201.  Genetics.  4:3:4.  First  semester. 

The  central  theme  of  this  course  is  the  mastery  of  the  universal  properties  of  the 
mechanism  of  heredity.  The  laboratory  stresses  the  demonstration  of  the  key  concepts 
of  heredity  utilizing  both  a  classical  and  a  molecular  approach. 

202.  Animal  Physiology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  Principles  of  vertebrate  body  function.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon 
the  mechanisms  by  which  cells  and  organs  perform  their  functions  and  the  interaction 
of  the  various  organs  in  maintaining  total  body  function. 

302.    Survey  of  the  Plant  Kingdom.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

The  diversity  and  differentiation  of  plants  and  the  relationships  between  them 
will  be  stressed.  Field  and  laboratory  work  will  familiarize  the  student  with  the 
morphology  of  lower  plants  and  with  the  identification  and  ecology  of  gymnosperms 
and  angiosperms  on  campus  and  in  the  local  flora. 

Prerequisites:  Biology  111,  112  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

304.  Developmental  Biology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

The  study  of  basic  descripti\e  phenomena  in  the  de\elopment  of  typical  inver- 
tebrate and  vertebrate  embryos  will  be  extended  into  consideration  of  modem  em- 
bryological  problems. 

305.  Vertebrate  Histology  and  Microtechnique.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 

Microscopic  anatomy  of  \ertcbratc  tissues  illustrating  basic  tissue  similarities  and 
specialization  in  relation  to  function.  1  he  laboratory  work  includes  the  preparation  of 
slides  utilizing  routine  histological  and  histochemical  techniques. 

44 


306.  Microbiology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

A  basic  study  of  the  morphology,  physiology,  and  biochemistry  of  representative 
microorganisms. 

307.  Plant  Physiology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 

The  functioning  of  plants  and  plant  systems  with  emphasis  on  vascular  plants. 
Processes  will  be  studied  at  the  biophysical,  biochemical,  cellular  and  organismal 
levels.  Structural  background  at  all  levels  will  be  included. 

308.  Comparative  Chordate  Anatomy.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

The  anatomy  of  the  chordates  is  studied  from  a  comparative  viewpoint  with  par- 
ticular attention  given  to  the  correlation  of  structure  to  living  conditions.  Laboratory 
work  involves  dissection  and  demonstration  of  representative  chordates. 

401.  Cell  Physiology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 

A  molecular  approach  to  the  study  of  the  organization  and  function  of  the  cell. 
For  senior  or  junior  majors  who  have  completed  at  least  two  years  of  chemistry, 
or  by  permission  of  the  instructor. 

402.  Invertebrate  Zoology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

Through  the  use  of  a  systemic  approach,  the  morphology  and  physiology  of  repre- 
sentati\es  of  most  of  the  in\ertebrate  phyla  are  studied.  This  approach  centers  around 
the  following  areas:  movement,  metabolism,  information  and  control,  reproduction,  and 
association  between  animals. 

403.  Ecology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 
The  fundamental  concepts  of  ecology  are  examined  with  emphasis  placed  on  the 

interaction  between  organisms  and  their  biological  and  physical  environment  in  selected 
ecosystems — freshwater,  marine,  and  terrestrial.  Field  trips  will  be  taken  to  selected 
areas.  Laboratory  work  will  be  conducted  on  problems  associated  with  various  types 
of  ecosystems. 

Prerequisites:  two  semesters  of  biology  beyond  Biology  112  or  permission  of  the 
instructors. 

411/412.    Biology  Seminar  I,  II.  1:1:0  per  semester. 

Reading,  discussions,  and  reports  on  special  topics  in  biology. 

451/452.    Special  Problems  I,  II.  1:0:3 — 3:0:9  per  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

Designed  for  those  students  who  have  had  most  of  the  courses  required  for  their 

major  but  who  may  have  a  special  need  for  experience   in   fields   not   listed   in  the 

course  offerings  of  the  department.  Students  interested  in  a  course  in  marine  biology 

should  elect  Biology  451/452  in  their  senior  year. 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  staff. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1:0:3 — 3:0;9  per  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit^ 
Limited  to  students  majoring  in  biology  who  have  had  ample  courses  in  the 
department  and  whose  records  indicate  that  they  can  be  encouraged  to  take  part 
in  research  or  can  work  independently  on  research  problems  in  which  they  have 
a  special  interest.  Biology  500  may  lead  to  Departmental  Honors  for  qualified  students. 
See  page  44  for  information  on  the  Departmental  Honors  Program. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  staff. 


CHEMISTRY 

Professor  Neidig,   Chairman;  Professor  Lockwood;   Assistant  Professors 
Bailey,  Bell,  Moe,  and  Spencer 

The  aims  of  the  department  are:   (1)  to  provide  students  majoring  in 

45 


chemistry  rigorous  training  in  the  principles  and  applications  of  modern 
chemistry;  (2)  to  provide  students  interested  in  the  teaching  profession  an 
opportunity  to  become  acquainted  with  the  teaching  of  science;  and  (3)  to 
offer  students  interested  in  advanced  study  or  in  industrial  employment 
professional  training  in  chemistry. 

Major:  Chemistry  111,  112,  211,  212,  311,  312,  313,  314,  315,  316,  317, 
318,  and  4  hours  of  500;  Math  161,  162. 

B.S.  in  Chemistry  (certified  by  the  American  Chemical  Society): 
Chemistry  111,  112,  211,  212,  311,  312,  313,  314,  315,  316,  317,  318,  411, 
412,  413,  414  and  4  hours  of  500;  Math  161,  162. 

For  outline  of  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  B.S.  in  Chemistry, 
see  pages  92-93. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Juniors  and  seniors  may  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  pro- 
gram if  they  have  demonstrated  a  high  scholastic  ability  and  proficiency 
in  both  experimental  and  theoretical  chemistry.  To  be  recommended  for 
departmental  honors,  a  student  is  required:  (1)  to  submit  a  thesis  based 
on  extensive  laboratory  investigation  of  an  original  problem;  and  (2)  to 
defend  the  thesis  before  an  appropriate  examining  committee. 

111,112.    Principles  of  Chemistry  I,  II.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

A  systematic  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of  chemistry. 

211.  Reaction  Kinetics  and  Chemical  Equilibria.  4:3:4.  First  semester. 

An  investigation  of  chemical  systems  involving  a  study  of  reaction  kinetics  and 
equilibria,  emphasizing  the  reaction  of  ionic  substances  and  using  modem  analytical 
methods. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  112  or  demonstrated  equivalent  background. 

212.  Introductory  Organic  Chemistry.  4:3:4.  Second  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  structure,  nomenclature,  and  properties  of  the  major 
classes  of  organic  compounds. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  211. 

311,312.    Physical  Chemistry  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  course  in  the  physical  theories  of  matter  and  their  applications  to  systems  of 
variable  composition. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  211  and  Mathematics  162. 

313.  Organic  Chemistry.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  preparation,  properties,  and  uses  of  the  aliphatic  and  aromatic 
compounds  with  emphasis  on  the  principles  and  reaction  mechanisms  describing  their 
behavior. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  212. 

Corequisite:  Chemistry  317. 

314.  Instrumental  Analysis.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  consideration  of  the  use  of  instrumental  analytical  methods  including  spectro- 
photometric,  electroanalytical,  couloraetry,  and  polarography. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  311. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  312. 

46 


315,316.    Laboratory  Investigations  I,  II.  1:0:4  per  semester. 

Use  of  instrumental  techniques  for  investigating  chemical  systems. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  212. 
Corequisites:  Chemistry  311,  312. 

317.  Laboratory  Investigations  III.  2:0:8.  First  semester. 

Investigations  of  methods  of  synthesis  and  analysis  of  organic  compounds  includ- 
ing some  physical-organic  studies. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  212. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  313. 

318.  Laboratory  Investigations  FV.  2:0:8.  Second  semester. 

Physical-chemical  investigations  of  chemical  systems. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  311. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  312. 

411,412.    Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

An  advanced  course  applying  theoretical  principles  to  the  understanding  of  the 
descriptive  chemistry  of  the  elements. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  312  and  Physics  112. 

413.  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  analytical  chemistry. 
Prerequisites:  Chemistry  312  and  Chemistry  314. 

414.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  consideration  of  the  structure  of  organic  compounds  and   the  mechanisms  of 
homogeneous  organic  reactions. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  312,  Chemisti7  313,  and  Chemistry  317. 

421,422.    Biochemistry  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  course  in  the  physical  and  organic  aspects  of  living  systems. 
Prerequisites:  Chemistry  211,  Chemistry  313,  and  Chemistry  317. 

423,424.    Laboratory  Investigations  V,  VI.  1:0:4  per  semester. 

Investigations  of  the  properties  of  proteins,  nucleic  acids,  carbohydrates,  and  lipids. 
Prerequisites:  Chemistry  211,  Chemistry  313,  and  Chemistry  317. 

425.  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis.  2:0:8.  First  semester. 

Presentation  of  the  principles  and  metiiods  of  organic  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  313  and  Chemistry  317. 

426.  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A   presentation   of   advanced   topics   in    chemistry   from  such   areas  as   quantum 
mechanics,  thermodynamics,  and  kinetics. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  312. 

500.    Independent  Study.  2:1:4  or  3:1:8  per  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit,  for  students  enrolled 

in  the  departmental  honors  program.) 

Intensive  librar)'  and  laboratory  study  of  special  interest   to  advanced  students 

in  the  major  areas  of  chemistry.  For  students  preparing  for  secondary  school  teaching, 

the  emphasis  is  placed  on  methods  of  teaching  chemistry. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  311,  312,  and  the  consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  de- 
partment. 


COMPUTER  PROGRAMMING 

Professor  Mayer 

110.    BASIC  Computer  Language. 

Introduction  to  the  BASIC  Language. 


0:1:0.  Either  semester. 

47 


ECONOMICS  AND  BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

Assistant  Professor  Bufjenmyer,  Chairman;  Professor  Tom;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor Warner:  Instructor  O'Neill 

The  aim  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  to  give  its  students  the  oppor- 
tunity to  procure  a  liberal  education  of  the  highest  quality.  Thus  within 
this  general  objective  of  the  college,  the  program  of  study  in  economics 
and  business  administration  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  designed  to 
provide  for  its  own  major: 

1.  A  broad  and  liberal  education  so  that  graduates  of  this  department 
will  play  a  more  active  role  in  our  changing  world  of  ideas  and  ac- 
tions; and 

2.  A  sound  and  integrated  knowledge  of  the  essential  principles  and 
problems  of  business  administration,  accounting,  and  economics. 

Major:  Business  Administration  151,  152,  180;  Economics  110,  120, 
201,  221;  BA  490  or  EC  490;  and  6  additional  hours  of  departmental 
courses;  Math  170. 

For  an  outline  of  the  suggested  program  in  economics  and  business 
administration,  see  pages  93-94. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

The  purpose  of  the  departmental  honors  program  is  to  provide  op- 
portunity for  capable  students  to  undertake  advanced  academic  work  in- 
dependently under  the  supervision  of  one  or  more  members  of  the  de- 
partment. 

In  order  to  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program,  the  ap- 
plicant is  required  to: 

1.  demonstrate  in  his  academic  work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required 
to  undertake  extensive  research  projects, 

2.  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such  participation  from  the  de- 
partmental chairman  and  from  the  dean  of  the  college  no  later  than 
the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year, 

3.  obtain  departmental  approval  of  a  research  project, 

4.  prepare  a  paper  on  the  research  project  under  the  guidance  of  one  or 
more  staff  members  of  the  department, 

5.  submit  the  paper  in  March  of  the  senior  year,  and 

6.  present  and  defend  the  paper  before  a  faculty  committee  selected  by 
the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  college. 

On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  in  this  program,  the  de- 
partmental chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  college  will  determine  whether 
or  not  the  student  will  be  graduated  with  departmental  honors. 

48 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

151, 152.    Principles  of  Accounting  I,  II.  4:3:2  per  semester. 

Accounting  principles  and  their  application  in  service,  trading,  and  manufacturing 
business  operating  as  single  proprietorships,  partnerships,  and  corporations.  Topics 
studied  include:  the  accounting  cycle — journalizing,  posting,  worksheet,  financial  state- 
ments, adjusting,  closing;  basic  partnership  problems — formation,  distribution  of  profits, 
dissolution;  corporation  and  manufacturing  accounting;  basic  problems  of  depreciation, 
depletion,  valuation;  introduction  to  analysis,  interpretation,  and  use  of  financial  state- 
ments. 

Accounting,  a  language  of  business,  provides  a  tool  to  implement  work  in  other 
fields  of  business  administration. 

180.    Principles  of  Management.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  study  of  the  process  of  utilizing  and  coordinating  all  available  re.sources  in  or- 
der to  achieve  the  objectives  of  a  business,  governmental,  educational,  social,  or  re- 
ligious organization.  Includes  discussions  and  cases  on  decision-making,  planning,  or- 
ganizing, staffing,  motivation,  leadership,  control,  and  communication. 

251.    Intermediate  Accounting.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Intensively  covers  \'aluation  accounting  relating  to  working  capital  items — cash, 
temporary  investments,  receivables,  inventories,  current  liabilities;  non-current  items — 
investments,  plant  and  equipment,  intangible  assets  and  deferred  charges,  and  long- 
term  liabilities;  and  corporate  capital.  Includes  nature  of  income,  cost,  and  expense; 
statement  of  source  and  application  of  funds;  and  statement  preparation  and  analysis. 
Attention  is  given  to  relevant  official  pronouncements  in  accounting.  CPA  examination 
accounting  theory  questions  are  utilized. 

Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  152. 

351.    Advanced  Accounting.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Accounting  for  joint  ventures;  special  sales  procedures — installment,  consignment, 
agency  and  branch;  parent  and  subsidiary  accounting — consolidations  and  mergers; 
fiduciary  and  budgetary  accounting — statement  of  affairs,  receivership,  estates  and  trusts, 
governmental  accounting;  foreign  exchange;  insurance;  actuarial  science  and  applica- 
tions. Attention  is  given  to  relevant  official  pronouncements  in  accounting.  CPA  exam- 
ination accounting  problems  are  utilized. 

Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  251. 

361.  Corporation  Finance.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  financial  management  covering  analysis  of  asset,  liability  and  capital 
relationships  and  operations;  management  of  current  assets,  working  capital,  cash,  liquid 
assets,  receivables,  inventory;  capital  planning  and  budgeting;  capital  structure  and 
dividend  policy;  short  and  intermediate  term  financing;  long  term  financing,  external 
and  internal;  mergers  and  acquisitions;  multinational  operations;  and  corporate  failures 
and  liquidation. 

Prerequisite:  Busmess  Administration  152. 

362.  Investments.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Development  and  role  of  investment  and  its  relation  to  other  economic,  legal, 
and  social  institutions.  Includes  discussion  on  investment  principles,  machinery,  policy, 
and  management;  types  of  investment;  and  the  development  of  portfolios  for  indi- 
viduals and  institutions. 

Prerequisite:  Busmess  Administration  361. 

371/372.    Business  Law  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Elementary  principles  of  law  as  they  relate  to  the  field  of  business.  Contracts, 
agency,  employment,  commercial  paper,  personal  property,  sales,  security  devices,  in- 
surance, partnerships,  corporation,  real  estate,  estates,  bankruptcy,  and  government 
regulations  are  discussed. 

49 


382.    Marketing.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  marketing  system  within  an  economy  in  terms  of  an  efficient  use 
of  resources  and  the  distribution  from  producers  to  consumers  according  to  the  ob- 
jectives of  the  society;  performance  of  business  activities  to  direct  the  flow  of  goods  and 
services  to  satisfy  customer  needs.  Includes  market  research,  product  development,  pack- 
aging, distribution,  promotional  acti\ities,  sales  management,  and  price  policy.  To 
bridge  the  gap  between  the  understanding  and  the  application  of  marketing  principles, 
students  are  required  to  prepare  and  discuss  a  number  of  cases  pertaining  to  some 
specific  areas  of  marketing. 

Prerequisites:  Economics  120  and  Business  Administration  180. 

451.  Cost  Accounting.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Industrial  accounting  from  the  viewpoint  of  material,  labor,  and  overhead  costs; 
the  analysis  of  actual  costs  for  control  purposes  and  for  determination  of  unit  product 
costs;  assembling  and  presentation  of  cost  data;  selected  problems. 

Prerequisite,  Business  Administration    152.  -- 

452.  Income  Tax  Accounting.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Analysis  of  the  federal  income  tax  law  and  its  applications  to  indi\iduals,  partner- 
ships, fiduciaries,  corporations;  case  problems;  preparation  of  returns. 
Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  152,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

455.    Auditing.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Study  and  appraisal  of  current  auditing  standards  and  related  literature. 
Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  152. 

490.    Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
Reading,  discussion,  and  research  in  business  administration  or  accounting  under 
the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  departmental  staff. 

Prerequisites:  Business  Administration  180,  351,  or  361. 

ECONOMICS 

Economics  110  and  120  are  prerequisites  for  all  courses  of  a  higher  number  in 
this  section. 

110.    Principles  of  Economics  I.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introductory  study  in  economic  principles  and  the  American  economy  with 
emphasis  on  the  elementary  concepts  of  national  income,  price  level,  business  fluctua- 
tions, banking  activities,  money  supply,  and  economic  growth. 

120.    Principles  of  Economics  II.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introductory  study  in  economic  principles  and  the  American  economy  with 
emphasis  on  the  elementary  concepts  of  consumption  function,  production  function, 
product  pricing,  factor  pricing,  resource  allocation,  labor  economics,  public  finance,  and 
international  economics. 

130.    Economics  of  Public  Issues.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  survey  and  economic  analysis  of  public  issues. 

201.  Microeconomic  Analysis.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Economic  decision-making  of  firms  and  resource  allocation  of  an  economy.  A  core 
course  studying  tools  of  analysis  for  students  in  economics,  business,  accounting,  and  re- 
lated areas  or  disciplines. 

202.  Macroeconomic  Analysis.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Theoretical  and  empirical  study  of  national  income  and  business  cycles. 

221.    Quantitative  Methods.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Development  and  application  of  mathematical  concepts  and  statistical  methods 

50 


to  the  analysis  of  theory,  and   the  resolution  of  problems,  in  economics  and  business 
administration. 

Prerequisite:  Mathematics  170. 

301.    Labor  Economics.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Analysis  of  the  American  labor  movement;  theories,  history,  structure,  functions, 
and  economic  effects  of  unionism;  individual  and  collective  bargaining  policies  and 
practices;  labor  legislation;  grievances;  arbitration;   theory  of  human  capital. 

311.    Money  and  Banking.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

Nature  and  functions  of  money  and  credit.  Development  and  role  of  commercial 
banking  and  central  banking.  Structure  and  functions  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System. 
Monetary  and  banking  theory,  policy,  and  practice.  Influence  on  prices,  level  of  income 
and  employment,  and  economic  stability  and  progress. 

322.    Public  Finance.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

Revenues  and  expenditures  and  economic  functioning  of  the  federal,  state,  and 
local  governments;  principles  of  taxation — shifting,  incidence,  and  burden;  influence  on 
incentives,  income  distribution,  and  resource  allocation;  economic  and  social  aspects  of 
public  spending;  budgetary  control  and  debt  management;  fiscal  policy  and  economic 
stability. 

332.    International  Economics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  study  of  theories  and  empirical  analysis  of  international  trade;  capital  move- 
ment; mechanism  for  attaining  ecjuilibrium;  economic  policies  such  as  tariff,  quota, 
monetary  standards  and  exchange  rate,  state  trading,  cartel,  and  other  international 
economic  agreements. 

401.    History  of  Economic  Thought.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

The  evolution  of  economic  thought  through  the  principal  schools  from  mercan- 
tilism to  the  present.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the  analysis  of  the  various  theories  of 
value,  wages,  interest,  rent,  profit,  price  level,  business  cycles,  and  employment,  and  to 
the  influences  of  earlier  economic  ideas  upon  current  thinking  and  policy-making. 

411.    Economic  Growth  and  Development.        3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Analysis  of  classical  and  modern  theories  and  models  of  economic  growth;  study 
of  theory  and  implications  of  alternative  development  policies. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  221. 

490.    Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
Reading,  discussion,  and  research   in  economics  under  the  direction  and  super- 
vision of  the  departmental  staff. 

Prerequisite:  Economics  201  or  202. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
A  course  designed  for  students  in  the  departmental  honors  program  and  other 
qualified  students   who   wish   to   undertake   independent   study   in    a    specific   area   of 
economics,  business  administration,  and/or  accounting. 


EDUCATION 

Professor  Ebersole,  Chairman;  Associate  Professor  Herr;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessors Albrecht,  Lawton,  Thomas,  and  Petrofes 

The  aim  of  the  department  of  education  is  to  acquaint  students  with 
the  art  of  teaching  and  to  develop  in  each  prospective  teacher  a  full  reali- 
zation of  his  responsibilities  in  this  profession. 

51 


For  a  statement  of  requirements  for  those  planning  to  enter  the 
teaching  profession,  see  pages  94  and  98-100. 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Major:  Elementary  Education  220,  270,  332,  341,  344,  361/362,  440, 
444;  Art  401;  Education  342;  Geography  111;  Psychology  221. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

The  departmental  honors  program  in  elementary  education  permits 
the  capable  student  to  increase  the  depth  of  his  understanding  in  an  area 
of  special  interest  and  the  general  scope  of  his  knowledge  of  elementary 
education.  It  is  planned  as  an  integral  part  of  the  student's  major  program 
rather  than  work  superimposed  upon  it. 

A  student  majoring  in  elementary  education  may  participate  in  the 
departmental  honors  program  when  he  completes  the  freshman-sopho- 
more college  honors  program  or  when  he  demonstrates  in  his  academic 
work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to  undertake  an  extensive  re- 
search project.  He  must  also  have  achieved  a  3.3  grade-point  average 
in  departmental  courses  and  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  all  college 
courses.  Application  is  made  in  writing  to  the  chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment not  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year.  Ap- 
proval of  the  application  must  be  given  by  the  dean  of  the  college  upon 
recommendation  by  the  department  staff. 

A  maximum  of  nine  credit  hours  may  be  earned  in  this  program. 
These  hours  will  be  distributed  over  the  junior  and  senior  years  with  a 
minimum  of  one  and  a  maximum  of  three  hours  to  be  taken  in  one  semes- 
ter. This  must  include  participation  in  the  Senior  Seminar,  Elementary 
Education  444,  which  is  required  of  all  students  majoring  in  elementary 
education.  The  student  will  investigate  an  area  of  special  interest  begin- 
ning with  the  study  of  the  literature  and  culminating  in  the  design  and 
execution  of  an  approved  experimental  or  theoretical  research  project. 
He  will  submit  to  the  departmental  chairman  periodic  progress  reports 
and  any  other  indication  of  performance  that  may  be  required  by  the 
department.  The  project  should  be  completed  by  March  of  the  senior 
year,  at  which  time  the  student  will  report  and  defend  the  findings  of  the 
project  in  a  manner  to  be  determined  by  the  departmental  staflF. 

Graduation  with  departmental  honors  in  elementary  education  will 
depend  on  the  quality  of  performance  in  the  research  project,  the  main- 
tenance of  the  grade-point  averages  required  for  admission  to  the  pro- 
gram, success  in  the  comprehensive  student-teaching  program,  and  the 
final  approval  of  the  departmental  staff  and  the  dean  of  the  college. 

EDUCATION  COURSES 

for  both  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 

1 10.    Social  Foundations  of  Education.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  study  is  made  of  the  history  of  education  correlated  with  a  survey  of  the  prin- 

52 


ciples  and  theories  of  noted  educational  leaders.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  influence 
these  leaders  and  their  followers  have  had  on  school  and  society. 
Required  for  elementary,  secondary,  and  music  certification. 

331.    Educational  Measurements.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  validity  and  reliability,  appraisal  and  construction  of 
test  items  and  consideration  of  the  uses  of  test  results. 

Recommended  elective  in  elementary  and  secondary  fields. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

342.    Reading  Improvement.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  advanced  course  in  reading  giving  special  attention  to  diagnosis,  readiness, 
correction,  and  remediation  in  reading.  Attention  will  be  focused  on  current  research 
findings.  Instruments  and  guidelines  for  effective  diagostic  teaching  will  be  examined 
and  evaluated. 

Open  only  to  junior  or  senior  students  enrolled  in  the  elementary  and  secondary 
programs. 

345.    Educational  Technology  and  Instructional  Media.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

This  course  examines  some  of  the  psychological  bases  of  technological  teaching 
devices  and  media,  and  includes  the  study  and  appraisal  of  various  kinds  of  media  and 
equipment.  The  course  offers  instruction  and  practice  in  the  setting  up  and  operation 
and  simple  maintenance  of  certain  pieces  of  technological  teaching  equipment.  Appli- 
cations and  uses  are  explored. 

Field  trips  are  taken  to  functioning  public  school  instructional  materials  centers 
and  some  discussion  is  devoted  to  how  to  establish  and  operate  an  instructional  media 
center. 

422.    An  Introduction  to  Guidance.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  overview  of  guidance  in  the  public  schools  including  the  history,  philosophy, 
and  development  of  programs.  Procedures  and  instruments  to  be  employed  by  the  class- 
room teacher;  creation  of  conditions  for  mental  health;  relation  of  guidance  to  other 
phases  of  instruction. 

Prerequisite:  Education  110. 

442.    The  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  general  view  of  the  practices  and  programs  for  the  education  of  exceptional 
children  and  youth.  The  study  includes  children  with  physical,  mental,  and  emotional 
handicaps,  and  gifted  children.  Field  work  in  special  classes,  child  study,  and  the 
survey  of  curricular  materials  used  in  their  education  are  part  of  the  requirements. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110;  Psychology  110. 


ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

220.    Music  in  the  Elementary  School.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Fundamentals  of  music,  varied  approaches  for  developing  conceptual  learning, 
movement,  playing  classroom  instruments,  introduction  to  Orff  and  Kodaly  techniques, 
creative  applications,  guided  listening,  the  child  voice,  materials  for  use  in  elementary 
schools,  interest  centers. 

250.    Mathematics  for  the  Elementary  Grades.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  of  mathematics  and  a  survey  of  the 
new  and  old  in  mathematical  disciplines  as  applied  in  the  elementary  school. 

270.    Children's  Literature.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  study  of  the  literature  of  childhood,  including  authors  and  illustrators.  Atten- 
tion is  given  to  children's  reading  interests,  criteria  and  aids  in  selecting  materials,  a 
brief  survey  of  the  development  of  children's  literature,  and  the  art  of  storytelling  and 
its  place  in  the  curriculum. 

53 


332.    The  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary  School.  3:2:2.  Second  semester. 

Recent  dexelopmcnts  in  arithmetic  and  science  and  their  applications  in  the  class- 
room; curriculum  planning;  modem  teaching  methods;  instructional  materials;  demon- 
strations and  experiments  adapted  to  the  elementary  classroom. 

Prerequisites:  Elementary  Education  250  and  one  year  of  a  laboratory  science. 

341.    Teaching  of  Reading.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  problems  and  procedures  of  instruction  in  the  development  of 
basic  reading  skills.  Effecti\e  reading  programs,  courses  of  study,  teaching  and  learning 
materials,  and  research  studies  in  this  field  are  imestigated  and  evaluated. 

Prerequisite.  Elementary  Education  270. 

344.    Health  and  Safety  Education.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

The  course  includes  a  study  of  basic  health  and  safety  practices  and  procedures  as 
applied  to  the  elementary  school,  a  program  of  physical  education  for  elementary  school 
children,  an  American  Red  Cross-approved  program  of  first  aid,  and  an  evaluation  of 
sources  and  use  of  materials. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110;  Psychology  220. 

361/362.    Communications  and  Group  Processes  in  the  Elementary  School,  I,  II. 

3:2:2  per  semester. 

A  course  dealing  with  fundamentals  for  language  growth  in  the  areas  of  oral  and 
written  expression,  correct  usage,  spelling,  and  handwriting.  The  development  of  basic 
concepts  related  to  effecti\e  citizenship  in  a  democracy.  A  variety  of  learning  experi- 
ences and  materials  will  be  used  and  evaluated;  especially,  students  will  have  experience 
in  preparing  an  indi\idual  resource  unit. 

440.    Student  Teaching.  Twelve  semester  hours  credit.  First  semester. 

Each  student  spends  an  entire  semester  in  a  classroom  of  an  area  public  school 
under  the  supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only. 
A  cumulati\e  grade-point  average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  in  college  is  re- 
quired. 

Student  teaching  begins  with  the  opening  of  the  public  schools.  College  residence 
halls  and  dining  hall  are  available  to  the  student  teachers. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110;  Psychology  220;  Elementary  Education  270,  332,  341, 
and  361/362. 

444.    Senior  Seminar.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

The  semester  gives  immediate  help  with  pertinent  problems  in  student  teaching. 
Topics  related  to  o\er-all  success  in  teaching  will  be  thoroughly  dealt  with:  professional 
ethics,  classroom  management,  home  and  school  relationships,  community  responsibili- 
ties, professional  standards,  and  other  related  areas. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
A  course  designed  for  the  student  who  desires   to  engage  in   independent  study 
whether  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program  or  not. 

SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

420.    Hiunan  Growth  and  Development.  3:7'/i:0.  Either  semester. 

This  course  deals  with  the  practical  application  of  principles  of  psychology  and 
human  learning  to  secondary  school  teaching.  Such  topics  as  classroom  management, 
inter-personal  relations  in  the  school  setting,  and  the  psychology  of  teaching  are  dis- 
cussed and  studied.  Visits  are  made  to  the  student  teacher's  assigned  school,  where  he 
confers  with  his  cooperating  teacher  and  obser\es  the  students  he  will  teach. 

Required  of  all  seniors  in  secondary  education. 

Prerequisite:  Education  110. 

430.    Practicum  and  Methods.  3:7V2:0.  Either  semester. 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  some  basic  beha\  iors  in  the 
classroom  that  will  help  the  prospective  teacher  in  any  subject  area.  A  text  serves  as  a 

54 


source  of  information  about  "methods  of  teaching"  and  planning.  Students  work  inde- 
pendently on  the  problems  of  reading  in  their  particular  fields.  Visits  to  the  area 
schools,  class  presentations  by  teachers  from  these  schools,  and  the  students'  video-taped 
presentations  for  their  own  analysis  all  help  to  prepare  them  for  the  student  teaching 
experience. 

This  course  is  required  of  all  seniors  in  secondary  education,  except  English 
majors  who  will  take  English  431. 

Prerequisite:  Education  110. 

440.    Student  Teaching.  Nine  semester  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

Each  student  spends  a  minimum  of  10  weeks  in  a  classroom  at  an  area  school 
under  the  supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher.  Open  to  seniors 
only.  Requirements  are:  (1)  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six 
semesters  in  college,  (2)  the  written  recommendation  of  the  major  adviser,  (3)  the  ap- 
proval of  the  director  of  secondary  student  teaching,  and  (4)  the  approval  of  the  dean 
of  the  college. 

Prerequisites:  Education  110,  420;  Education  430  or  English  431. 


ENGLISH 

Professor  Ford,  Chairman;  Professor  Faber;  Professor  Emeritus  Struble; 
Associate  Professor  O'Donnell;  Assistant  Professors  Billings,  Kearney, 
Kirby,  Markowicz,  and  Woods 

Major:  In  addition  to  the  required  courses  in  English  Composition 
(English  111/112),  English  majors  will  take  English  221/222,  225/226, 
227/228,  321/322,  331,  332,  and  444.  Prospective  secondary  school  teachers 
will  take  English  218  and  334;  others  will  take  six  hours  of  electives. 
English  431  replaces  Education  430  as  a  requirement  for  secondary 
teachers. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  are  majoring  in  English  may  become  candidates  for  de- 
partmental honors  if  they  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0  in  courses  in 
English,  and  if  they  receive  permission  from  the  chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment and  the  dean  of  the  college,  ordinarily  no  later  than  the  end  of  the 
first  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

The  specific  program  for  each  student  accepted  for  the  departmental 
honors  program  will  be  worked  out  by  that  student  in  consultation  with 
the  chairman  of  the  department,  in  accordance  with  the  plan  for  depart- 
mental honors  adopted  by  the  faculty  on  May  8,  1961. 

INTERN  PROGRAM 

A  senior  who  has  been  accepted  for  departmental  honors  and  who 
looks  forward  to  a  career  in  college  teaching  may,  upon  recommendation 
of  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  appointment  by  the  dean  of  the 
college,  become  an  intern  in  English,  to  render  such  assistance  in  the 
duties  of  the  department  of  English  as  will  in  some  measure  help  to  pre- 
pare him  for  a  professional  career  in  this  field.  Ordinarily  only  one  intern 
will  be  appointed  in  any  one  academic  year. 

•  55 


111/112.    English  Composition  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

The  first  semester  examines  the  principle  of  composition;  supplemented  by  stu- 
dent papers.  The  second  semester  examines  the  various  genres  of  literature. 

211/212.    Word  Study  I,  II.  1:1:0  per  semester. 

This  course  has  a  twofold  purpose:  (1)  to  give  the  student  some  insight  into  lin- 
guistic processes,  particidarly  as  they  pertain  to  the  growth  of  the  English  vocabulary; 
and  (2)  to  increase  the  range  of  the  student's  vocabulary,  in  order  that  he  may  have 
greater  mastery  over  his  native  tongue.  Problems  of  pronunciation  and  spelling  go 
hand  in  hand  with  vocabulary  building. 

218.    Oral  Communication.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

This  course  is  designed  to  establish  basic  concepts,  understandings,  and  attitudes 
concerning  the  nature  and  importance  of  oral  communication  and  to  provide  experi- 
ence in  speaking  and  in  competent  criticism  of  these  activities. 

221/222.    American  Literature  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

First  semester:  a  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  the  Civil  War. 
Second  semester:  a  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  pres- 
ent day. 

223.    Creative  Writing.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

The  writing  of  poetry  and  the  writing  of  fiction  in  alternate  years. 

225/226.    Survey  of  English  Literature  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  study  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  our  own  time,  viewed  in  per- 
spective against  the  background  of  English  life  and  thought. 

Prerequisites:  English  111/112. 

227/228.    World  Literature  I,  IL  3:3:0  per  semester. 

This  course  has  four  principal  aims:  (1)  to  familiarize  students  with  some  of  those 
masterpieces  of  Western  world  literature  which  are  a  part  of  the  common  heritage  of 
every  cultivated  mind;  (2)  to  acquaint  students  with  the  conventions,  techniques,  and 
presuppositions  of  various  types  of  literature,  so  that  they  may  be  able  to  deal  intelli- 
gently with  these  types  when  they  meet  them  elsewhere;  (3)  to  provide  students  with 
genuinely  aesthetic  experiences,  in  the  hope  that  reading  and  the  appreciation  of  liter- 
ature will  continue  to  enrich  their  spirits  throughout  their  lives;  and  (4)  to  pass  on  to 
them  some  sense  of  the  underlying  values  of  our  cultural  system. 

229.    Contemporary  Literature.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  selected  prose  and  poetry  produced  in  America  and  England  since 
World  War  I. 

321/322.    Shakespeare  I,  IL  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  survey  of  English  drama  from  its  beginnings  to  and  including  Shakespeare:  (a) 
a  study  of  Shakespeare's  history  plays  and  their  place  in  the  Elizabethan  world,  and  an 
analysis  of  early  Shakespearean  comedy;  (b)  a  study  of  Shakespeare's  major  tragedies, 
the  problem  comedies,  and  the  late  romantic  comedies. 

Prerequisites:  English  225/226  or  227/228  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

331.  History  of  the  English  Language.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Historical  study  of  English  soimds,  grammatical  forms,  and  vocabulary;  introduc- 
tion to  structural  linguistics;  standards  of  correctness  and  current  usage. 
Prerequisites:  English  225/226  or  227/228  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

332.  Chaucer.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Intended  to  give  the  student  a  reasonable  familiarity  with  Chaucer;  to  provide  a 
detailed  picture  of  medieval  life,  culture,  and  thought;  and  to  develop  skill  in  the  read- 
ing of  Middle  English. 

Prerequisite:  English  331. 

56 


334.  Modem  Grammars.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  review  of  traditional  grammar  and  an  introduction  to  recent  concepts  in  gram- 
mar resulting  from  developments  in  structural  linguistics. 
Prerequisite:  English  331. 

335.  Seventeenth  Century  Literature.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  study  of  seventeenth  century  prose  and  poetry  Avithin  the  context  of  seventeenth 
century  thought.  Authors  from  the  late  Elizabethans  up  to  and  including  Milton  are 
studied. 

336.  Poetry  of  the  Romantic  Movement.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  principal  poets  of  the  early  nineteenth  century:  Wordsworth, 
Coleridge,  Byron,  Shelley,  and  Keats. 

Prerequisites:  English  225/226  or  227/228  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

337.  The  Novel.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  novel  in  England  from  Richardson  to  Joyce. 

338.  Contemporary  Drama.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  survey-workshop  of  Continental,  British,  and  American  drama  from  Ibsen  to  the 
present. 

Prerequisites:  English  111/112. 

339.  History  of  the  Theater.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  selection  of  Western  and  some  Oriental  dramas  fiom  Aeschylus  to  Ibsen  pre- 
sented historically,  with  attention  to  theater  modes  and  techniques. 
Prerequisites:  English  111/112  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

341.    Eighteenth  Century  Literature.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  survey  of  the  principal  English  authors  from  Dryden  to  Blake. 

343.  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Survey  of  the  nineteenth  century  as  seen  through  the  literature  and  other  arts  pro- 
duced from  1830  to  1915. 

Prerequisites:  English  225/226  or  227/228  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

344.  Theater  Workshop.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

The  elements  of  theater  art  oriented  toward  stage  presentation,  with  classroom 
practice  in  production  of  scenes  and  whole  plays. 

Prerequisite:  English  339  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

431.    The  Teaching  of  English  in  Secondary  Schools.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Concerned  primarily  with  the  role  of  the  English  teacher  in  the  secondary  schools. 
Attention  may  be  gi\en  to  the  teaching  of  composition,  mechanics,  speech,  and  literary 
forms.  Sessions  on  recent  research  in  the  field  of  English,  resource  materials,  mass 
media,  and  teaching  techniques  will  be  included. 

440.    Special  Problem,s.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Offered  according  to  interest  of  students  and  staff.  This  course  will  rotate  among 
faculty  members,  the  content  of  the  course  to  be  determined  by  the  instructor  with  the 
advice  of  the  department  and  consent  of  the  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  college. 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

444.    Seminar  in  English.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

This  capstone  course  for  English  majors  varies  in  content  depending  on  the  in- 
terests of  the  instructor. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
For  the  student  who  desires  to  engage  in  a  project  of  independent  work  whether 
enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program  or  not. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

57 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

Associate  Professor  Cooper,  Acting  Chairman;  Professor  Piel;  Associate 
Professor  Damns;  Assistant  Professors  Cantrell,  Albrecht,  Martin,  and 
McNerney;  Adjunct  Instructors  Hansen  and  Say  lor 

The  study  of  modem  foreign  languages  has  a  two-fold  aim.  The  first 
is  to  develop  fluency  in  the  skills — speaking,  oral  comprehension,  reading 
and  writing — which  will  enable  the  student  to  communicate  effectively. 
The  second  is  to  provide  a  knowledge  and  appreciation  of  the  literature, 
civilization  and  cultural  heritage  of  the  people  whose  language  is  studied. 

Recognizing  the  importance  of  foreign  language  study  to  internation- 
al understanding  and  world  peace  and  the  value  of  language  literacy 
within  the  framework  of  liberal  education,  the  department  prepares  the 
language  major  for  a  career  in  many  crucial  and  challenging  fields: 
teaching,  diplomatic  and  government  service,  foreign  trade,  business  and 
industry. 

Since  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  alone  is  often  insufficient  for 
many  of  these  careers,  the  language  major  should,  where  appropriate, 
combine  knowledge  of  foreign  languages  with  work  in  other  disciplines  in 
the  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences. 

Major:  A  student  may  elect  either  a  major  in  one  language  or  a  de- 
partmental major,  which  requires  two  languages.  The  major  in  one  lan- 
guage requires  24  hours  above  the  elementary  level  in  that  language;  the 
departmental  major  requires  the  same  plus  at  least  12  hours  above  the 
elementary  level  in  another  language.  A  major  in  one  language  with  cer- 
tification to  teach  requires  2  additional  hours.  In  all  cases  the  general  col- 
lege requirement  of  completing  a  foreign  language  at  the  intermediate 
level  must  be  fulfilled  in  still  another  language. 

In  French,  German,  and  Spanish,  at  least  one  advanced  course  is  of- 
fered each  semester.  It  is  hoped  to  increase  the  number  and  variety  of  the 
advanced  courses  offered.  All  of  the  advanced  courses  (numbered  200  and 
above)  have  the  prerequisite  of  the  115,  116  courses,  or  the  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

The  department  strongly  recommends  that  all  language  majors  study 
abroad  in  the  junior  year  in  the  country  of  their  major  language. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  are  majoring  in  foreign  languages  may  become  can- 
didates for  departmental  honors  if  they  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0 
in  departmental  courses,  and  if  they  receive  permission  from  the  depart- 
mental staff  and  the  dean  of  the  college,  ordinarily  no  later  than  the  end 
of  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

Honors  work  will  involve  the  selection  of  a  topic  for  investigation 
under  the  guidance  of  the  department  adviser,  independent  reading  and 
study,  frequent  conferences  with  the  adviser,  preparation  of  a  paper  to  be 
submitted  by  March  15  of  the  senior  year,  satisfactory  defense  of  the  paper 

58 


before  a  committee  composed  of  the  departmental  staff,  the  dean  of  the 
college,  and  any  other  faculty  members  who  may  be  invited  to  participate, 
and,  finally,  an  oral  examination  in  the  language  of  major  concentration. 
If  these  requirements  are  satisfied,  the  student  will  be  graduated  with 
honors  in  his  major  language. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

315H/316H.    Contemporary  European  Literature  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Reading,  in  translation,  of  selected  works  by  Hesse,  Sartre,  Camus,  Brecht,  Kazan- 
tzakis,  Solzhenitsyn,  and  others.  Designed  to  familiarize  students  with  important  authors 
and  trends  in  contemporary  European  literature. 

Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing. 

French 

101,102.    Elementary  French  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  French;  audio-active  technique. 

111,112.    Intermediate  French  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  French  102  with  further  practice  in  conversation,  dictation,  and 
in  reading  and  writing.  Attention  is  gi\en  to  the  cultural  and  historical  background  of 
the  literature  that  is  read. 

Prerequisite:  French  102  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  French. 

115,  116.    Introduction  to  French  Literature  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  general  language  review  with  intensive  practice  in  the  four  basic  language  skills 
through  a  study  of  selected  literai"y  works  in  their  cultural  and  historic  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  four  years  of  secondary  school  language  or  three  years  for  specially 
qualified  students;  or  French  112. 

221/222.    French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Centuries  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  survey  of  the  literary  history  of  the  Renaissance  and  of  classicism  in  France. 
Prerequisite:  French  1 16  or  equivalent. 

331/332.    French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Centuries  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  study  of  the  outstanding  works  of  the  Age  of  Enlightenment  and  of  the  Ro- 
mantic, Realist,  and  Naturalist  Schools  of  French  literature. 
Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent. 

441/442.    French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1977-1978. 

A  study  of  modern  French  literature  with  extensive  reading  of  the  works  of  the 
outstanding  authors. 

Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent. 

445/446.    Seminar  I,  II.  1-3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  supplement  and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge,  to 
stimulate  individual  study  and  research,  and  to  prepare  him  for  future  work  in  his 
field.  The  course  content  varies  according  to  the  needs  of  the  group  involved.  For  those 
students  who  are  planning  to  teach,  the  seminar  will  provide  instruction  in  teaching 
methods. 

Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
This  course  is  designed  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  engage  in  independent  study 
whether  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program  or  not. 
Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent. 

59 


German 

101, 102.    Elementary  German  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  German;  audio-active  technique. 

111,112.    Intermediate  German  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  German  102  with  practice  in  conversation,  dictation,  reading 
and  writing.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  cultural  anci  historical  background  of  the  litera- 
ture that  is  read. 

Prerequisite:  German  102  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  German. 

113,114.    Scientific  German  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Practice  in  reading  scientific  and  technical  German  with  emphasis  on  vocabulary 
and  the  special  difficulties  inherent  in  this  type  of  writing.  General  readings  followed 
by  readings  in  the  student's  major  field. 

115,  116.    Introdiiclion  to  German  Literature  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  general  language  review  with  intensive  practice  in  the  four  basic  language  skills 
through  a  study  of  selected  literary  works  in  their  cultural  and  historic  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  four  years  of  secondary  school  language  or  three  years  for  specially 
qualified  students;  or  German  112. 

221/222.    The  Classical  Period  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Background  of  the  Classical  Period;  detailed  study  of  the  period;  readings  from 
the  works  of  Lessing,  Goethe  and  Schiller. 

Prerequisite:  German  116  or  equivalent. 

331/332.    German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

Romanticism;  Realism. 

Prerequisite:  German  116  or  equivalent. 

441/442.    German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1977-1978. 

A  study  of  contemporary  German  literature  with  extensive  reading  of  the  works  of 
the  outstanding  authors. 

Prerequisite:  German  116  or  equivalent. 

445/446.    Seminar   I,   II.  1-3  credit  hours  per  semester. 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  supplement  and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge,  to 
stimulate  individual  study  and  research,  and  to  prepare  him  for  future  work  in  his 
field.  The  course  content  varies  according  to  the  needs  of  the  group  involved.  For  those 
students  who  are  planning  to  teach,  the  seminar  will  provide  instruction  in  teaching 
methods. 

Prerequisite:  German  116  or  equivalent. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
This  course  is  designed  for   the  student  who   ^vishes   to  engage  in   independent 
study  whether  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program  or  not. 
Prerequisite  German  116  or  equivalent. 

Greek 

101,  102.    Elementary  Greek  I,  IL  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

An  intensive  course  in  the  basic  elements  of  ancient  Greek.  A  study  of  forms  and 
syntax,  with  easy  prose  composition. 

211,  212.    Intermediate  Greek  I,  II  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

First  semester:  readings  from  the  New  Testament  Gospels. 

Second  semester:  readings  from  Xenophon's  Anabasis.  A  review  of  giammar 
throughout  the  year. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  102. 

60 


321.  Readings  from  the  Book  of  Acts.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  212. 

322.  Readings  in  Hellenistic  Greek.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Selections  from  the  Septuagint,  the  Greek  church  fathers. 
Prerequisite:  Greek  212. 

431.  Readings  from  the  Epistles  of  Paul.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  212. 

432.  Readings  from  the  Greek  Philosophers.     3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  212. 
I 

Russian 

101,102.    Elementary  Russian  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

An  elementary  course. 

Ill,  112.    Intermediate  Russian  I,  II.  3:3:0 per  semester. 

An  intermediate  course  in  Russian  with  continued  reading  and  translation,  and 
conversation. 

Prerequisite:  Russian  102  or  two  years  of  secondai7  school  Russian. 

I: 

Spanish 

101, 102.    Elementary  Spanish  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  Spanish;  audio-active  technique. 

111,112.    Intermediate  Spanish  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  Spanish  102  with  further  practice  in  conversation,  dictation, 
and  in  reading  and  writing.  Attention  is  given  to  Spanish  literature  in  its  cultural  and 
historical  context. 

Prerequisite:  Spanish  102  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  Spanish. 

115,  116.      Introduction  to  Spanish  Literature  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  general  language  review  with  intensive  practice  in  the  four  basic  language  skills 
through  a  study  of  selected  literary  works  in  their  cultural  and  historic  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  four  years  of  secondary  school  language  or  three  years  for  specially 
qualified  students;  or  Spanish  112. 

221/222.    Spanish  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Centuries  I,  IL 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1977-1978. 

Reading  of  outstanding  authors  of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries,  with 
emphasis  upon  Cervantes,  Lope  de  Vega,  and  Calderon.  Composition  and  conversation. 
Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equivalent. 

331/332.    Spanish  Literature  from  the  Eighteenth  to  the  Twentieth  Centuries  I,  II. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 
[  Extensive  reading,  composition,  and  conversation. 

Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equivalent. 

441/442.    A  Survey  of  Spanish- American  Literature  I,  II. 
I  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  survey  of  Spanish-American  literature  with  extensive  readings  of  representative 
authors,  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  Spanish-American  novel  and  short 
story. 

Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equivalent. 

445/446.    Seminar  I,  II.  1-3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  supplement  and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge,  to 
stimulate  individual  study  and  research,  and  to  prepare  him  for  future  work  in  his 
field.  The  course  content  varies  according  to  the  needs  of  the  group  involved.  For  those 

61 


students  who  are  planning  to  teach,  the  seminar  will  provide  instruction  in  teaching 
methods. 

Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equivalent. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
This  course  is  designed  for   the  student  who   wishes   to  engage   in   independent 
study  whether  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program  or  not. 
Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equivalent. 


GEOGRAPHY 

Professor  Ebersole;  Assistant  Professor  Alhrecht 

111.  World  Geography  I  (Physical  Geography).  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

The  first  course  of  a  two-course  sequence  required  of  elementary  education  majors 
and  those  who  wish  to  be  certified  to  teach  comprehensive  social  studies  in  secondary 
school.  The  course  explores  the  physical  aspects  of  the  earth,  its  place  in  the  solar 
system,  earth  movements,  time,  seasons,  use  of  globes  and  maps,  earth's  waters,  land 
forms,  climate,  soil  types,  weather  phenomena,  and  processes  which  form  and  change 
the  earth's  surface. 

1 12.  World  Geography  II  (Regional  Cultural  Geography).  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

This  course  is  recommended  for  elementary  education  majors  and  is  required  for 
those  wishing  to  be  certified  in  comprehensive  social  studies.  The  course  examines  vari- 
ous countries  and  regions  of  the  world,  relating  the  geographic  features  of  each  to  the 
life  and  culture  of  the  people.  Natural  resources  and  economy  of  each  region  are 
studied  as  well  as  such  facts  as  states  and  capitals,  population  density,  food  supply,  and 
ecological  factors. 


GEOLOGY 

221/222.    Structural  and  Historical  Geology  I,  II. 

2:2:0  per  semester.  (Not  offered  1975-1976.) 

The  first  semester,  structural  geology,  acquaints  the  student  with  the  forces  and 
dynamic  agencies  by  which  the  earth  has  been  formed  and  has  evolved  into  its  present 
condition. 

The  second  semester,  historical  geology,  deals  with  the  probable  location  of  land 
and  sea  areas  of  each  of  the  various  geologic  periods,  and  the  development  of  the 
plants  and  animals  which  lived  during  periods  identified  by  their  fossil  remains. 

German 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  60. 

Greek 

See  Foreign  Languages,  pages  60-61. 

HISTORY  AND  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Professor  Gefjen,  Chairman;  Associate  Professor  Fehr;  Assistant  Profes- 
sors Joyce  and  Norton 

The  aim  in  the  teaching  of  history  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
human  behavior  in  the  dimension  of  past  time,  in  the  belief  that  by  thus 

62 


extending  the  range  of  his  knowledge  he  may  also  enlarge  the  scope  of  his 
sympathies  and  become  more  richly  human. 

The  aim  in  the  teaching  of  political  science  is  to  acquaint  the  student 
with  the  many-sided  aspects  of  government,  in  the  belief  that  by  thus 
enlarging  the  extent  of  his  knowledge  he  may  expand  the  scope  of  his 
understanding  and  adopt  a  critical  and  objective  attitude  toward  the 
problems  of  modern  society. 

The  department  also  prepares  students  for  graduate  and  law  schools 
and  for  careers  in  teaching,  government,  and  business. 

HISTORY 

Major:  Four  one-semester  courses  in  European  history  as  approved 
by  the  adviser;  History  125  and  235/236  or  History  126  and  225/226  or 
History  225/226  and  235/236  in  American  history;  one  course  from  among 
History  341,  342,  343,  344;  and  History  213  and  412.  Substitutions  may 
be  approved  by  the  chairman  upon  request. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  majoring  in  history  may  participate  in  the  departmental 
honors  program  when  they  fulfill  the  following  requirements:  (1)  dem- 
onstrate in  their  academic  work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to 
undertake  an  extensive  research  project;  (2)  achieve  a  3.0  grade-point 
average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade-point  average  in  all  col- 
lege courses;  and  (3)  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such  participa- 
tion from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  college  no  later 
than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

The  student  may  work  for  from  one  to  three  semester  hours  credit 
per  semester  for  a  maximum  of  nine  semester  hours  in  the  departmental 
honors  program.  A  member  of  the  departmental  staff  will  serve  as  his 
honors  adviser. 

During  his  participation  in  the  program,  the  student  must  (1)  sub- 
mit to  his  honors  adviser  periodic  progress  reports;  (2)  show  progress  at  a 
rate  and  level  indicating  that  he  will  complete  the  program  on  time  and 
at  the  desired  level  of  achievement;  and  (3)  maintain  a  3.0  grade-point 
average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade-point  average  in  all 
college  courses. 

The  participant  must  (1)  obtain  departmental  approval  of  a  research 
topic;  (2)  prepare  an  essay  on  the  subject  selected  for  research  under  the 
guidance  of  his  honors  adviser;  (3)  complete  the  writing  of  the  essay  by 
March  1  of  the  senior  year;  and  (4)  defend  the  essay  in  a  manner  to  be 
determined  by  the  departmental  staff  and  the  dean  of  the  college.  Upon 
fulfilling  these  requirements,  the  student  will  be  recommended  by  the 
departmental  chairman  to  the  dean  of  the  college  for  graduation  with 
departmental  honors. 

111/112.    History  of  Western  Civilization  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

The  first  semester  covers  the  development  of  Western  European  culture  in  all  its 

63 


aspects  from  its  Near  Eastern  origins  to  about   1715.  The  second  semester  covers  its 
evolution  during  the  eighteenth,  nineteenth,  and  twentieth  centuries. 

1 25/ 1 26.    Survey  of  United  States  History  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

The  first  semester  covers  the  development  of  the  United  States  to  1865,  the  second 
semester  from  1865  to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  throughout  the  course  is  placed 
upon   historiographical   philosophy   and  method. 

211.  Greek  and  Roman  History.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

An  examination  of  the  origins,  structure,  and  values  of  Greek  and  Roman  societies 
from  about  1200  B.C.  to  about  500  A.D.  The  Mediterranean  nature  of  these  cultures 
and  the  historians'  treatment  of  them  are  emphasized. 

212.  The  Middle  Ages.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  study  of  the  emergence  of  a  European  society  from  500  to  1300.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  social  and  intellectual  aspects  of  medieval  life,  and  the  historiographical  record  is 
analyzed. 

213.  Introduction  to  Historiography.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Theory  and  practice  in  the  writing  of  histoi7.  The  work  of  selected  historians  is 
studied  and  each  student  conducts  and  reports  upon  his  own  research.  Training  is 
given  in  research  methods  and  in  the  preparation  of  research  reports. 

221.  The  Renaissance  and  Reformation:  1300  to  1600. 

3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  study  of  the  beginnings  of  the  modern  era,  paying  particular  attention  to  the 
inter-relationships  between  its  political,  social,  economic,  and  intellectual  aspects. 

222.  The  Old  Regime:  17th  and  18th  Centuries.    3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

An  investigation  of  the  impact  of  modern  science  and  thought  upon  the  devel- 
opment of  Western  European  culture.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to  the  nature  of 
European  society  before  the  era  of  revolutions. 

224.  British  History  from  the  Tudors  to  Victoria. 

3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  survey  focused  on  the  British  Isles  from  1485  to  1837.  The  cultural  evolution  of 
the  English  people  is  studied  with  emphasis  upon  the  interplay  of  political,  social,  and 
intellectual  forces.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  students  take  History  111  to  estab- 
lish the  setting. 

225.  American  History  to  1800.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

An  examination  is  made  of  all  aspects  of  the  development  of  the  United  States 
from  its  European  origins  to  1800.  Historiogiaphical  issues,  methods,  and  problems  are 
stressed. 

226.  American  History  from  1800  to  1865.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

The  developments  of  nineteenth  century  American  history  to  the  end  of  the  Ci\il 
War  are  studied,  with  special  attention  to  historiographical  concerns. 

235.  The  United  States:  1865  to  1900.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

The  post-Civil  War  developments  of  American  history  during  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury are  analyzed  and  interpreted,  with  emphasis  upon  historiography. 

236.  The  United  States:1900  to  the  Present.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

The  twentieth  centuiy  history  of  the  United  States  is  studied  in  all  its  aspects. 
Historiographical  interpretation  is  stressed. 

331.  The  Era  of  Revolutions:  1789  to  1870.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  study  of  the  political  and  economic  changes  in  Europe  from  1789  to  1870  and 
the  total  cultural  impact  of  these  changes. 

332.  Contemporary  Europe:  1870  to  the  Present.    3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

An  analysis  of  the  nineteenth  century  state  system,  its  economic  and  social  bases, 
its    ideology,    and    its    evolution    through    world    wars    and    technological    revolutions. 

64 


341.  Introduction  to  the  History  of  African  Culture. 

3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  survey  of  African  culture  from  the  tenth-century  Sudanic  origins  to  the  present 
day.  Emphasis  is  on  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

342.  History  of  Latin  America.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  survey  of  the  Latin  American  republics  from  their  colonial  beginnings  to  the 
present  time. 

343.  History  of  Russia.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  survey  of  Russian  history  from  ancient  times  to  the  present,  with  special  atten- 
tion to  developments  since  the  seventeenth  century. 

344.  History  of  the  Far  East.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  survey  of  the  development  of  the  cultural  institutions  of  the  Far  East,  with 
emphasis  upon  the  trends  since  1500. 

349.    Select  Problems  in  History.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  course  to  provide  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore  in  depth  a  topic  of 
special  interest. 

Open  to  junior  and  senior  history  majors  and  to  other  students  by  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

412.  Senior  Seminar  in  History.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  review  of  the  student's  college  program  in  history,  with  reading,  discussion,  and 
writing  to  serve  the  following  purposes:  (1)  synthesis  of  previous  course  work  in  his- 
tory; (2)  relation  of  the  academic  discipline  of  history  to  other  fields  of  knowledge;  and 
(3)  formulation  and  expression  of  a  personal  philosophy  of  history  by  each  student. 

Open  only  to  senior  departmental  majors. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  3  semesters.) 
A   course  designed   for  students   who  wish   to  undertake   an   independent   study 
project  in  history.  Open  to  all  students,  subject  to  the  following  qualifications: 

Those  who  do  not  desire  departmental  honors  are  admitted  by  permission  of  the 
instructor  who  agrees  to  accept  supervision  of  the  student's  work. 
Students  desiring  departmental  honors  must  meet  the  conditions  set  forth  above 
under  "Departmental  Honors." 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Major:  Political  Science  111/112,  211,  212,  217,  311,  312,  411,  412, 

413.  Substitutions  may  be  approved  by  the  chairman  upon  request. 
Majors  are  also  required  to  take  History  125  and  235/236  or  History 
126  and  225/226.  History  225/226  and  235/236  may  be  taken  in  place 
of  the  combination  of  either  with   History   125/126. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  majoring  in  political  science  may  participate  in  the  depart- 
mental honors  program  when  they  fulfill  the  following  requirements:  (1) 
demonstrate  in  their  academic  work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to 
undertake  an  extensive  research  project;  (2)  achieve  a  3.0  grade-point 
average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade-point  average  in  all  col- 
lege courses;  and  (3)  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such  participa- 
tion from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  college  no 
later  than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

The  student  may  work  for  from  one  to  three  semester  hours  credit 

65 


per  semester  for  a  maximum  of  nine  semester  liours  in  the  departmental 
honors  program.  A  member  of  the  departmental  staff  will  serve  as  his 
honors  adviser. 

During  his  participation  in  the  program,  the  student  must  (1)  submit 
to  his  lionors  adviser  periodic  progress  reports;  (2)  show  progress  at  a 
rate  and  level  indicating  that  he  will  complete  the  program  on  time  and 
at  the  desired  level  of  achievement;  and  (3)  maintain  a  3.0  grade-point 
average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade-point  average  in  all  col- 
lege courses. 

The  participant  must  (1)  obtain  departmental  approval  of  a  research 
topic;  (2)  prepare  an  essay  on  the  subject  selected  for  research  under  the 
guidance  of  his  honors  adviser;  (3)  complete  the  writing  of  the  essay  by 
March  1  of  the  senior  year;  and  (4)  defend  the  essay  in  a  manner  to  be 
determined  by  tlie  departmental  staff  and  the  dean  of  the  college.  Upon 
fulfilling  these  requirements,  the  student  will  be  recommended  by  the 
departmental  chairman  to  the  dean  of  the  college  for  graduation  with 
departmental  honors. 

111/112.    American  National  Government  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

The  first  semester  concentrates  on  backgrounds,  theories,  principles,  processes,  and 
practices  of  American  national  go\ernment.  Subject  areas  include:  the  nature  of  democ- 
racy, constitutional  backgrounds,  federalism  and  its  problems,  civil  rights,  public  opin- 
ion formation,  voting  behavior,  political  parties,  campaigns  and  elections.  Special  atten- 
tion is  given  to  contemporary  racial  and  student  unrest  in  the  United  States. 

The  second  semester  stresses  institutional  sur\eys  and  the  actual  ^\ork  of  go\ern- 
ment.  The  structure,  functions,  and  processes  of  the  main  organs  of  national  govern- 
ment— the  Presidency,  the  Congress,  the  judiciary,  and  the  bureaucracy — are  examined. 
Subject  areas  covered  include:  the  role  of  government  as  regulator,  promoter,  and  man- 
ager; national  defense;  foreign  policies;  and  internal  development. 

21 1.  Comparative  Government.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  comparative  study  of  important  political  systems  of  the  world,  including  an 
introduction  to  the  basic  methodologies.  The  course  examines  both  totalitarian  and 
representative  forms  of  government.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  Political  Science 
111/112  be  taken  previously  or  concurrently. 

212.  Foreign  Relations.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  survey  of  the  external  relations  of  American  government,  with  emphasis  on 
twentieth  centmy  de\elopments.  Subject  areas  include  diplomacy,  military  affairs,  geo- 
graphic and  regional  problems,  trade  and  aid,  technology  and  underdevelopment, 
alliances,  nuclear  problems,  and  opposing  ideologies.  Consideration  is  gi\en  to  recruit- 
ment, training,  and  problems  of  the  United  States  foreign  ser\ice  and  to  the  multiple 
influences  shaping  American  foreign  policies.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  Political 
Science  111/112  be  taken  previously  or  concurrently. 

213.  State  Government.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered   1976-1977. 

This  course  deals  with  the  structure  and  functions  of  state  government.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  federal-state-local  relationships,  on  administrati\e  organization  and  services, 
on  the  courts,  and  on  legislative  representation.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that 
Political  Science  111/112  be  taken  previously  or  concurrently. 

215.    Metropolitan  Government.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

This  course  deals  with  the  rise  of  urbanization  and  the  accompanying  growth  of 
municipal  finictions.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  legal  process  and  status  of  cities,  to  mu- 
nicipal relations  with  state  and  national  government,  to  urban  politics,  to  the  various 

66 


forms  of  city  government,  and  to  plans  for  metropolitan  reorganization.  It  is  strongly 
recommended   that   Political  Science   111/112   be   taken   previously   or   concurrently. 

217.    Research  Methods  in  Political  Science.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  course  in  the  conduct  and  interpretation  of  research  in  political  science.  Topics 
covered  include:  formulation  of  a  research  problem,  research  design,  techniques  of 
scaling  and  measurement,  data  collection  and  analysis,  and  writing  the  research  report. 

Prerequisites:  a  major  in  Political  Science  and  sophomore  standing,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.   Mathematics  170,  Elementary  Statistics,  is  strongly  recommended. 

311.  Political  Parties  in  the  United  States.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  study  of  the  origins  and  history  of  American  political  parties,  their  develop- 
ment, organization,  leaders,  con\entions,  platforms,  and  campaigns.  Emphasis  is  given 
to  recent  changes  in  American  political  patterns.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that 
Political   Science    111/112   be    taken    previously    or    concurrently. 

312.  American  Constitutional  Law.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered   1976-1977. 

A  study  of  the  growth  and  development  of  the  Constitution  through  the  medium 
of  judicial  construction.  Recent  decisions  illustrating  its  application  to  new  conditions 
of  the  present  age,  and  proposals  for  court  modification  are  given  particular  attention. 
It  is  strongly  recommended  that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken  previously  or 
concurrently. 

314.    Public  Opinion.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

An  analysis  of  the  nature  and  sources  of  contemporary  public  opinion,  with  spe- 
cial attention  to  methods  of  determining  public  opinion. 

350.    Select  Problems  in  Political  Science.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  course  to  provide  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore  in  depth  a  topic 
of  special  interest.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken 
previously  or  concurrently. 

411.  Political  Theory.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  sur\'ey  of  the  different  philosophies  and  theories  of  government,  ancient  and 
modern,  with  special  reference  to  political  philosophy  since  the  sixteenth  century.  It  is 
strongly  recommended  that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken  previously  or  con- 
currently. 

412.  Senior  Seminar  in  Political  Science.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Reading,  discussion,  and  written  assignments  to  accomplish  the  following  pur- 
poses: (1)  relation  of  the  discipline  to  other  fields  of  knowledge  and  (2)  development 
and  expression  of  an  individual  political  philosophy  by  the  student. 

Prerequisites:  a  major  in  political  science  and  senior  standing;  or  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

413.  International  Politics.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  course  in  the  origin,  forms,  dynamics,  and  prospects  of  the  international  political 
pattern,  with  emphasis  on  current  developments  and  changing  concepts  in  world 
politics.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken  previously 
or  concurrently. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  3  semesters.) 

A   course  designed   for  students  who   wish   to   undertake   an   independent  study 

project  in  political  science.  Open  to  all  students,  subject  to  the  following  qualifications: 

Those  who  do  not  desire  departmental  honors  are  admitted  by  permission  of  the 
instructor  who  agrees  to  accept  supervision  of  the  student's  work. 
Students  desiring  departmental  honors  must  meet  the  conditions  set  forth  above 
under  "Departmental  Honors." 

67 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  COURSES 

130.    Philosophy  in  Literature.  3  hours  credit.  Either  semester  upon  demand. 

A  detailed  critical  examination  of  various  literary  works  having  philosophical  con- 
tent. Exact  topics  and  works  to  be  considered  will  vary  from  year  to  year. 
Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructors. 

332.    Seminar  in  Psychology  and  Literature.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

A  consideration  of  major  psychological  theories  for  use  in  literary  interpretation. 
Prerequisite:  a  major  in  psychology  or  English,  junior  or  senior  standing  and/or 
permission  of  the  staff. 

334.    Seminar  in  Philosophy  and  Psychology.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

Offered  1975-1976. 

A  detailed  consideration  of  matters  of  common  interest  to  philosophy  and  psy- 
chology, taught  by  members  of  both  departments.  Topics  will  vary  from  year  to  year. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructors. 

LANGUAGES 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  59. 

MATHEMATICS 

Professor  Mayer,   Chairman;   Associate  Professor  Fleischman;  Assistant 
Professors  Burr  as  and  Hearsey 

The  department  of  mathematics  has  several  objectives.  The  mathe- 
matics program  prepares  the  student  for  a  career  in  the  applied  sciences 
or  in  industry,  or  for  continued  study  in  a  graduate  program.  In  coopera- 
tion with  the  departinent  of  education,  it  offers  a  sound  preparation  for 
secondary  school  teaching.  Together  with  the  department  of  economics 
and  business  administration  it  offers  a  strong  program  in  actuarial  science. 
Last  but  not  least,  it  also  gives  the  mathematics  courses  needed  by  stu- 
dents majoring  in  other  fields. 

REQUIREMENTS 

B.A.  or  B.S.  with  a  major  in  Mathematics.  All  mathematics  majors 
must  take  the  following  basic  courses:  Mathematics  111,  112,  201,  211, 
264,  266,  and  321.  In  addition  the  student  must  take  at  least  12  semester 
hours  of  mathematics  courses  numbered  300  or  higher  (with  no  more  than 
three  hours  in  seminar).  This  choice  must  have  the  approval  of  the  de- 
partment of  mathematics. 

B.S.  with  a  major  in  Actuarial  Science.  All  students  in  this  program 
must  take  the  following  courses:  Mathematics  111,  112,  201,  211,  264,  266, 
321,  382,  461,  471,  472,  481,  and  482;  Economics  110  and  120;  and  Business 
Administration  151  and  152.  In  addition.  Examination  1  of  the  Society 
of  Actuaries  must  be  passed  by  the  fall  of  the  senior  year. 

RECOMMENDATIONS 

Secondary  school  teaching.  A  future  teacher  of  mathematics  should 
take  Mathematics  111,  112,  201,  211,  264,  266,  321,  322,  331  and  452,  plus 
at  least  three  additional  hours  of  cotirses  numbered  300  or  higher. 

68 


Students  preparing  for  graduate  school.  A  student  planning  to  attend 
graduate  school  in  mathematics  should  take,  in  addition  to  the  basic 
courses,  the  following:  Mathematics  311,  312,  322,  400,  412,  and  431. 

Applied  mathematics.  A  student  planning  to  work  as  a  mathemati- 
cian in  industry  should  take,  in  addition  to  the  basic  courses,  the  follow- 
ing: Mathematics  361,  362,  461,  471,  and  472,  as  well  as  suitably  chosen 
courses  in  physics  and  other  physical  sciences. 

Physical  science.  A  major  in  a  physical  science  should  choose  from 
Mathematics  161,  162,  261,  264,  266,  321,  322,  361,  362,  and  461. 

Behavioral  and  social  science.  A  major  in  these  fields  is  advised  to 
choose  from  Mathematics  161,  162,  170,  264,  and  perhaps  261. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  may  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program  if  they 
have  demonstrated  high  scholastic  ability  and  have  received  permission  for 
such  participation  from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the 
college  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

A  student  may  receive  upon  graduation,  departmental  honors  if  he 
has  maintained  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  mathematics  and  has  satis- 
factorily completed  the  departmental  honors  program. 

100.    Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Outlines  of  some  basic  mathematical  concepts. 

102.    Algebra  and  Trigonometry.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

College  algebra  and  trigonometry. 

111,112.    Analysis  I,  II.  5:5:0  per  semester. 

A  rigorous  introduction  to  continuity,  derivative,  integral,  and  series. 

161, 162.    Calculus  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Introduction  to  derivative,  integral,  series,  and  partial  derivative  with  emphasis 
on  applications. 

170.    Elementary  Statistics.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Finite  probability,  statistical  inference,  standard  test  correlation. 

201.    Foimdation  of  Mathematics.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Introduction  to  logic,  set  theory,  real  numbers. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  112.* 

211.    Analysis  III.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  continuation  of  Analysis  I,  II. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  112.* 

261.    Calculus  III.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Vector  calculus,  differential  equations  and  applications. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  162.* 

264.    Introduction  to  Computer  Science.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Computer  logic  and  languages,  algorithmic  procedures,  verification. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  112.* 


Prerequisites  may  be  waived  by  the  department. 

69 


266.    Differential  Equations.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

First  and  second  order  linear  differential  equations,  power  series  solutions,  special 

functions.  Introduction  to  partial  differential  equations.  Special  topics. 
Prerequisite:  Matfiematics  211  or  261. 

311,312.    Advanced  Analysis  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Topology  of  Euclidean  n-space  and  function  spaces,  advanced  integration  theory, 
further  advanced  topics. 

Prerequisite:  Mathematics  211.* 

321.  Linear  Algebra.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Vector  spaces,  transformations,  matrices,  systems  of  equations. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  112.* 

322.  Abstract  Algebra.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Fundamentals  of  groups,  rings,  and  fields.  ~- 

Prerequisitc:  Matfiematics  321.* 

331.    Geometry.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Introduction  to  tfie  axioms  of  geometries;  Euclidean  and  non-Euclidean  geometries. 
Prerequisite:  Matfiematics  112.* 

361,  362.    Methods  of  Applied  Mathematics  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Linear  vector  spaces,  matrices,  determinants,  integral  equations,  partial  differential 
equations,  integral  formulas. 

Prerequisite:  Mathematics  266.* 

382.    Seminar  in  Actuarial  Science.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Compoiuid  interest,  annuities  and  otfier  materiaf  for  actuarial  science  majors. 

400.    Seminar.  1:1:0.  Either  semester. 

412.    Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Analytic   functions,   contour   integration,   Cauchy    theorem,   residue    theory,   con- 
formal  mapping. 

Prerequisite:  Mathematics  311.* 

432.    Topology.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Metric  space,  continuity,  compactness,  connectedness,  and  otfier  topics. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  311.* 

452.    Seminar  for  Teachers.  1:1:0.  Second  semester. 

A  senior  seminar  designed  for  mathematics  teachers  is  required  of  those  students 
who  wish  to  become  certified  to  teach  mathematics. 

461.    Niunerical  Analysis.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Interpolation,  smoothing,  numerical  differentiation  and  integration. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  266.* 

466.    Topics  in  Operations  Research.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  I974-I975. 

Linear  programming,  transportation  and  assignment  problems,  basic  game  tfieory, 
introduction  to  otfier  topics. 

Prerequisites:  Matfiematics  211  or  26f,  and  264. 

471.  Mathematical  Probability.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Sample  space,  random  variables,  probability  laws  and  distributions,  limit  theorems. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  21  f.* 

472.  Mathematical  Statistics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Generating  functions,  frequency  distributions,  decision  theory,  tests  of  hypotheses. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  471.* 


*  Prerequisites  may  be  waived  by  the  department. 

70 


481,  482.    Life  Contingencies  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Single  life  functions,  life  insurance,  life  annuities,  multiple  life  functions,  com- 
pound contingent  functions,  reversionary  annuities. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
Independent  work  for  majors  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program  and 
others. 


MUSIC 

Associate  Processor  Smith,  Chairman;  Professor  Emeritus  Bender;  Profes- 
sors Curfman  and  Getz;  Associate  Professors  Fairlamb,  Lanese,  Stachow, 
and  Thurmond;  Assistant  Professors  Burrichter,  Ellenberger,  Englebright, 
Lau,  and  Sweigart;  Instructors  Morgan  and  Watkins;  Adjunct  Assistant 
Professor  Knisley;  Adjunct  Instructors  Aulenhach,  Bilger,  Campbell, 
Checket,  Dunn,  Gifford,  Goebel,  and  Grove 

The  aims  of  the  department  of  music  are  to  prepare  performers  and 
teachers,  to  teach  music  historically  and  aesthetically  as  an  element  of 
liberal  culture,  and  to  offer  courses  that  give  a  thorough  and  practical 
understanding  of  theoretical  subjects. 

Attendance  at  all  faculty  recitals  and  a  portion  of  student  recitals  is 
compulsory. 

All  majors  in  music  or  music  education  are  required  to  take  private 
instruction  on  the  campus  if  the  department  offers  instruction  in  the  indi- 
vidual's principal  performance  medium. 

Participation  in  music  organizations  may  be  required  of  all  majors. 

One-half  hour  of  private  instruction  is  included  in  the  basic  tuition. 
For  additional  music  fees  see  page  18. 

MUSIC 

(B.A.  with  a  major  in  Music) 

This  program  is  designed  for  those  students  desiring  a  liberal  arts 
context  in  their  preparation  for  a  career  in  applied  music. 

Special  Requirements 

All  majors  are  required  to  take  an  hour  lesson  per  week  in  their 
major  performance  area  and  are  expected  to  perform  a  half  recital  in  the 
junior  year  and  a  full  recital  in  the  senior  year. 

All  majors  outside  of  the  keyboard  area  are  required  to  take  a  14 
hour  lesson  per  week  in  piano  until  the  minimum  requirements  have 
been  met. 

For  the  recommended  plan  of  study  in  this  program  see  page  96. 

MUSIC  EDUCATION 

(B.S.  with  a  major  in  Music  Education) 

This  program  has  been  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department 

71 


of  Education  and  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music  for  the 
preparation  of  teachers  of  public  school  music. 

A  "track  system"  permits  the  student  to  select  an  area  of  concentra- 
tion:   (1)  general,    (2)  instrumental,    (3)  keyboard-vocal. 

The  music  education  curriculum  requires  two  lessons  per  week  (one 
each  in  the  major  and  a  minor  performance  area). 

For  the  recommended  plan  of  study  in  this  program  see  page  97. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

1.  A  candidate  must  have  achieved  a  minimum  grade-point  average  of 
3.00  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year,  and  must  maintain  this  min- 
imum to  remain  eligible  for  honors  status. 

2.  The  private  instructor  in  the  candidate's  major  performance  area 
must  recommend  the  student  for  full  recital  privileges  during  the 
senior  year,  and  will  serve  as  adviser  to  the  individual's  departmental 
honors  program. 

3.  The  candidate  through  reading  and  research  will  produce  a  thesis  or 
an  essay,  based  on  a  problem  or  subject  of  his  own  choosing  under 
the  direct  supervision  of  his  faculty  adviser.  Creative  work  will  be 
encouraged  with  reference  to,  or  emphasis  upon,  his  principal  per- 
formance medium. 

4.  Honors  recognition  shall  be  dependent  upon  the  quality  of  the  pre- 
pared thesis  or  essay  and  the  level  of  the  candidate's  recital  per- 
formance, both  to  be  reviewed  by  a  committee  of  three,  including  the 
private  instructor  (adviser),  the  chairman  of  the  department,  and  a 
third  music  faculty  member  to  be  designated  by  the  chairman  with 
the  approval  of  the  adviser. 

5.  In  addition  to  any  established  pattern  of  announcing  honors  candi- 
dates and  recipients,  the  printed  recital  program  shall  also  indicate  "in 
partial  fulfillment  of  requirements  for  Honors  in  Music." 

6.  A  maximum  of  9  hours  credit  can  be  earned  in  departmental  honors. 

7.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  above  requirements  at  a  satisfactory  level, 
the  student  will  be  recommended  by  the  reviewing  committee  to  the 
dean  of  the  college  for  graduation  with  departmental  honors. 

I:  THEORY  OF  MUSIC 

Sight  Singing 

111.  Sight  Singing  I.  1:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  music  reading  witli  tlie  use  of  syllables,  incorporating  the 
elements  of  melody  and  rhythm  within  the  beat  and  its  division.  Tlie  following  are 
studied:  basic  beat  patterns,  simple  and  compoinid  time,  diatonic  inter\als,  implied  har- 
monic structure  within  the  melodic  line,  the  C  clefs,  modulations.  Phrasing  and  the 
application  of  dynamics  are  stressed. 

1 12.  Sight  Singing  II.  1:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  continuation  of  music  reading,  using  more  difficult  melodies  and  rhythms,  the 
beat  and  its  subdi\ision,  and  additional  inter\al  problems.  Exercises  in  four  clefs,  em- 
ploying modal  melodies,  remote  modidation,  superimposed  background  and  meter, 
changing  and  less  common  time  signatures. 

72 


Ear  Training 

113.  Ear  Training  I.  1:2:0.  First  semester. 

The  study  of  the  basics  of  music  notation  essential  for  the  writing  of  melodic  and 
rhythmic  dictation.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  aural  recognition  of  intervals,  scales, 
triads  and  their  inversions,  and  simple  harmonic  progressions  and  cadences.  Harmonic 
dictation  is  begun  in  the  latter  half  of  the  course.  Correlated  with  Sight  Singing. 

114.  Ear  Training  II.  1:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  more  difficult  tonal  problems  including  seventh  and  ninth  chords, 
chromaticism,  modulation,  and  modality.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  harmonic  and  cor- 
rective dictation.  Correlated  with  Sight  Singing. 

Harmony 

115.  Harmony  I.  2:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music  including  notation,  scales,  intervals,  and  triads; 
the  connection  of  triads  by  haraionizing  melodies  and  basses  with  fundamental  triads; 
playing  of  simple  cadences  at  the  piano;  analysis  of  phrases  and  periods. 

116.  Harmony  II.  2:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  inversions  of  triads,  seventh  and  ninth  chords,  harmonizations  of  mel- 
odies and  figured  basses;  analysis  and  composition  of  the  smaller  forms;  modulation. 

215.    Harmony  III.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

The  use  of  dominant  and  diminished  sevenths  as  embellishments  of  and  substitutes 
for  diatonic  harmony;  harmonization  of  melodies  and  figured  basses;  analysis  of  two  and 
three-part  song  forms;  composition  in  two-part  song  form.  Playing  of  more  advanced 
cadences  and  modulations  at  the  piano. 

315.  Elementary  Composition*  on  special  announcement.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

Melody  analysis  and  writing;  four-part  choral  writing;  continuation  of  two  and 
three-part  song-form  analysis  and  composition.  Composition  in  theme  and  variations, 
fantasia,  rondo,  and  dance  forms.  Study  of  contemporary  harmonic  ideas. 

316.  Keyboard  Harmony.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Work  at  the  piano  includes  the  harmonization  of  melodies  both  with  four-part 
harmony  and  with  various  accompaniment  forms;  also  transposition,  improvisation, 
modulation,  reading  from  figured  bass.  (Students  are  placed  in  elementary,  intermediate, 
or  advanced  sections  on  the  basis  of  keyboard  ability.) 

Additional  Theory  Courses 

217.    Basic  Concepts  of  Structure  and  Style.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  course  designed  to  develop  the  student's  knowledge  of  specific  musical  styles 
resulting  from  the  synthesis  of  music's  constituent  and  expressive  elements.  The  study 
is  approached  through  listening  to,  discussing,  and  analyzing  compositions  representing 
a  variety  of  styles  and  media.  Other  course  objectives  include:  acquaintance  with  lit- 
erature, comprehensive  application  of  the  basics  of  music  theory,  and  development  of 
musicianship. 

224.    Counterpoint.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Introductory  work  in  strict  counterpoint  through  three  and  four-part  work  in  all 
the  species. 

226.    Form  and  Analysis  I.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  structure  of  music  including  hymns,  folk  songs,  two,  three  and  five- 


B.A.  program  in  music. 

73 


part  song  forms,  variations,  contrapuntal  forms,  rondo,  and  sonata  forms.  Compositions 
in  these  forms  are  studied  primarily  for  their  structural  content.  Course  includes  ex- 
tensive listening. 

329.    Form  and  Analysis  II*  on  special  announcement.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of  fugal  forms,  suite,  overture,  complete 
sonata  forms  (evolution  of  the  symphony),  string  quartet,  the  tone  poem.  Analysis  of 
classical  and  contemporary  works  in  these  forms. 

400.    Arranging  and  Scoring  for  the  Stage  Band.  2:2:0.  Either  semester. 

Study  of  modern  harmony,  modulation,  style  analysis,  special  instrumental  effects 
as  applied  to  modern  arranging.  Laboratory  analysis  and  demonstration  of  sectional 
and  ensemble  voicings. 

410.    Composition,  Schillinger  System.  Private  teaching. 

A  scientific  system  of  music  composition  created  by  the  late  Joseph  Schillinger, 
teacher  of  such  accomplished  professionals  as  George  Gershwin  and  Ted  Royal  Dewar. 

The  major  aims  of  the  system  are  to:  (1)  generalize  underlying  principles  regard- 
ing the  behavior  of  tonal  phenomena;  (2)  classify  all  the  available  resources  of  our 
tonal  system;  (3)  teach  a  comprehensive  application  of  scientific  method  to  all  compo- 
nents of  the  tonal  art,  to  problems  of  melody,  rhythm,  harmony,  counterpoint,  orches- 
tration, and  to  composition  itself. 

The  system  is  best  studied  in  the  light  of  a  traditional  background  and  admission 
to  course  or  private  instruction  is  by  special  permission  only. 

416.    Orchestration.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Study  of  instrumentation,  devices,  techniques,  and  mechanics  of  scoring  transcrip- 
tions, arrangements  and  solos  for  orchestra  and  concert  band;  special  work  in  scoring 
for  mixed  ensembles  as  tiiey  occur  in  public  schools.  Laboratory  analysis  and  demon- 
stration of  various  instrumental  colors  and  combinations.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  creative 
scoring. 

II.    METHODS  AND  MATERIALS 

333.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Elementary.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  comprehensive  study  of  general  music  teaching  at  the  elementary  level,  includ- 
ing the  rationale  for  building  a  music  education  currriculum,  current  emphases  in 
music  education,  varied  approaches  for  developing  conceptual  learning,  movement, 
playing  classroom  instruments,  introduction  to  Orff  and  Kodaly  techniques,  creative 
applications,  guided  listening,  the  child  voice,  materials,  and  interest  centers  for  open 
classrooms. 

334.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Junior  High  School.       3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Materials  and  approaches  for  junior  high  school  general  music,  attention  to  the 
organization  and  presentation  of  a  varied  program,  and  recent  trends  in  teaching. 
Adolescent  voices,  creative  applications,  improvisation,  guided  listening,  interest  cen- 
ters, units  of  study,  and  characteristics  of  youth. 

335.  Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Fourth,  Fifth  and  Sixth  Grades. 

2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  methods  and  materials  used  in  teaching  band  and  orchestral  instru- 
ments to  children  in  these  grades,  with  emphasis  on  a  sound  rhythmic  approach.  Both 
individual  and  class  technique  are  studied.  Musical  rudiments  as  applied  to  instru- 
mental teaching  are  reviewed. 

336.  Methods  and  Materials,  Instnimental:  Junior  and  Senior  High  School. 

2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  intermediate  and  advanced  instrumental  teaching  techniques;  methods 
of  organizing  and  directing  school  orchestras  and  bands;  fundamentals  of  musicianship. 

*  B.A.  program  in  music. 

74 


402.    Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental  Problems.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  general  and  specific  problems  which  confront  the  director  of  school 
orchestras,  bands,  and  instrumental  classes.  Problems  of  general  interest  include:  organi- 
zation and  management,  stimulating  and  maintaining  interest;  selecting  beginners; 
scheduling  rehearsals  and  class  lessons;  financing  and  purchasing  instruments,  uniforms, 
and  other  equipment;  marching  band  formations  and  drills;  evaluating  music  materials; 
organizing  festivals,  contests,  and  public  performances. 

404.  Music  Education  Seminar:  Secondary  Level.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  aspects  of  secondary  school  vocal  music  curriculum  and  related  course 
offerings.  Topics  with  which  a  high  school  choral  teacher  or  director  of  music  will  need 
to  be  knowledgeable  are  investigated  with  particular  attention  given  to  those  problems 
relating  to  the  responsibilities  of  the  vocal  music  teacher.  Philosophy  of  music  educa- 
tion, musical  theater,  tests  and  measurements,  elective  courses,  planning  inservice 
events,  and  choral  materials. 

405.  Methods  in  Piano  Pedagogy.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  methods  of  teaching  piano  to  children  and  adults.  The  course  includes 
the  song  approach  method,  presentation  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  rhythm, 
sight  reading,  tone  quality,  form,  technique,  pedaling,  transposition,  and  the  harmoni- 
zation of  simple  melodies.  Materials  are  examined  and  discussed. 

412.    Electronic  Music.  1:1:1.  Second  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  use  and  function  of  synthesizers  and  their  application  to 
the  electronic  music  field,  with  special  attention  to  the  education  area,  live  perfor- 
mance, and  integration  with  studio  equipment. 

III.    STUDENT  TEACHING 

441.    Student  Teaching.  12  semester  hours  credit.  First  semester. 

Each  student  spends  a  semester  in  the  music  department  of  an  area  public 
school  under  the  supervision  of  carefully  selected  cooperating  teachers.  Experiences  are 
provided  according  to  the  individual  student's  selection  of  a  track  program,  with  em- 
phasis on  general,  instrumental,  or  keyboard-vocal  areas.  Requirements  are:  (1)  a  cumu- 
lative grade-point  a\erage  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  in  college,  (2)  ability  to 
demonstrate  proficiency  in  the  competencies  for  music  teachers  as  set  forth  by  the  Penn- 
sylvania Department  of  Education,  (3)  approval  by  the  music  fadulty. 


IV.    INSTRUMENTAL  COURSES 

Class  Instruction  in  Band  and  Orchestral  Instruments. 

Practical  courses  in  which  students,  in  addition  to  being  taught  the  fundamental 
principles  underlying  the  playing  of  all  band  and  orchestral  instruments,  learn  to  play 
on  instruments  of  each  group,  viz.,  string,  woodwind,  brass,  and  percussion.  Problems 
of  class  procedure  in  public  schools  are  discussed;  transposition  of  all  instruments  is 
taught.  Ensemble  playing  is  an  integral  part  of  these  courses. 

Brass  Instruments  (Trumpet  [Cornet],  Horn,  Trombone,  Baritone,  Tuba) 

123.  Brass  I.  1:2:0.  First  semester. 
A  study  of  two  of  the  above  instruments. 

124.  Brass  II.  1:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments. 

Percussion  Instruments  (Snare  Drum,  Timpani,  Bass  Drum,  etc.) 

227.    Percussion  I.  ViihO.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  snare  drum  only. 

327.    Percussion  II.  Vi:  1:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments. 

75 


Woodwind  Instruments  (Clarinet,  Flute,  Piccolo,  Oboe,  Saxophone,  Bassoon) 

231.  Woodwind  I.  1:2:0.  First  semester. 
A  study  of  the  clarinet. 

232.  Woodwind  II.  1:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments. 

String  Instruments  (Violin,  Viola,  Cello,  String  Bass) 

337.  String  I.  1:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  all  of  the  above  instruments. 

338.  String  II.  1:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of  all  of  the  above  instruments. 

Instrumental  Seminar.  ^^:1:0  or  1:2:0.  First  or  second  semester. 

Application  of  specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  instruction. 
420.    Brass  Prerequisite:  Music  124. 

430.    Percussion  Prerequisite:  Music  327. 

440.    String  Prerequisite:  Music  338. 

450.    Woodwind  Prerequisite:  Music  232. 

V.    MUSIC  ORGANIZATIONS 

Opportunities  for  individual  performance  in  a  group  experience  are  provided  by 
music  organizations.  Membership  in  the  organizations  is  open  on  an  audition  basis  to 
all  students  of  the  college. 

601.  Symphonic  Band.  0:3:0  per  semester. 

The  Blue  and  White  Marching  Band  of  L.V.C.  is  noted  for  its  half-time  per- 
formances during  the  football  season.  The  Symphonic  Band  of  ninety  pieces  plays  sev- 
eral concerts  during  the  year,  both  on  and  off  campus.  The  finest  original  music  for 
band  is  performed,  as  well  as  arrangements  of  the  standard  repertoire.  Membership  in 
the  band  is  dependent  upon  the  ability  of  the  applicant  and  the  instrumentation  of 
the  band.  Students  from  all  departments  of  the  college  are  invited  to  audition. 

602.  All-Girl  Band.  0:1:0  per  semester. 
L.V.C.  is  unique  in  having  one  of  the  few  all-girl  bands  in  the  nation.  All  girls  in 

the  college  with  ability  as  instrumentalists  are  welcome  to  audition.   Membership  de- 
pends upon  proficiency  and  the  needs  of  the  band  regarding  instrumentation. 

603.  Symphony  Orchestra.  0:3:0  per  semester. 

The  Symphony  Orchestra  is  an  organization  of  symphonic  proportions  maintain- 
ing a  high  standard  of  performance.  A  professional  interpretation  of  a  wide  range  of 
standard  orchestral  literature  is  insisted  upon. 

604.  Concert  Choir.  0:3:0  per  semester. 

The  Concert  Choir  is  composed  of  approximately  fifty  voices,  selected  by  audition. 
All  phases  of  choral  literature  are  studied  intensively.  In  addition  to  on-campus  pro- 
grams and  appearances  on  radio  and  television,  the  Concert  Choir  makes  an  annual 
tour. 

605.  College  Chorus.  0:1:0  per  semester. 

The  College  Chorus  provides  an  opportunity  to  study  and  participate  in  the  pres- 
entation of  choral  literature  of  major  composers  from  all  periods  of  music  history.  It  is 
open  to  all  students  who  are  interested  in  this  type  of  musical  performance  and  who 
have  had  some  experience  in  singing. 

606.  Chapel  Choir.  0:1:0  per  semester. 

The  Chapel  Choir  is  composed  of  approximately  forty  voices,  selected  by  audi- 
tion. The  main  function  of  this  choir  is  to  provide  musical  leadership  in  the  college's 
chapel  services.  In  addition,  seasonal  senices  of  choral  music  are  prepared. 

76 


607.  Beginning  Ensemble.  0:1:0  per  semester. 

A  training  band  and  orchestra  in  which  students  play  secondary  instruments  and 
become  acquainted  with  elementary  band  and  orchestral  literature.  Opportunity  is  given 
for  advanced  conducting  students  to  gain  experience  in  conducting. 

608.  Wind  Ensemble.  0:1:0  per  semester. 

The  Wind  Ensemble  provides  an  opportunity  for  advanced  players  of  wind  and 
percussion  instruments  to  play  the  growing  repertoire  of  music  being  written  for  this 
medium.  In  addition,  standard  classical  works  for  wind  and/or  percussion  instruments 
are  played.  The  forty-five  members  of  this  organization  are  chosen  by  audition. 

Instrumental  Small  Ensembles.  0:1 :0  per  semester. 

Open  to  the  advanced  player  on  an  audition  basis. 

611.  String  Quartet. 

612.  String  Trio. 

613.  Clarinet  Choir. 

614.  Woodwind  Quintet. 

615.  Brass  Ensemble. 

616.  Percussion  Ensemble. 

617.  Saxophone  Quintet. 

VI.    THE  HISTORY  AND  APPRECIATION  OF  MUSIC 

100.    History  and  Appreciation  of  Music.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  course  for  the  non-music  major  designed  to  increase  the  individual's  musical 
perceptiveness.  Through  selective,  intensive  listening,  the  student  develops  concepts  of 
musical  materials  and  techniques.  The  vocabulary  thus  gained  is  utilized  in  a  survey  of 
Western  music  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present.  This  course  is  designed  primarily 
for  the  student  with  no  previous  musical  background. 

341/342.    History  and  Literature  of  Music  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  survey  course  of  the  history  of  Western  music.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  vari- 
ous stylistic  developments  which  have  occurred  from  one  era  to  another,  on  the  com- 
posers who  have  been  responsible  for  these  developments,  and  the  music  written  dur- 
ing these  various  eras  illustrating  these  stylistic  trends.  For  this  purpose,  extensive  use 
of  recordings  is  made  a  part  of  the  course.  The  first  semester  includes  the  development 
of  music  up  to  the  Baroque  era,  the  second  semester  from  the  Baroque  to  the  present. 

351/352/353/354.    Organ  Seminar  I,  II,  III,  IV.  2:2:0  per  semester. 

A  four-semester  sequence  based  upon  the  investigation  and  study  of  the  following: 

351:    Organ  Design  and  Registration. 

352:    Organ  Histoi7  and  Literature. 

(Early  times  through   the  mid-Baroque  with  emphasis  upon  French   and 
German  music.) 

353:    Organ  History  and  Literature. 

(An  investigation  of  the  organ  literature  of  J.  S.  Bach  and  his  contem- 
poraries; organ  literature  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.) 

354:    Church  Service  Playing. 

Required  for  organ  students  in  the  B.A.  program  in  music;  open  to  other  students 
with  the  approval  of  the  instructor. 

406.    Piano  Seminar.  2:2:0.  Second  semester,  on  demand. 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  the  piano  including  a  brief  review  of  its  predecessors;  a 
study  of  the  literature  for  the  instrument,  with  special  emphasis  on  that  available  to 
the  average  student;  a  study  of  the  problems  encountered  in  the  preparation  of  piano 
material,  its  presentation  in  recital,  and  related  pedagogical  problems. 

Required  for  all  piano  students  in  the  B.A.  program  in  music;  open  to  other  stu- 
dents with  the  approval  of  the  instructor. 

77 


462.    Music  Literature  Seminar.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  music  literature  in  depth  according  to  style,  form,  and  techniques  of 
the  various  periods.  Attention  is  given  to  twentieth  century  compositions.  Students 
pursue  a  project  of  their  own  interest.  Designed  especially  for  the  B.A.  candidate  in 
music  with  application  of  accumulated  knowledge  in  theory,  music  history,  and  musical 
form. 


VII.    CONDUCTING 

246.    Principles  of  Conducting.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Principles  of  conducting  and  the  technique  of  the  baton  are  presented.  Each 
student  conducts  vocal  and  instrumental  ensembles  made  up  of  the  class  personnel. 

345.    Instrumental  Conducting.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

Emphasis  on  practical  work  with  instrumental  groups.  Rehearsal  techniques  are 
applied  through  individual  experience. 

347.    Choral  Conducting.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

Further  refinement  of  the  conductor's  basic  technique  applied  to  the  choral  idiom. 
Laboratory  situations  will  provide  for  training  in  areas  of  rehearsal  procedures,  mate- 
rials, and  special  problems  of  choral  conducting:  diction,  tonal  development  and  style. 


VIII.  APPLIED  MUSIC  INSTRUCTION 

132.    Diction  for  Singers.  1:2:0.  Second  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  pronunciation  of  singer's  English,  German,  French,  Italian, 
and  Latin,  utilizing  the  International  Phonetic  Alphabet.  Required  for  all  voice  stu- 
dents in  the  B.A.  program  in  music  and  for  all  keyboard-vocal  track  students  in  the 
B.S.  program  in  music  education;  open  to  other  students  with  the  approval  of  the  in- 
structor. 

520.    Class  Instruction  (Voice  and  Piano).  1:1:0  per  semester. 

530.    Individual  Instruction.  l:Vi:0  per  semester. 

(Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments.) 

Piano  study  (private  or  class)  is  required  for  a  minimum  of  two  years. 

540.    Individual  Instruction.  2:1:0  per  semester. 

(Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments.) 
A  charge  is  made  for  the  second  half-hour  of  instruction. 

IX.  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  AND 
INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
A  course  designed  for  the  student  who  desires  to  engage  in  independent  study, 
either  with   or  without   departmental   honors.    (See    information    on    page    72    for   De- 
partmental Honors.) 

THE  STUDENT  RECITALS 

The  student  recitals  are  of  inestimable  value  to  all  students  in  ac- 
quainting them  with  a  wide  range  of  the  best  musical  literature,  in  devel- 
oping musical  taste  and  discrimination,  in  affording  experience  in  appear- 
ing before  an  audience,  and  in  gaining  self-reliance  as  well  as  nerve  con- 
trol and  stage  demeanor. 

Students  at  all  levels  of  performance  appear  in  these  student  recitals. 

78 


PHILOSOPHY 

Assistant  Professor   Thompson,  Chairman;  Adjunct   Professor  Ehrhart; 
Instructor  Hefjner 

The  department  of  philosophy  serves  a  major  purpose  in  the  cur- 
riculum by  attempting  to  make  the  student  aware  o£  the  need  for  a  crit- 
ical evaluation  and  analysis  of  the  ideas,  beliefs,  and  faiths — scientific  and 
humanistic — within  the  Western  intellectual  tradition. 

Part  of  the  rationale  for  the  study  of  philosophy  at  the  college  is 
found  in  the  value  of  its  attempt  to  examine  the  history  of  ideas  as  it 
comes  to  us  from  the  ancient  Greeks.  But  more  than  this,  philosophy  seeks 
to  interpret  and  analyze  these  ideas  as  they  relate  to  the  student's  own  exis- 
tence and  that  of  mankind  as  a  whole.  The  study  of  philosophy  at  Leba- 
non Valley  College  takes  both  inspiration  and  justification  from  the 
maxim  of  Socrates  that  "the  unexamined  life  is  not  worth  living." 

Major:  A  total  of  twenty-four  hours,  including  Philosophy  120,  is  re- 
quired of  the  philosophy  major. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  wish  to  do  independent  work  in  philosophy  beyond 
the  scope  of  courses  listed  in  the  college  catalog  may  elect,  with  depart- 
mental approval,  to  take  Independent  Study,  Philosophy  500,  which  is 
conducted  in  a  tutorial  fashion. 

A  junior  or  senior  student  may,  with  departmental  permission,  un- 
dertake to  do  individual  study  for  honors  by  enrollment  in  Philosophy 
500,  Independent  Study.  This  involves  the  writing  and  oral  defense  of 
a  detailed  research  project  or  critical  study  on  an  approved  topic.  This 
program  is  open  ordinarily  only  to  departmental  majors  who  have  done 
well  in  their  course  work  and  are  aiming  at  advanced  work  in  philos- 
ophy; it  is  not,  however,  limited  to  such  students.  The  student  who  suc- 
cessfully meets  the  requirements  of  the  program  shall  be  recommended  to 
the  dean  of  the  college  for  graduation  with  departmental  honors. 

110.    Problems  of  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introduction  to  some  of  the  main  problems  of  philosophy  and  to  the  ways  in 
which  leading  philosophers  have  dealt  with  them.  As  part  of  this  course,  students  learn 
the  critical  analysis  of  ideas. 

120.    General  Logic.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  rules  of  clear  and  effective  thinking.  Attention  is  given  to 
the  logic  of  meaning,  the  logic  of  valid  inference,  and  the  logic  of  factual  inquiry. 
Main  emphasis  is  laid  upon  deductive  logic,  and  students  are  introduced  to  the  ele- 
ments of  symbolic  logic  as  well  as  to  traditional  modes  of  analysis. 

228.    Ethics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  inquiry  into  the  central  problems  of  ethics,  with  an  examination  of  the 
responses  of  major  ethical  theories  to  those  problems. 

231.    Philosophy  of  Religion.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  issues  raised  for  philosophy  by  contemporary  religious  and  theo- 
logical thought.  A  critical  examination  of  such  problems  as  faith  and  reason;  the  mean- 
ing of  revelation,  symbolism,  and  language;  the  arguments  for  the  existence  of  God; 
faith  and  history;  religion  and  culture. 

79 


323.    Greek  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  study  of  the  evolution  of  philosophy  from  its  origin  in  the  speculations  of  the 
pre-Socratic  nature  philosophers  to  the  work  of  Hellenistic  philosophers  of  the  fourth 
century,  with  emphasis  on  the  thought  of  Plato  and  Aristotle. 
Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

326.    Medieval  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

The  histoi7  of  philosophy  is  traced  from  the  decline  of  the  Hellenistic  Age  to  the 
Renaissance,  with  emphasis  on  the  development  and  subsequent  criticism  of  the  system- 
atic elaborations  of  the  schoolmen  of  the  late  Middle  Ages. 

Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

333.    Modem  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

This  course  follows  the  development  of  philosophic  thought  in  the  writings  of 
the  principal  thinkers  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
with  emphasis  on  the  work  of  Hume  and  Kant. 

Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

336.    Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

An  examination  of  the  foremost  American,  British,  and  Continental  philosophers 
from  1900  to  the  present. 

Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

340.  Aesthetics.  3:3:0.  Offered  either  semester  on  sufficient  demand  only. 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  basis  of  criticism  of  works  of  art. 
Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

341.  Metaphysics.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  detailed  consideration  of  the  theory  of  reality,  as  interpreted  by  representative 
philosophers  from  the  pre-Socratics  to  the  British  and  American  linguistic  analysts,  in- 
cluding the  twentieth-century  phenomenologists. 

Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

346.    Epistemology.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  critical  and  analytical  study  of  the  chief  questions  involved  in  "knowing,"  as 
formulated  by  representative  thinkers  from  the  time  of  Plato  to  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

365.    Philosophy  of  Science.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

An  examination  of  the  philosophical  foundations  of  the  physical  sciences.  Topics 
include:  experimental  method,  structure  and  confirmation  of  theories,  inductive  logic, 
causality,  philosophy  of  space  and  time.  One  of  these  topics  is  selected  for  special  em- 
phasis. Students  are  strongly  urged  to  have  taken  a  course  in  physics  or  chemistry. 

Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

442.    Seminar.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

Discussion  of  selected  problems  of  philosophy. 

Open  to  upperclassmen  only,  with  consent  of  the  instructor. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

Sec  information  on  page  79.  (Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Assistant  Professor  Petrojes,   Chairman;   Assistant   Professor  Reed;   In- 
structors Correll,  Wilhelrn,  and  Yuhas 

The  aims  of  this  department  are  (1)  to  encourage  attitudes  and  habits 
of  good  total  health;  (2)  to  develop  the  student's  physical  capacities;  (3) 
to  provide  activities  which  will  enrich  leisure  throughout  one's  life. 

Four   (4)  semesters  of  physical  education  are  required. 

80 


In  addition  to  the  family  physician's  report,  it  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  all  entering  students  also  undergo  a  thorough  visual  ex- 
amination. 

Students  are  required  to  wear  the  regulation  gymnasium  outfit, 
which  may  be  purchased  at  the  college  store. 

110.    Physical  Education  (Men)  (Women)  0:2:0  per  semester. 

(Men)  The  physical  education  activities  include:  physical  fitness,  touch  football, 
basketball,  Softball,  volleyball,  badminton,  golf,  handball,  squash,  wrestling,  tennis, 
swimming,  soccer,  lacrosse,  paddleball,  gymnastics,  circuit  training,  weight  training,  and 
care  and  prevention  of  injuries. 

(Women)  The  physical  education  activities  include:  soccer,  softball,  swimming, 
golf,  archery,  volleyball,  badminton,  table  tennis,  tennis,  gymnastics,  calisthenics,  field 
hockey,  squash,  basketball,  and  paddleball. 


PHYSICS 

Professor  Rhodes,  Chairman;  Professor  Emeritus  Grimm;  Associate  Pro- 
fessor O'Donnell;  Instructor  Thompson 

The  department  of  physics  attempts  to  develop  in  the  student  an  in- 
creased understanding  of  the  basic  laws  of  nature  as  they  relate  to  our 
physical  environment,  and  to  indicate  the  possible  extent,  as  well  as  the 
limitations,  of  our  knowledge  of  the  physical  world. 

The  course  Physics  100  is  designed  especially  for  the  non-science 
major  who  may  wish  only  a  one-semester  introduction  to  the  role  of 
physics  and  its  impact  on  society.  The  introductory  course  Physics  103, 
104  is  intended  for  students  who  desire  a  one-year  survey  course  in  physics 
without  the  calculus  prerequisite.  The  sequence  of  courses  111,  112  and 
211,  212  provides  suitable  training  for  students  who  anticipate  additional 
work  in  the  physical  sciences,  whether  it  be  in  physics,  chemistry,  engineer- 
ing, applied  mathematics,  or  some  other  area  for  which  a  strong  back- 
ground in  physics  is  essential.  Laboratory  work  is  an  an  integral  part  of 
all  the  physics  courses  at  the  freshman  and  sophomore  level;  laboratory 
work  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels  is  provided  in  Physics  327/328  and 
Physics  500.  These  are  courses  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
experimental  techniques  and  the  measuring  instruments  appropriate  to 
the  various  areas  of  investigation,  and  to  give  experience  in  the  interpre- 
tation and  communication  of  experimental  results.  Laboratory  facilities 
include  a  neutron  howitzer,  beta  and  gamma  detection  equipment  with 
a  midti-channel  pulse  height  analyzer,  lasers,  a  50  kV  X-ray  diffractom- 
eter,  and  a  harmonic  wave  anlyzer. 

The  department  prepares  students  for  graduate  study,  for  research 
and  development  work  in  governmental  and  industrial  laboratories,  and 
for  teaching  physics  in  the  secondary  schools.  It  also  provides  background 
courses  in  physics  appropriate  for  work  in  various  basic  and  applied  areas 
of  the  physical  sciences,  such  as  astrophysics,  biophysics,  space  science,  and 
computer  technology. 

Major:   Math    161,    162,    251,   266,   or    111,    112,    211,    266;    Physics 

81 


Ill,  112,  211,  311,  312,  321,  322,  and  six  additional  semester  hours,  of 
which  at  least  two  shall  be  in  experimental  physics. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Independent  Study,  Physics  500,  is  available  to  all  physics  majors 
with  the  approval  of  the  departmental  chairman.  Experimental  facilities 
are  available  in  the  department  for  independent  investigations  in  X-ray 
diffraction,  neutron  reactions,  radioactivity,  Mossbauer  effect,  gamma 
ray  spectroscopy,  and  wave  analysis.  Theoretical  problems  may  be  chosen 
from  classical  physics,  statistical  mechanics,  or  quantum  mechanics. 

Physics  majors  who  have  demonstrated  high  academic  ability  may, 
with  the  permission  of  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the 
college,  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program  in  physics.  Ap- 
plication for  admission  to  this  program  should  be  made  before  the  end 
of  the  junior  year.  A  student  admitted  to  the  program  enrolls  in  Physics 
500  and  works  on  an  experimental  or  theoretical  research  project,  nor- 
mally for  a  period  of  a  year,  with  departmental  supervision.  Upon  the 
satisfactory  completion  of  an  approved  project  and  the  formal  presenta- 
tion of  a  research  paper  before  an  examining  committee,  the  student  will 
be  recommended  to  the  dean  of  the  college  for  graduation  with  depart- 
mental honors. 

100.    Physics  and  Its  Impact.  4:3:2.  Either  semester. 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student,  especially  the  non-science  major,  with 
some  of  the  important  concepts  of  physics,  both  classical  and  modern,  and  with  the 
scientific  method,  its  nature  and  its  limitations.  The  role  of  physics  in  the  history  of 
thought  and  its  relationships  to  other  disciplines  and  to  society  and  government  are 
considered.  The  weekly  two-hour  laboratory  period  provides  experience  in  the  acquisi- 
tion, representation,  and  analysis  of  experimental  data,  and  demonstration  of  the  physi- 
cal phenomena  with  which  the  course  deals.  No  mathematics  or  science  prerequisite. 

103,  104.    General  College  Physics  I,  II.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  and  laws  of  the  various  branches  of 
physics,  including  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  atomic 
and  nuclear  structure,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 

110.  The  Physics  of  Music.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

This  course,  for  students  with  an  interest  in  Music,  comprises  a  study  of  wave 
motion,  the  analysis  and  synthesis  of  waves,  resonance,  physical  characteristics  of  music 
sounds,  musical  instruments,  the  reproduction  and  amplification  of  sound,  and  the 
acoustical  properties  of  rooms.  Whenever  feasible,  laboratory  exercises  and  physical 
demonstrations  will  supplement  or  replace  classroom  instruction.  A  knowledge  of  alge- 
bra and  trigonometry  is  required. 

111,  112.    Principles  of  Physics  I,  II.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

An  introductory  course  in  classical  physics,  designed  for  students  who  desire  a 
more  rigorous  mathematical  approach  to  college  physics  than  is  given  in  Physics   103, 

104.  Calculus  is  used  throughout.  The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  mechanics  and  heat, 
and  the  second  semester  to  electricity,  magnetism,  and  optics,  with  laboratory  work  in 
each  area.  This  course  should  be  followed  by  Physics  211. 

Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathematics  111  or  161. 

211.    Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics.  4:3:3.  First  semester. 

An  introduction  to  modern  physics,  including  the  foundation  of  atomic  physics, 

82 


the  quantum  theory  of  radiation,  the  atomic  nucleus,  radioactivity,  and  nuclear  reac- 
tions, with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  104  or  112. 

212.    Introduction  to  Electronics.  4:3:3.  Second  semester. 

The  physics  of  electrons  and  electronic  devices,  including  vacuum  tubes,  diodes, 
transistors,  power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators,  switching  circuits,  and  servomechan- 
isms,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 

Prerequisite:  Physics  104  or  112. 

311,  312.    Analytical  Mechanics  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  ligorous  study  of  classical  mechanics,  including  the  motion  of  a  single  particle, 
the  motion  of  a  system  of  particles,  and  the  motion  of  a  rigid  body.  Damped  and 
forced  harmonic  motion,  the  central  force  problem,  the  Euler  description  of  rigid 
body  motion,  and  the  Lagrange  generalization  of  Newtonian  mechanics  are  among  the 
topics  treated. 

Prerequisites:  Physics  HI  and  Mathematics  266. 

321,322.    Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  rigorous  study  of  the  basic  phenomena  of  electromagnetism,  together  with  the 
application  of  fundamental  principles  to  the  solving  of  problems.  The  electric  and 
magnetic  properties  of  matter,  direct  current  circuits,  alternating  current  circuits,  the 
Maxwell  field  equations,  and  the  propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  are  among  the 
topics  treated. 

Prerequisites:  Physics  112  and  Mathematics  266. 

327/328.    Experimental  Physics  I,  II.  1 :0:3  per  semester. 

Experimental  work  selected  from  the  areas  of  mechanics,  A.C.  and  D.C.  electrical 
measurements,  optics,  atomic  physics,  or  nuclear  physics,  with  emphasis  on  experimental 
design,  measuring  techniques,  and  analysis  of  data. 

Prerequisite:  Physics  211. 

421,  422.    Modem  Physics  I,  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  rigorous  study  of  selected  topics  in  modern  physics,  utilizing  the  methods  of 
quantum  mechanics.  The  Schrodinger  equation  is  solved  for  such  systems  as  potential 
barriers,  potential  wells,  the  linear  oscillator,  the  rigid  rotator,  and  the  hydrogen  atom. 
Perturbation  techniques  and  the  operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  are  intro- 
duced where  appropriate. 

Prerequisites:  Physics  211  and  Mathematics  266. 

430.    The   Teaching  of  Physics   in  Secondary   Schools.  1:1:0.    Either  semester. 

A   course  designed   to  acquaint   the   student   with  some  of  the   special   methods, 
programs,  and  problems  in  the  teaching  of  physics  in  secondary  schools. 
Required  for  secondary  certification  in  physics. 

480.    Special  Topics  in  Physics.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  seminar  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  areas  of  physics  is  offered  each  semes- 
ter, and  is  open,  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor,  to  juniors  and  seniors  from  any 
department. 

(a)  Thermodynamics.  A  study  of  the  laws  of  thermodynamics  from  which  the 
following  topics  are  developed:  thermodynamic  variables,  equations  of  state,  phase 
transitions,  specific  heats,  entropy,  and  low  temperature  phenomena. 

(b)  Statistical  Mechanics.  Maxwell-Boltzmann,  Bose-Einstein,  and  Fermi-Dirac 
statistics  are  derived  and  used  to  discuss  specific  heats,  paramagnetism,  the  properties 
of  molecules,  photons,  and  electrons,  and  fluctuations. 

(c)  Wave  Theory.  A  study  of  the  theory  of  waves  as  it  applies  to  electrodynamics, 
optics,  and  acoustics.  The  topics  covered  include  propagation  of  wave  motion,  wave 
guides,  diffraction  and  interference  phenomena,  and  polarization. 

(d)  Nuclear  Physics.   The    topics   covered    include   properties   of  nuclei,    nuclear 


force,  nuclear  models,  properties  of  alpha,  beta,  and  gamma  decay,  fission,  and  fusion. 
(e)  Solid   State   Physics.    The   topics  covered   include    the    properties    of   crystals, 
electronic  states  in  solids,  semiconductors,  and  the  electric  and  magnetic  properties  of 
solids. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
An  experimental  or  theoretical  investigation  in  a  selected  area  of  physics  under 
the  supervision  of  a  physics  staff  member.  Open  to  all  physics  majors  with  the  permis- 
sion of  the  departmental  chairman. 
See  information  on  page  82. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor  Davidon,  Chairrtwri;  Professor  Love;  Associate  Professor  Lasky; 
Assistant  Professors  Carlsoyi  and  Peters 

The  ptogram  presents  psychology  from  its  scientific  and  professional 
perspectives,  and  provides  a  means  for  students'  psycho-social  develop- 
ment through  increased  knowledge.  As  a  behavioral  science,  the  program 
is  designed  to  contribute  to  students'  general  education,  to  provide  a 
backgiound  for  many  human  service  occupations,  and  to  prepare  some  for 
later  graduate  work.  There  is  a  complete  program  for  those  preparing  for 
graduate  school  studies  in  eitJier  experimental  or  clinical  psychology. 

Many  who  major  in  psychology  upon  graduation  are  employed  in 
agencies,  hospitals,  and  industry.  Furthermore,  many  of  the  courses  pro- 
vide an  important  background  for  those  preparing  for  careers  in  other 
fields  such  as  medicine,  teaching  and  business. 

Major:  Psychology  110,  225,  226,  343,  443  and  electives  in  psychology 
to  complete  at  least  24  hours.  Students  preparing  for  graduate  school  in 
psychology  are  advised  to  include  Psychology  227  or  228,  335/336,  444 
and  4  hours  of  445/446.  With  approval.  Biology  201  and  202  may  be 
substituted  for  electives  in  psychology.  Mathematics  170  may  be  substi- 
tuted if  it  has  not  been  used  to  fulfill  the  natural  science  distribution  re- 
quirement. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

For  the  capable  student  who  wishes  to  take  part  in  selecting  and 
planning  his  own  investigation  within  particular  areas  of  psychology,  a 
program  of  independent  study  and  research  for  credit  may  replace 
courses.  The  student  is  assisted  by  a  member  of  the  faculty  with  whom 
he  has  individual  conferences.  The  student's  investigation  is  designated 
as  Independent  Study  (Psychology  500),  whether  or  not  he  is  a  candidate 
for  departmental  honors. 

In  order  to  begin  a  program  of  individual  study  for  departmental 
honors,  a  psychology  major  is  required  to:  (1)  have  an  over-all  grade- 
point  average  of  2.5;  (2)  have  an  average  of  3.0  in  psychology  courses;  (3) 
show  consistently  high  interest  and  initiative;  and  (4)  obtain  the  ap- 
proval of  the  departmental  staff  and  the  dean  of  the  college. 

84 


Graduation  with  honors  in  psychology  will  depend  on  the  quality 
of  independent  study,  the  written  and  oral  reports,  and  the  maintenance 
of  the  grade-point  averages  specified  for  admission  to  the  study  program. 

110.    General  Psychology.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  behavior  and  human  experience,  with 
emphasis  on  biological  and  environmental  influences  upon  learning,  perception,  motiva- 
tion, and  cognitive  functions.  Studies  of  the  person,  of  development  and  personality, 
and  of  interpersonal  relationships  are  reviewed. 

220.  Educational  Psychology.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  application  of  psychological  principles  to  problems  and  issues  encountered  in 
formal  education.  Required  for  state  certification  in  elementary  and  music  education. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

221.  Childhood  and  Development.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  human  growth  and  development  with  particular  emphasis  upon  the 
psychological  development  of  the  child.  Theories  of  development  and  appropriate  re- 
search studies  are  included.  Opportunities  will  be  made  available  for  field  experience 
with  children.  Required  for  state  certification  in  elementary  education. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

222.  Psychology  of  Adolescence.  3;3:0.  Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1975-1976.) 
A  study  of  the  psychological  development  in  the  adolescent  period. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

225.  Experimental  Psychology  I  (Learning  and  Motivation).  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Instrumental  and  classical  conditioning  techniques  are  compared  and  related  to 
theories  of  human  and  animal  learning  and  motivation.  Basic  methods  in  the  investiga- 
tion of  verbal  learning  are  also  considered. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

226.  Experimental  Psychology  II  (Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes). 

3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Review  of  major  areas  of  investigation  of  visual,  auditory  and  other  sensory 
systems.  Psychophysical  methods,  and  principles  of  sensory  differentiation  and  field 
organization  are  included. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

227.  Laboratory  Investigations  I  (Learning).  1 :0:3.  First  semester. 

Animal  learning  experiments  coordinated  with  topics  in  Psychology  225.  Simple 
learning  situations  are  demonstrated.  Students  conduct  investigations,  analyze  data, 
and  write  reports. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

Corequisite:  Psychology  225. 

228.  Laboratory  Investigations  II  (Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes). 

1:0:3.  Second  semester. 

Experiments  with  human  subjects,  coordinated  with  topics  in  Psychology  226. 
Students  select  sensory/perceptual  problems  for  in\estigation,  have  a  part  in  the  de- 
sign of  experiments,  conduct  trials,  do  statistical  computation,  and  interpret  the  results. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

Corequisite:  Psychology  226. 

300.    Cinematic  Conceptions  of  Man.  3  hours  credit. 

Viewing  films  as  literary  works,  an  examination  of  the  thematic,  stylistic,  and 
structural  statements  and  assertions  concerning  man's  actions  and  psychology  that  are 
made  by  aiiteurs,  and  involved  in  film  genres  and  historical  periods.  Specific  topics  (e.g., 
Fellini,  Antonioni,  the  Western,  and  Neo-Realism)  to  be  selected  each  term,  and  dis- 
cussions will  be  based  upon  films  in  a  film  series  illustrating  the  topic,  a  series  held  in 
conjunction  with  the  course.  May  be  taken  twice  for  credit. 

85 


332.    Psychological  Testing  and  Assessment.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  introduction   to  basic  psychometric  theory,  and  an  overview  of  selected  per- 
sonality, ability  and  attitude  measures. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  110. 

335/336.    Research  Design  and  Statistical  Analysis  I,  II.  3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

Principles  of  research  design  and  inferential  statistical  analysis  planning  and  ex- 
ecution of  studies. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110,  225,  and  226. 

343.    Personality.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  major  concepts  and   theories  and  of   the  empirical  bases   for   these. 
Prerequisites:    Psychology    110;    junior   or   senior   standing,  or   permission    of    the 
instructor. 

346.    Social  Psychology.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Studies  of  the  person's  social  responses  and  attributes,  of  group  structures  and  rela- 
tions, of  cultural  norms,  and  of  social  influences  on  beha\  ior. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

431.  Abnormal  Behavior  and  Experience.  3  hours  credit.  First  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  major  syndromes  of  abnormal  behavior  and  their  dynamics, 
and  to  the  psychological,  sociocultural  and  biological  conditions  associated  with  their 
development. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110  and  343,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

432.  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

Consideration  of  diagnostic  procedures,  dynamics,  etiology,  and  treatment  of  be- 
havior disorders. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110,  431;  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

443.  History  and  Theory.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Philosophical  issues,  areas  and  trends  of  in\estigation,  and  "schools  of  psychology" 
prior  to  1940. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110,  225  and  226;  jimior  or  senior  standing,  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor. 

444.  Physiological  Psychology.  3:2:2.  Second  semester. 

A  comparative  study  of  neuroanatomy  and  neurophysiology  with  emphasis  on 
the  human  nervous  system.  Functional  and  anatomical  relationships  are  related  to 
problems  in  sensation,  perception,  learning,  and   motivation. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110;  Biology  101/102  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

445/446.    Research  Seminar  I,  II.  1-3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

Each  semester  areas  of  investigation  or  problems  will  be  selected  for  individual  or 
group  study,  and  students  conduct  reviews  of  the  relevant  literature,  regidarly  discuss 
studies  and   theoretical  issues  at  seminar  meetings,  and  prepare   research  papers. 

Prerequisites:  Two  semesters  of  psychology  beyond  Psychology  110,  and  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

500.    Independent  Study.  3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
Individual  investigation  of  a  selected  topic  in  psychology,  involving  either  an  ex- 
periment, a  project  in  the  community,  or  a  systematic  program  of  reading,  each  imder 
the  supervision  of  a  member  of  the  department.  This  includes  conferences  with   the 
instructor.  See  information  on  pages  84-85. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  110,  two  additional  psychology  courses,  and  permission 
of  the  department. 

86 


RELIGION 

Professor   Wethington,   Chairman;  Professor   Troutman;   Assistant   Pro- 
fessors Byrne  and  Cantrell;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  Bemesderfer 

The  aim  of  this  department  is  to  provide  opportunity  for  the  aca- 
demic study  of  the  meaning  of  man's  religious  experience. 

Toward  this  end,  the  department  offers  courses  which  introduce  the 
student  to  the  various  historical  and  contemporary  expressions  of  the 
Christian  heritage  as  well  as  courses  which  acquaint  him  with  the  diverse 
religious  traditions  of  mankind. 

As  pre-professional  preparation,  courses  are  provided  for  those  who 
are  looking  toward  graduate  studies  in  the  humanities,  social  sciences, 
world  cultures,  the  Christian  ministry,  world  missions,  and  other  church 
vocations,  as  well  as  the  academic  teaching  of  religion. 

Major:  A  total  of  twenty-four  semester  hours  is  required,  including 
Religion  404.  A  total  of  six  hoin^s  of  New  Testament  (Greek  211)  or 
Hellenistic  Greek  (Greek  321,  322)  as  well  as  Philosophy  of  Religion 
(Philosophy  231)  may  be  counted  toward  a  religion  major. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  wishing  to  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  pro- 
gram in  the  department  may  do  so  by  fulfilling  the  following  require- 
ments: (1)  achieve  high  academic  standing  in  departmental  courses;  (2) 
submit  a  paper  in  connection  with  a  course  beyond  the  first  year  courses; 
(3)  apply  and  receive  approval  for  participation  in  departmental  honors 
from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  college  by  the  end 
of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year;  (4)  prepare  an  essay  of  10,000 
words  or  more  under  the  direction  of  a  member  of  the  department  to  be 
submitted  by  March  15  of  the  senior  year;  (5)  defend  the  essay  before  a 
faculty  committee  selected  by  the  department  chairman  and  the  dean  of 
the  college. 

On  the  basis  of  his  performance  in  the  essay  and  the  oral  examina- 
tion, the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  college  will  de- 
termine whether  or  not  the  candidate  is  to  receive  departmental  honors. 

111.  Introduction  to  Biblical  Thought.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

An  examination  of  some  of  the  basic  themes  of  Biblical  religion  in  relation  to 
their  historical  context  and   their  contemporary  implications. 

112.  Introduction  to  the  Christian  Faith.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  systematic  inquii-y  into  the  areas  of  religious  languages,  religious  knowledge, 
and  the  doctrines  of  God,  man,  Christ,  and  the  Church. 

120.    Religion  in  America.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  study  of  contemporary  Judaism,  Roman  Catholicism,  and  Protestantism  in  the 
United  States,  including  a  brief  historical  background  of  each.  Some  attention  is  given 
to  the  various  religious  sects  and  cults. 

No  prerequisite. 

130.    American  Folk  Religion.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  study  of  both  of  the  folk  traditions  of  selected  American  denominations  and 

87 


sects,  and  of  the  theological  implications  of  "secular"  folklore.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  field-work  as  well  as  on  analysis. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  120  or  permission  of  instructor. 

140.    World  Religions.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  examination  of  the  rise  and  development  of  religion  along  with  a  study  of 
the  ideas,  and  cultic  and  ethical  practices  of  the  great  world  faiths.  Special  attention 
given  to  Asian  religions. 

No  prerequisite. 

202.    The  Prophets.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

A  study  of  the  lives  and  writings  of  the  Old  Testament  prophets,  and  an  analysis 
of  their  contributions  to  Hebrew-Christian  religious  thought. 
Prerequisite:  Religion  111. 

206.    Near  East  Archaeology  and  the  Bible.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

An  examination  of  archaeology  in  biblical  lands,  its  methods,  objectives,  and  con- 
tributions to  the  areas  of  history,  culture,  and  religion. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  111  or  permission  of  instructor. 

211.  Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  life  and  message  of  Jesus  as  set  forth  in  the  Gospels. 
Prerequisite:  Religion  111. 

212.  Life  and  Epistle  of  Paul.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  study  of  the  life,  writings,  and  theological  thought  of  Paul  and  their  relation- 
ship to  the  practices,  problems,  and  beliefs  of  the  early  church. 
Prerequisite:  Religion  112. 

222.    Christian  Ethics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  systematic  analysis  of  the  implications  of  the  Christian  faith  both  for  personal 
moral  decision,  and  for  social  policy  in  such  areas  as  government  and  political  life, 
work  and  the  economic  order.  Strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  111  or  112. 

331.  Christian  Tradition  and  Reform.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  major  and  continuing  strains  in   the  history  of  Christianity  and 
the  principal  reform  movements.  Strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students. 
No  prerequisite. 

332.  Theological  Issues  in  Contemporary  Secular  Authors.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Offered  1976-1977. 

Identification,  analysis,  and  interpretation  of  issues  of  special  theological  import 
raised  by  thinkers  representing  "non-theological"  disciplines. 
Prerequisite:  Religion   112,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

340.    Introduction  to  Christian  Nurture.  3:3:0.  (Not  offered  1975-1976.) 

An  investigation  of  some  of  the  principles  and  problems  of  religious  education  as 
they  are  related  to  higher  education,  the  public  school,  the  church  school,  and  the 
home. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  111  or  112. 

403.  Seminar  in  Classical  Christian  Thinkers. 

3:3:0.  First  semester.  (Not  offered  1975-1976.) 

An  intensive  study  of  the  thought  of  such  classical  religious  thinkers  as  Augustine, 
Aquinas,  Luther,  and  others. 

Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students; 
others  by  pemiission  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

404.  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Religious  Problems.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  selected  problems  arising  from  recent  theological  efforts.  Research 
methodology  is  stressed. 

Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students; 
others  by  permission  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 


500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
For  departmental  honors  see  information  on  page  87. 

RUSSIAN 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  61. 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

General  Adviser:  Professor  Geffen.  Upon  choice  of  an  area  of  concentra- 
tion the  student  is  given  an  adviser  in  that  discipline. 

The  social  sciences  examine  the  structure  of  society  and  the  be- 
havior of  human  beings  in  group  relationships  within  that  structure. 
This  interdisciplinary  program  provides  an  opportunity  for  the  student 
to  explore  the  basic  concepts  of  a  broad  spectrum  of  social  science  dis- 
ciplines— economics,  history,  political  science,  and  sociology — and  then 
to  do  more  concentrated  work  in  his  choice  of  one  of  these  subject  areas. 

All  courses  are  taught  by  the  respective  departments  and  share  the 
objectives  of  those  departments.  These  objectives  and  specific  course 
content  are  described  in  the  respective  departmental  sections  in  this 
catalog. 

The  general  purpose  of  the  program  is  to  develop  the  student's  un- 
derstanding of  the  nature  of  the  social  processes  in  which  he  is  involved 
as  a  human  being  and  the  structure  within  which  he  lives  as  a  member 
of  society,  in  order  that  he  may  function  more  effectively. 

The  program  also  offers  basic  preparation  for  graduate,  theological, 
and  law  schools,  and  for  careers  in  business,  government,  social  work, 
and  teaching. 

Basic  Requirements:  Economics  110/120,  History  125/126,  Political 
Science  111/112,  Sociology  111/112. 

Concentration  Requirements   (One  of  the  following): 

Economics:  Economics  490  and  any  other  three  courses  in  Eco- 
nomics. 

History:  History  213,  412,  and  any  other  two  courses  in  History. 

Political  Science:  Political  Science  217,  412,  and  any  other  two 
courses  in  Political  Science. 

Sociology:  Sociology  335,  444,  and  any  other  two  courses  in 
Sociology.  Students  concentrating  in  Sociology  are  also  re- 
quired to  take  Mathematics  170. 

SOCIOLOGY 

Associate  Professor  Berson,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professor  Rush 

The  courses  in  the  department  of  sociology  have  been  designed:  (1) 
to  develop  the  student's  understanding  of  the  social  structure  and  the 

89 


social  relationships  in  and  through  which  man  functions;  (2)  to  provide 
preliminary  training  for  those  who  are  planning  to  enter  the  field  of 
social,  religious,  and  community  work;  and  (3)  to  furnish  basic  back- 
ground knowledge  for  the  pursuit  of  graduate  work  in  sociology. 

Major:  Sociology  111,  112,  335,  346,  444,  Mathematics  170,  and 
fifteen  additional  hours  from  Sociology  222,  301,  331,  332,  333,  and  344, 
Anthropology  211,  and  Psychology  346. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

The  departmental  honors  program  is  designed  to  provide  stimula- 
tion for  superior  students  who  have  demonstrated  high  academic  ability 
and  initiative.  The  program  is  planned  as  an  integral  part  of  the  student's 
major  study  based  upon  his  special  interests  and  area  of  concentration. 
Students  desiring  to  participate  in  this  program  need  to  fulfill  the  fol- 
lowing requirements:  (1)  maintain  an  average  of  3.0  in  sociology  courses; 
(2)  maintain  an  over-all  grade-point  average  of  2.5;  (3)  apply  for  admis- 
sion to  the  departmental  honors  program  at  the  beginning  of  the 
second  semester  of  the  sophomore  year;  and  (4)  receive  approval  from 
the  department  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  college  before  the  end  of 
the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year.  The  program  requires  the  investiga- 
tion of  a  major  problem  through  study  and  research  culminating  in  a 
formal  oral  presentation  of  a  paper  to  be  defended  before  a  faculty  com- 
mittee. Determination  of  departmental  honors  will  be  made  by  the  de- 
partment chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  college  on  the  basis  of  demon- 
strated proficiency. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

211.    Introduction  to  Anthropology.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  general  survey  of  the  fields  of  physical  anthropology,  archeology,  and  cultural 
anthropology,  with  some  attention  given  to  the  uses  and  methods  of  anthropology  and 
to  the  effect  of  culture  on  personality. 

SOCIOLOGY 

111.  Introduction  to  Sociology.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  systematic  study  of  the  major  concepts,  methods,  and  areas  of  sociology.  Anal- 
ysis of  human  values  and  their  interrelationship   to  group  behavior. 

112.  Contemporary  Social  Problems.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  sociological  analysis  of  problems  relating  to  types  of  deviant  behavior,  includ- 
ing mental  disorders,  delinquency,  crime,  and  drug  addiction,  and  social  disorganiza- 
tion, including  po\'erty,  family  disorganization,  race,  and  ethnic  relationships. 

222.    Sociology  of  the  Family.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered   1976-1977. 

A  cross-cultural  perspective  and  analysis  of   the  changing  trends  of  the  family. 
Structural-functional  and  role  theory  approach  will  be  presented. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  111. 

232.    Minority  Group  Relations.  3:3:0.  Summer  Session. 

A  comparative  analysis  of  ethnic  minorities  and   intergroup   relations.   Consider- 

90 


ation  of  the  historical  backgrounds,  social  processes  and  contemporary  problems.  Exam- 
ination of  theory  and  current  research. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  111. 

301.    Criminology.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

Presentation  of  theories  relating  to  the  nature,  causation,  and  treatment  of  crim- 
inal and  delinquent  behavior. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  111. 

331.  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

Historical  perspective  of  the  characteristics  of  social  welfare  and  survey  of  social 
work  methods.  Analysis  of  social  issues  and  critical  e\aluation  of  policies  and  programs. 

Prerequisites:  Sociology  111  and  112;  junior  or  senior  standing  for  students  plan- 
ning to  enroll  in  Sociology  332. 

332.  Field  Practice  in  Social  Work.     4  hours  credit.  Second  semester.  Offered  1976-1977. 

Application  of  sociological-social  work  concepts   through  supervised   field  experi- 
ence in  private  and  public  agencies  and  hospitals  supplemented  by  course  material. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  331;  junior  or  senior  standing. 

333.  Social  Institutions.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Analysis  of  the  structure  and  function  of  the  institutional  system.  Emphasis  upon 
the  influence  of  the  major  social  institutions  including  religion,  mass  culture,  and 
mass  media. 

Prerequisite:  Sociology  111. 

335.    Methods  of  Social  Research.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

An  intioduction  to  the  basic  principles  of  research  design  and  to  the  primary 
techniques  utilized  in  the  collection  and  analysis  of  data  for  testing  sociological 
hypotheses. 

Prerequisites:  Sociology  111,  112,  and  Mathematics  170;  open  only  to  junior  and 
senior  majors  in  sociology  and  to  others  by  permission  of  the  staff. 

344.    Population.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

Quantitative  and  qualitative  aspects  of  United  States  and  world  population. 
Theories  of  population  growth  including  fertility,  internal  and  international  migration, 
mortality,  bio-social  and  sociological  composition.  Contemporary  population  problems, 
trends  and  future  predictions.  Consideration  of  sources  of  data  and  methods  of  analysis. 

Prerequisite:  Sociology  111. 

346.    Development  of  Sociological  Theory.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1975-1976. 

A  study  of  the  theorists  and  trends  in  sociological  thought.  Major  sociocultural 
systems  and  the  structural-functional  approach  are  explored. 

Prerequisites:  Sociology  111  and  112;  open  only  to  junior  and  senior  majors  in  so- 
ciology and  to  others  by  permssion  of  the  staff. 

444.    Senior  Seminar.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Critical  analysis  of  sociological  theory  applied  to  contemporary  issues.  Major 
project  required. 

Prerequisite:  senior  sociology  major  or  permission  of  the  department  chairman. 

500.    Independent  Study.  1-3  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

(Maximum  of  9  hours  credit.) 
Designed  for  the  student  who  seeks  to  engage  in  independent  research  whether 
for  departmental  honors  or  not.  A  major  area  for  investigation  is  defined  by  the  student 
in  consultation  with  a  faculty  member.  A  substantive  paper  is  required.  Requirements 
include:  (1)  2.5  average  based  upon  a  minimum  of  six  courses  in  sociology  and  (2) 
junior  or  senior  standing  for  those  not  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program. 

SPANISH 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  6 1 . 

91 


SPECIAL  PLANS  OF  STUDY 

The  adviser  to  each  of  these  programs  should  be  consulted  for  the  details 
of  the  program's  requirements  and  recommendations. 

ACTUARIAL  SCIENCE 

Adviser:  Miss  Burras 

The  actuarial  science  program  (see  page  68  for  requirements)  is  designed 
to  prepare  students  for  the  first  four  of  the  ten  examinations  required  by  the  So- 
ciety of  Actuaries  for  admission  as  a  Fellow.  The  college  is  a  testing  center  for 
the  Society  of  Actuaries,  and  each  of  the  four  examinations  may  be  taken  on 
campus.  In  addition,  the  choice  of  courses  available  to  the  actuarial  science  major 
is  broad  enough  to  qualify  him  as  a  major  in  mathematics.  — ~ 

BIOLOGY   (Professional  Biology,  Marine   Biology,   Pre -Medicine,   Pre- 
Dentistry,  Pre-Veterinary  Curricula) 

Advisers:  Dr.  Wolf,  Dr.  Gring,  Dr.  Henninger,  Dr.   Verhoek,  Dr.  Williams,  Dr. 
Wolfe 

First  Year  Third  Year 

Bi  111,  112,  General  Biology  I,  II  Bi    302   or   307,    Survey   of   the    Plant 

Ch  111,  112,  Principles  of  Chem.  I,  II  Kingdom  or  Plant  Phys. 

En  111/112,  English  Composition,  I,  II  Bi  elective  (4  hrs.  either  sem.) 

Ma  161,  162,  Calculus  I,  II*  Ch  313,  Organic  Chemistry** 

PE  110/110,  Physical  Education  Ch  317,  Lab.  Investigations  III** 

Phy   103,   104  or  111,   112,  Gen.  Coll. 

c           J  17  Physics  I,  II  or  Prin.  of  Physics  I,  II 

Second  Year  „       I  .      \^          ,.  ^           ;„  ,       ,  ^ 

Soc.  Sci.  or  Hum.,  dist.  req.   (3  hrs.  1st 

Bi  20 1 ,  Genetics  ^^^  ^  6  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 
Bi  202,  Animal  Physiology 

Ch  2 1 1 ,  Rctn.  Kinetics  &:  Chem.  Eqlbra.  Fourth  Year 

Ch.  212,  Introductory  Organic  Chem.  g;  electives  (4  hrs.  each  sem.) 

For.  Lang.   Ill,   112,  Interm.  Fr,  Ger,  Bi  411  or  412,  Biology  Seminar  (  1  hr. 

Ru,  orSpLII  either  sem.) 

Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.)  Electives    (6-7   hrs.    1st  sem.,   9-10  hrs. 

Soc.   Sci.   or  Hum.,   dist.  req.    (3   hrs.  2nd  sem.) 

each  sem.)  Soc.  Sci.  or  Hum.,  dist.  req.   (3  hrs.  1st 

PE  110/110,  Physical  Education  sem.) 


*  Ma  161  required;  Ma  162  and  170  recommended. 
**Ch313,  317  strongly  recommended  but  not  required. 

CHEMISTRY 

Advisers:  Dr.  Neidig,  Dr.  Lockwood,  Dr.  Spencer 

Students  entering  with  advanced  placement  in  chemistry  are  asked  to  consult 
the  advisers. 

Curriculum   leading  to   the   degree   of      of     the     requirements     for    American 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry  (part      Chemical  Society  certified  degree). 

92 


First  Year 

Ch  111,  112,  Principles  of  Chem.  I,  II 
En  111/112,  English  Composition  I,  II 
Ger  113,  114,  Scientific  German  I,  II 
Ma  161,  162,  Calculus  I,  II 
Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Second  Year 

Ch  21 1,  Rctn.  Kinetics  &:  Chem.  Eqlbra. 
Ch  212,  Introductory  Organic  Chem. 
Ma  261,  Calculus  III 
Phy  111,  112,  Prin.  of  Physics  I,  II 
Soc.  Sci.  or  Hum.  dist.  req.   (3  hrs.  1st 

sem.,  6  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Third  Year 

Ch  311,  312,  Physical  Chemistry  I,  II 


Ch  313,  Organic  Chemistry 
Ch  314,  Instrumental  Analysis 
Ch  315,  316,  Lab.  Investigations  I,  II 
Ch  317,  Lab.  Investigations  III 
Ch  318,  Lab.  Investigations  IV 
Elective  (3  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 
Soc.   Sci.   or   Hum.,   dist.   req.     (6    hrs. 
1st  sem.,  3  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 

Fourth  Year 

Ch  411,  412,  Adv.  Inorganic  Chem.  I, 

II 
Ch  413,  Adv.  Analytical  Chemistry 
Ch  414,  Adv.  Organic  Chemistry 
Ch  500,  Independent  Study  (both  sem.) 
Electives    (6  hrs.   1st  sem.,  9  hrs.  2nd 

sem.) 
Nat.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  1st  sem.) 


ECONOMICS  AND  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Advisers:  Dr.  Buffenmyer,  Dr.  Tom,  Dr. 

First  Year 

BA  151,  152,  Principles  of  Accounting 

I,  II 
CP  110,  BASIC  Computer  Language 
Distribution  req.  (3  hrs.) 
Ec  110/120,  Principles  of  Economics  I, 

II 
En  111/112,  English  Composition  I,  II 
For.  Lang  111,   112,  Interm.  Fr,  Ger, 

Ru,  or  Sp  I,  II 
Ma  170,  Elementary  Statistics 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Second  Year 

Distribution  req.   (3-4  hrs.  1st  sem.,  6-7 

hrs.  2nd  sem.) 
Ec  201,  Microeconomic  Analysis 
BA  180,  Principles  of  Management 
Ec  221,  Quantitative  Methods 
Ec  or  BA  electives  (3  hrs.  each  sem.)* 
Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Third  Year 

Distribution  req.  (6-7  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Ec  or  BA  electives   (6  hrs.  each  sem.)* 
Electives  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 

Fourth  Year 

Ec  490  or  BA  490,  Sem.  &  Special  Prob. 


Warner 

Ec  or  BA  electives  (6-9  hrs.  each  sem.)* 
Electives  (6-9  hrs.  each  sem.) 


*  Students    concentrating   in    areas    desig- 
nated should  schedule  courses  as  indicated: 


Economics: 

Ec  301,  Labor  Economics 

Ec  311,  Money  &  Banking 

Ec  322,  Public  Finance 

Ec  332,  International  Economics 

Ec  401,  History  of  Economic 

Thought 
Ec  411,  Economic  Growth 

Business  Administration: 

BA  361,  Corporation  Finance 
BA  362,  Investments 
BA  371,  Business  Law  I 
BA  372,  Business  Law  II 
BA  382,  Marketing 

Accounting: 

BA  251,  Intermediate  Accounting 
BA  351,  Advanced  Accounting 
BA  451,  Cost  Accounting 
BA  452,  Income  Tax  Accounting 
BA  455,  Auditing 


93 


For  students  who  are  interested  in 
receiving  Pennsylvania  Teaching  Certi- 
fication in  Social  Studies  with  a  major 
in  economics  and  business  administra- 
tion, the  following  courses  are  required: 

Ec  110/120,  Prin.  of  Economics  I,  II 
Ec  201,  Microeconomic  Analysis 
Ec  221,  Quantitative  Methods 
Ec  490,  Seminar  &  Special  Problems 
BA  151,   152,  Principles  of  Account- 
ing I,  II 


BA  180,  Prin.  of  Management 
Ma  170,  Elementary  Statistics 

With  electives  chosen  from  among: 
Ec  202,  Macroeconomic  Analysis 
Ec  301,  Labor  Economics 
Ec  311,  Money  &  Banking 
Ec  322,  Public  Finance 
Ec  332,  International  Economics 
Ec  401,  Hist,  of  Economic  Thought 
Ec  411,  Economic  Growth 
BA  371,  Business  Law  I 
BA  372,  Business  Law  II 


ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Advisers:  Dr.  Ebersole,  Mrs.  Herr,  Dr.  Thomas 


Suggested  program  for  majors  in  ele 
First  Year 

Ed  110,  Social  Foundations  of  Educa- 
tion (2nd  sem.) 
En  111/112,  English  Composition  I,  II 
For.  Lang.   Ill,   112,  Interm.  Fr,  Ger, 

Ru,  or  Sp  I,  II 
Geo  111,  World  Geography  I 
Nat.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3-4  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Second  Year 

Electives    (3-6   hrs.    1st   sem.,    6-9   hrs. 

2nd  sem.) 
EE  220,  Music  in  El.  Sch.  (either  sem.) 
EE  250,  Math,  for  El.  Gr.  (either  sem.) 
EE  270,  Children's  Lit.  (either  sem.) 
Hi  125  or  126,  Surv.  U.S.  Hist.  I  or  II 
Hum.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  either  sem.) 
Psy  110,  General  Psychology  (1st  sem.) 
Psy  220,  Educational  Psych.  (2nd  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 


mentary  education. 
Third  Year 

Elective  (3  hrs.  either  sem.) 

EE  332,  Physical  Sci.  in  Elem.  Sch. 

EE  341,  Teaching  of  Reading 

EE  344,  Health  &  Safety  Education 

EE  361/362,  Communications  fe  Group 

Processes  I,  II 
Ma    100,   Basic   Concepts   of   Math,  or 
one  of  the  following:    102,   111,  112, 
161,  or  162,  as  background  indicates. 
Psy  221,  Childhood  fe  Development 
Soc.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.)* 

Fourth  Year 

Ar  401,  Art  in  the  Elementary  School 

Electives  (6-9  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 

EE  440,  Student  Teaching  (1st  sem.) 

EE  444,  Senior  Seminar 

Hum.,  dist.  req.   (3-6  hrs.  2nd  sem.)* 


*  Education  342  is  also  required  and  may 
be  taken  the  second  semester  of  either  the 
third  or  fourth  year. 


COOPERATIVE  ENGINEERING  PROGRAM 

Adviser:  Dr.  Rhodes 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  cooperative  program  in  engineering  whereby 
a  student  may  earn  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College 
and  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  one  of  the  fields  of  engineering  from  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  or  other  cooperating  institution. 

Students  who  pursue  this  cooperative  engineering  program  take  three  years 
of  work  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  in  the  liberal  arts  and  also  in  the  mathemat- 
ics and  physics  courses  prerequisite  for  engineering.  Then,  if  recommended  by 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  they  may  attend  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  or  other 


94 


cooperating  institution  for  two  additional  years  of  work  in  engineering.  After 
the  satisfactory  completion  of  this  five-year  program  the  student  is  granted  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  while  the  University 
grants  the  appropriate  engineering  degree.  At  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  the 
student  may  select  from  among  six  general  areas  of  engineering — chemical  en- 
gineering, civil  engineering,  computer  science  and  engineering,  electrical  engi- 
neering, mechanical  engineering,  or  metallurgy  and  materials  science.  A  typical 
curriculum  for  the  first  three  years  of  the  cooperative  engineering  program  is 
given  below,  but  each  student's  curriculum  is  planned  to  meet  his  particular 
needs. 


First  Year 

En  111/112,  English  Composition  I,  II 
For.  Lang.,  gen,  req.   (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Ma  161,  162,  Calculus  I,  II 
Phy  111/112,  Principles  of  Physics  I,  II 
Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Second  Year 

Electives  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Humanities,  dist.  req.  (  3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Ma.  261,  Calculus  III 
Ma.  266,  Differential  Equations 
Phy  211,  Atomic  &  Nuclear  Physics 
Phy  212,  Introduction  to  Electronics 


Social  Sciences,  dist.  req. 

(3  hrs.  each,  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Third  Year 

Ch  111,  112,  Principles  of  Chem.  I,  II 
Humanities,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  1st  sem.) 
Ma  361,  362,  Methods  of  Applied  Math. 

LII 
Phy  311,  312,  Analytical  Mechanics  I,  II 
Phy  321,   322,   Electricity  and  Magne- 
tism I,  II 
Social  Sciences,  dist.  req.    (3  hrs.   2nd 
sem.) 


COOPERATIVE  FORESTRY 
PROGRAM 

Please  consult  Dr.  Williams 

Students  completing  three  years  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College  studying  the 
liberal  arts  and  sciences  basic  to  forest- 
ry may  apply  for  admission  to  the  co- 
operative forestry  program  with  Duke 
University.  Qualified  students,  admit- 
ted by  Duke  University  will  receive  the 
professional  degree  of  Master  of  For- 
estry from  Duke  University  and  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Leb- 
anon Valley  College  after  successful 
completion  of  a  two-year  (plus  one 
summer)  program  at  Duke.  This  pro- 
gram enables  students  to  obtain  a  B.S. 
degree  and  a  Master  of  Forestry  degree 
in  five  years  and  one  summer. 

First  Year 

Bi  111,  112,  General  Biology  I,  II 
Ch  111,  112,  Principles  of  Chem.  I,  II 
En  111/112,  English  Composition  1,  II 


Ma  161,  162,  Calculus  I,  II* 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Second  Year 

Bi  201,  Genetics 

Bi  202,  Animal  Physiology 

Ch  21 1,  Rctn.  Kinetics  &  Chem.  Eqlbra. 

Ch  212,  Introductory  Organic  Chem. 

For.  Lang.   Ill,   112,  Interm.  Fr,  Ger, 

Ru,  or  Sp  I,  II 
Hum.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 
Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.  1st  sem.) 
Soc.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.)** 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Third  Year 

Bi  302,  Survey  of  the  Plant  Kingdom 
Bi  307,  Plant  Physiology 
Ch  313,  Organic  Chemistry 
Hum.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Phy  103-104,  Gen.  Coll.  Physics  I,  V. 
Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 
Soc.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  1st  sem.) 


*  Ma  161  required;  Ma  162  and   170  also 

recommended. 

**  Ec  110  recommended. 


95 


MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Adviser:  Dr.  Argot 

The  medical  technology  student 
takes  three  years  of  courses  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College  in  order  to  fulfill  the 
requirements  of  the  college  and  of  the 
Board  of  Schools  of  the  American  So- 
ciety of  Clinical  Pathologists.  The 
fourth  year  is  spent  in  training  at  any 
hospital  with  an  American  Medical 
Association-approved  school  of  medical 
technology.  Lebanon  Valley  College  is 
affiliated  with  the  following  hospitals: 
Abington,  Allentown  Sacred  Heart, 
Harrisburg,  Harrisburg  Polyclinic,  Lan- 
caster General  and  Reading.  This  cur- 
riculum leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  from 
Lebanon  Valley. 

First  Year 

Bi  111,  112,  General  Biology  L  H 
Ch  1 1 1,  1 12,  Principles  of  Chem.  L  II 
En  111/112,  English  Composition  I,  II 
Ma  102  or  161,  Algebra  &  Trig,  or  Cal- 
culus I. 


Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.) 

PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Second  Year 

Bi  201,  Genetics 

Bi  202,  Animal  Physiology 

Ch  21 1,  Rctn.  Kinetics  &  Chem.  Eqlbra. 

Ch  212,  Introductory  Organic  Chem. 

For.  Lang.   Ill,   112,  Interm.  Fr,  Ger, 

Ru,  or  Sp  I,  II 
Religion,  gen.  req.   (3  hrs.) 
Soc.  Sci.  or  Hum.,  dist.  req.   (3  or  6  hrs. 

1st  sem.,  3  or  6  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Third  Year 

Bi  elective  (4  hrs.  1st  sem.)* 
Bi  306,  Microbiology 
Elective    (3  hrs.  either  sem.)** 
Phy  103,  104,  Gen.  Coll.  Physics  I,  II 
Soc.   Sci.   or   Hum.,   dist.   req.    (9  hrs. 
either  sem.) 


*  Bi  304  or  305  recommended. 
**  Ma  170  recommended. 


MUSIC 

Adviser:  Mr.  Fairlamh 

First  Year 

En  111/112,  English  Composition  I,  II 
For.  Lang.   Ill,   112,  Interm.  Fr,  Ger, 

Ru,  or  Sp  I,  II 
Mu  1 1 1 ,  1 1 2,  Sight  Singing  I,  II 
Mu  1 13,  1 14,  Ear  Training  I,  II 
Mu  115,  116,  Harmony  L  II 
Mu,  applied  music  (2  hrs.  each  sem.)* 
Nat.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3-4  hrs.  each  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Second  Year 

Electives    (3   hrs.    1st  sem.,    1    hr.   2nd 

sem.) 
Mu  215,  Harmony  III 
Mu   217,   Basic   Concepts   Structure   & 

Style 
Mu  224,  Counterpoint 
Mu  226,  Form  ^  Analysis  I 
Mu  246,  Prin.  of  Conducting 
Mu,  applied  music  (2  hrs.  each  sem.)* 


Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Soc.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

Third  Year 

Electives  (5  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 

Hum.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 

Mu  315,  Elementary  Composition 

Mu  316,  Keyboard  Harmony 

Mu  329,  Form  &:  Analysis  II 

Mu  341/342,  History  and  Lit.  of  Music 

I,  II 
Mu,  applied  music  (2  hrs.  each  sem.)* 
Soc.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  1st  sem.) 

Fourth  Year 

Electives  (7  hrs.  1st  sem.,  11  hrs.  2nd 

sem.) 
Art  110,  Intro,  to  Art   (hum.  dist.  req.) 
Mu  462,  Music  Lit.  Seminar 
Mu,  applied  music  (2  hrs.  each  sem.)* 
Nat.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  1st  sem.) 


*  Study  of  voice,  organ,  piano,  and  band 
and  orchestral  instruments. 


96 


MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Adviser:  Mr.  Smith 

Variances  by  track,  systems  are  identi- 
fied as: 

(a)  General  track 

(b)  Instrumental  track 

(c)  Keyboard-Vocal  ttack 

First  Year 

Bi  101/102,  Intro,  to  Biology  I,  II 

En  111/112,  English  Composition  I,  II 

For.  Lang.   Ill,   112,  Interm.  Fr,  Ger, 

Ru,  or  Sp 
Mu  111,  112,  Sight  Singing  I,  II 
Mu  113,  114,  Ear  Training,  I,  II 
Mu  115,  116,  Harmony  I,  II 
Mu  123,  Brass  I 

Mu,  applied  music  (2  hrs.  each  sem.)* 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

(a-b)  Mu  124,  Brass  II 

(c)      Mu  132,  Diction  for  Singers 

Second  Year 

Ed  110,  Social  Foundations  of  Educa- 
tion (2nd  sem.) 
Mu  215,  Harmony  III 
Mu  217,  Basic  Concepts  of  Structure  & 

Style 
Mu  226,  Form  8c  Analysis  I 
Mu  227,  Percussion  I 
Mu  231,  Woodwind  I 
Mu  246,  Principles  of  Conducting 
Mu,  applied  music   (2  hrs.  each  sem.)* 
Psy  110,  General  Psychology  (1st  sem.) 
Religion,  gen.  req.    (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Soc.  Sci.,  dist.  req.   (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education 

(a-b)  Mus  232,  Woodwind  II 

Third  Year 

Hum.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Mu  316,  Keyboard  Harmony 


Mu   334,    Meth.  &   Mat.    Gen.   Music: 

Junior  High  School 
Mu  335,   Meth.  &:  Mat.   Instrumental: 

Gr.  4-6 
Mu  337,  String  I 
Mu  341/342,  History  and  Lit.  of  Music 

1,  U 
Mu,  applied  music  (2  hrs.  each  sem.)* 
(a-b)    Mu  327,  Percussion  II 

Mu336,    Meth.   &    Mat.    Instru- 
mental:   Jr.-Sr.    High 
Mu  338,  String  II 
(a-c)     Mu  333,  Meth.  &  Mat.  Gen.  Mu- 
sic: Elementary 

(b)  Elective  (3  hrs.  1st  sem.) 

Mu  345,  Instrumental  Conduct- 
ing 

(c)  Elective   (3  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 
Mu  347,  Choral  Conducting 

(a)  Mu  345  or  Mu  347 

Fourth  Year 

Elective  (3-6  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 

Hum.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 

Mu  441,  Student  Teaching 

Mu,   applied  music    (1  or  2  hrs.  each 

sem.)*t 
Psy  220,  Educational  Psych.  (1st  sem.) 
Soc.  Sci.,  dist.  req.  (3  hrs.  2nd  sem.) 
(a-b)  Mu  416,  Orchestration 

(b)  Mu  402,  Sem.  in  Adv.  Instrmntl. 
Prob. 

(c)  Mu  404,  Mu.  Ed.  Sem.:  Secondary 
Level 

(a)      Mu  402  or  Mu  404 


*  Study  of  voice,  organ,  piano,  and  band 
and   orchestra   instruments. 
f  Private  study  during  the  student  teach- 
ing semester   is   at   the   discretion   of  the 
student. 


NURSING 

Adviser:  Dr.  Wolf 

The  nursing  program  consists  of  the  two-  or  three-year  program  of  an  ac- 
credited hospital  school  of  nursing  and  a  two-year  program  in  liberal  arts  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  The  two  phases  of  the  course  may  be  taken  in  either 
order.  Completion  of  the  program  and  receipt  of  the  R.N.    (registered  nursing) 


97 


certificate  will  result  in  the  awarding  of  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing  by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 


First  Year 

Ch  111,  112,  Principles  of  Chem.  I,  II 
En  111/112,  English  Composition  I,  II 
For.  Lang.   Ill,   112,  Interna.  Fr,  Ger, 

Ru,  or  Sp  I,  II 
Religion,  gen.  req.  (3  hrs.  each  sem.) 
Soc.   Sci.   or  Hum.,   dist.  req.    (3   hrs. 

each  sem.) 
PE  110/110,  Physical  Education* 


Second  Year 

Bi  111,  112,  General  Biology  I,  II 
Electives    (6  hrs.    1st  sem.,   3   hrs.   2nd 

sem.) 
Ma  102,  Algebra  &  Trig.   (2nd  sem.) 
Soc.   Sci.   or   Hum.,   dist.   req.    (6  hrs. 

each  sem.) 


*  Not   required   if   student   has    the   R.N. 
certificate. 


SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

General  Adviser:  Dr.  Geffen 
Basic  Requirements 

Ec  110/120,  Principles  of  Economics 
I,  II 

Hi  125/126,  Survey  of  United  States 
History  I,  II 

PS  111/112,  American  National  Gov- 
ernment I,  II 

So  111,  Introduction  to  Sociology 

So  112,    Contemporary    Social    Prob- 
lems 

Concentration  Field  (One  to  be  chosen): 
Economics:  Ec  490,  Seminar 

Any  other  3  courses  in  Economics 


History:  Hi  213,  Introduction  to  His- 
toriography 
Hi  412,  Senior  Seminar 
Any  other  2  courses  in  History 
Pol.  Sci.:  PS  217,  Research  Methods  in 
Political  Science 
PS  412,  Senior  Seminar 
Any  other   2   courses    in  Political 
Science 
Sociology:  So  335,  Methods  of  Social 
Research 
So  444,  Senior  Seminar 
Any  other  2  courses  in  Sociology 
Ma  170,  Elementary  Statistics 


TEACHING 

Advisers:  Dr.  Ebersole,  Dr.  Albrccht,  Mrs.  Herr,  Mr.  Lawton,  Dr.  Thomas 

The  requirements  listed  below  are  applicable  to  students  desiring 
to  be  certified  to  teach  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

BASIC  REGULATIONS-PENNSYLVANIA 
INSTRUCTIONAL  I  CERTIFICATE 

A.  General  Education 

Certificates  are  based  on  the  completion  of  a  minimum  of  sixty  (60) 
semester  hours  of  acceptable  courses  in  general  education  with  not  less 
than  twelve  (12)  semester  hours  in  the  humanities  and  not  less  than  six 
(6)  semester  hours  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  the  social  sciences  and 
natural  sciences. 

These  requirements  apply  to  both  elementary  and  secondary  fields. 


98 


B.  Elementary  Education— Subject  Matter  Requirements 

The  Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  certificate  may  be  issued  to  those 
who  have  completed  the  approved  program. 

The  prospective  elementary  education  teacher  is  also  required  to 
have  an  academic  major  or  an  area  of  concentration  of  at  least  18  to  24 
semester  hours. 

The  area  of  concentration  may  be  defined  as  follows: 
Study  in  a  single  subject  such  as  history;  study  in  a  broad  field  such  as 
sociology,  psychology,  and  anthropology  elected  from  social  science;  study 
in  an  interdisciplinary  field  such  as  courses  elected  from  the  humanities, 
social  science,  or  the  natural  sciences. 

C.  Professional  Education  for  Secondary  Teacher  Certification 

Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  certificates  are  based  on  the  completion 
of  the  approved  program  in  the  subject  field  to  be  taught  in  the  secondary 
school  and  a  minimum  of  eighteen  (18)  semester  hours  of  professional 
education  distributed  in  the  following  areas:  social  foundations  of  ed- 
ucation, human  growth  and  development,  materials  and  methods  of  in- 
struction and  curriculum,  and  nine  (9)  semester  hours  in  actual  prac- 
ticum  and  student  teaching  experience  under  approved  supervision  and 
appropriate  seminars  including  necessary  observation,  participation  and 
conferences  on  teaching  problems.  The  areas  of  methods  and  materials 
of  instruction  and  curriculum,  and  student  teaching  shall  relate  to  the 
subject  matter  specialization  field  or  fields. 

D.  Secondary  Student  Teaching  Program 

A  student  concentrating  in  a  major  area  of  interest  may,  upon  the 
direction  of  his  adviser  and  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  college,  enroll  in 
one  of  two  student  teaching  programs. 

1.    Semester  of  Professional  Training 

A  student  desiring  to  receive,  upon  graduation,  the  Pennsylvania  In- 
structional I  certificate  devotes  a  semester  of  the  senior  year  to  pro- 
fessional preparation.  The  sixteen  weeks  are  organized  as  follows: 

Six  Weeks:  Ed.  420.  Human  Growth  and  Development.  3:7i/^:0.  See 
page  54  for  course  description. 

Six  Weeks:  Ed.  430.  Practicum  and  Methods.  3:7i/2"0.  See  page  54  for 
course  description. 

Some  time  is  devoted  to  the  presentation  of  data  on  basic  reading 
instruction  to  fulfill  certification  requirements  for  the  Commonwealth 
of  Pennsylvania. 

Ten  Weeks:  Ed.  440.  Student  Teaching. 

Nine  semester  hours  credit. 

The  student  enters  on  a  full-time  student  teaching  experience  of 
not  less  than  ten  consecutive  weeks.  He  is  under  the  direction  of  a 

99 


trained  teacher  in  an  accredited  high  school  and  is  counseled  and 
directed  by  the  college  director  of  secondary  student  teaching.  The 
student  teacher  also  is  observed  by  his  major  adviser. 

Prerequisites  for  Student  Teaching:  A  student  must  have: 

a.  Maintained  a  2.0  grade-point  average  in  his  major  field, 

b.  Completed  the  basic  courses  of  Education  110,  420,  and  430,  and 

c.  Secured  written  approval  of  his  major  adviser,  the  director  of  sec- 
ondary student  teaching,  and  the  dean  of  the  college  in  order  to  be 
accepted  for  student  teaching  in  the  professional  semester  of  his  senior 
year. 

Post-Graduate  Student  Teaching 

The  post-giaduate  student  teaching  program  is  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Lebanon  Valley  College  or,  by  arrangement,  may  be  pursued 
with  any  other  accredited  institution  which  has  provision  for  super- 
vising student  teaching  in  the  public  schools. 

Because  of  the  necessity  of  meeting  Pennsylvania  state  certifica- 
tion requirements  of  proper  supervision,  only  a  limited  number  of 
students  are  accepted  in  the  in-service  student  teaching  program. 
Likewise,  assignments  are  made  only  to  those  schools  within  the  range 
of  the  institution  responsible  for  supervising  the  enrollee. 


100 


DIRECTORIES 


FACULTY  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF,  1974-1975 


Faculty: 

FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE,  1968—; 
President. 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947—; 
Dean  of  the  College. 

WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB,  1947—; 
Secretary  of  the  Faculty. 

Emeriti: 

FREDERIC  K.  MILLER,  1939-1967; 
President  Emeritus. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1929; 
M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1931;  Ph.D.,  1948;  Litt.D.,  Muhlen- 
berg College,  1954;  D.H.L.,  Dickin- 
son College,  1967;  LL.D.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1968;  D.Pd.,  Geneva 
College,  1968;  LL.D.,  Waynesburg 
College,  1969. 

RUTH  ENGLE  BENDER,   1918-1922, 
1924-1970; 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Music  Educa- 
tion. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1915; 
Oberlin  Conservatory;  graduate  New 
England  Conservatory. 

O.  PASS  BOLLINGER,  1950-1973; 
Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of 
Biology. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1928; 
M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity, 1937. 

D.  CLARK  CARMEAN,  1933-1972; 
Director  Emeritus  of  Admissions. 
A.B.,  OhioWesleyan  University,  1926; 
M.A.,  Columbia  University,   1932. 

DONALD  E.  FIELDS,   1928-1930; 
1947-1970; 
Librarian  Emeritus. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1924 
M.A.,    Princeton    University,     1928 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,   1935 
A.B.  in  Library  Science,  University 
of  Michigan,  1947. 


FRANCES  T.  FIELDS,  1947-1970; 
Cataloging  Librarian  Emeritus. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1929; 
A.B.  in  Library  Science,  University 
of  Michigan,  1947;  M.A.,  Universi- 
dad  de  San  Carlos  de  Guatemala, 
I960. 

SAMUEL  O.  GRIMM,   1912-1970; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics. 
B.Pd.,  State  Normal  School,  Millers- 
ville,    1910;    A.B.,    Lebanon    Valley 
College,     1912;    A.M.,     1918;    Sc.D., 
1942. 

ALVIN  H.  M.  STONECIPHER, 

1932-1958; 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Latin  Lan- 
guage and  Literature;  Dean  Emer- 
itus. 

A.B.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1913; 
A.M.,  1914;  Ph.D.,  1917;  Litt.D., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1962. 

GEORGE  G.  STRUBLE,   1931-1970; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  English. 
B.S.    in   Ed.,   University   of   Kansas, 
1922:  M.S.  in  Ed.,  1925;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  1931. 


Professors: 

GEORGE  D.  CURFMAN,  1961—; 

Professor  of  Music  Education. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1953; 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1957; 
D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity, 1971. 

ROBERT  S.  DAVIDON,  1970—; 
Professor   of  Psychology;    Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Psychology. 
A.B.,    University    of    Illinois,    1940; 
M.A.,    University    of    Pennsylvania, 
1946;   Ph.D.,   1951. 


101 


CLOYD  H.  EBERSOLE,   1953—; 
Professor  of  Education;  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Education. 
A.B.,  Juniata  College,   1933;   M.Ed., 
The   Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1941:  D.Ed.,  1954. 

ANNA  DUNKLE  FABER,   1954—; 
Professor  of  English. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948; 
M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  1965—; 

Professor   of   English;    Chair:iian    of 
the  Department  of  English. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959; 
M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  Univer- 
sity, 1960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

*ELIZABETH  M.  GEFFEN,  1958—; 
Professor  of  History;  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  History  and  Po- 
litical Science. 

B.S.   in   Ed.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1934;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

PIERCE  A.  GETZ,  1959—; 
Professor  of  Organ. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1951; 
M.S.M.,  Union  Theological  Sem- 
inary School  of  Sacred  Music,  1953; 
A.M.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music. 
1967. 

KARL  L.  LOCKWOOD,   1959—; 
Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,     Muhlenberg     College,      1951; 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1955. 

**JEAN  O.  LOVE,   1954—; 
Professor  of  Psychology. 
A.B.,    Erskine   College,    1941;    M.A., 
Winthrop  College,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina,   1953. 

JOERG  W.  P.  MAYER,  1970—; 
Professor  of  Mathematics;  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Mathematics. 


*  Sabbatical  leave,  1st  semester,  1974-1975 
**  Sabbatical  leave,  1974-1975 


Dipl.   Math.,  University  of  Giessen, 
1953;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

HOWARD  A.  NEIDIG,   1948—; 
Professor  of  Chemistry;  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943; 
M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,   1946; 
Ph.D.,  1948. 

SARA  ELIZABETH  PIEL,  Jan., 
I960—; 

Professor  of  Languages. 
A.B.,  Chatham  College,   1928;  M.A., 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  1929;  Ph.D., 
1938. 

JACOB  L.  RHODES,   1957—; 

Professor    of   Physics;    Chairman    of 

the  Department  of  Physics. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943; 

Ph.D.,    University    of    Pennsylvania, 

1958. 

C.  F.  JOSEPH  TOM,   1954—; 

Professor  of  Economics  and  Business 

Administration. 

B.A.,  Hastings  College,   1944;   M.A., 

University  of  Chicago,   1947;  Ph.D., 

1963. 

PERRY   J.   TROUTMAN,    I960—; 
Professor  of  Religion. 
B.A.,      Houghton      College,      1949; 
M.Div.,     United    Theological    Sem- 
inary,   1952;    Ph.D.,   Boston   Univer- 
sity, 1964. 

L.  ELBERT  WETHINGTON, 

1963—; 

Professor  of  Religion;  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Religion. 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University,  1944; 
B.D.,  Divinity  School  of  Duke  Uni- 
versity, 1947;  Ph.D.,  Duke  Univer- 
sity,   1949. 

R.  GORDON  WISE,  1973—; 
Adjunct  Professor  of  Art. 
B.S.,    University    of    Missouri,    1960; 
M.A.,     Roosevelt    University,     1964; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Missouri,   1970. 


102 


Associate  Professors: 

JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER,  1959—; 
Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Re- 
ligion. 

ELAINE  S.  BERSON,  1970—; 

Associate     Professor     of     Sociology; 

Chairman    of    the    Department    of 

Sociology. 

A.B.,    University    of    Illinois,    1950; 

M.S.W.,    University    of    Oklahoma, 

1953;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1958. 

CHARLES  T.  COOPER,   1965—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Spanish;  Act- 
ing Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Foreign  Languages. ^ 
B.S.,    U.S.    Naval    Academy,     1942; 
M.A.,    Middlebury   College,    1965. 

HILDA  M.  DAMUS,   1963—; 
Associate  Professor  of  German. 
M.A.,  University  of  Berlin  and  Jena, 
1932;    Ph.D.,    University   of   Berlin, 
1945. 

WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB,  1947—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Piano  and 
Music  History. 

Mus.B.,  cum  laude,  Philadelphia 
Conservatory,   1949. 

ALEX  J.  FEHR,   1951—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Political  Sci- 
ence. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950; 
M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1957; 
Ph.D.,   Syracuse   University,    1968. 

WILLIAM  M.  FLEISCHMAN,1973— ; 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1959;  M.S., 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

JUNE  EBY  HERR,   1959—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Elementary 
Education. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943; 
M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity,   1954. 

THOMAS  A.  LANESE,   1954—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Strings,  Con- 
ducting, and  Theory. 


B.Mus.,  Baldw^in-Wallace  College, 
1938;  fellowship,  Juilliard  G.'aduate 
School;  M.Mus.,  Manhattan  School 
of  Music,  1952. 

DAVID  I.  LASKY,   1974—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 
A.B.,  Temple  University,  1956;  M.A., 
1958;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

*AGNES  B.  O'DONNELL,   1961—; 

Associate  Professor  of  English. 
A.B.,     Immaculata     College,     1948; 
M.Ed.,     Temple     University,     1953; 
M.A.,    University    of    Pennsylvania, 
1968. 

J.   ROBERT  O'DONNELL,   1959—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Physics. 
B.S.,   The   Pennsylvania   State   Uni- 
versity, 1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Del- 
aware, 1953. 

ROBERT    W.    SMITH,    1951—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Music  Educa- 
tion; Chairman  of  the  Department 
of  Music. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1939; 
M.A.,  Columbia  University,   1950. 

FRANK    E.    STACHOW,    1946—; 
Associate   Professor   of   Theory   and 
Woodwinds. 

Diploma,  clarinet,  Juilliard  School 
of  Music;  B.S.,  Columbia  University, 
1943;    M.A.,    1946. 

JAMES    M.    THURMOND,    1954—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Music  Educa- 
tion and  Brass. 
Diploma,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music, 


1931 
1951 
1952 


A.B.,     American     University, 

M.A.,     Catholic     University, 

Mus.D.,    Washington    College 


of  Music,  1944. 

PAUL  L.  WOLF,   1966—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Biology;  Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Biology. 
B.S.,    Elizabethtown    College,    1960; 
M.S.   University  of  Delaware,   1963; 
Ph.D.,  1968. 


*  Leave  of  Absence,  1974-1975 


103 


Assistant  Professors: 

MADELYN  J.  ALBRECHT,   1973—; 
Assistant    Professor    of  Education. 
B.A.,  Northern  Baptist  College,  1952; 
M.A.,     Michigan     State     University, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

JEANNE  E.  ARGOT,  1969—; 

Assistant    Professor    of    Biology. 
B.S.,   Moravian  College,   1965;   M.S., 
Lehigh  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

DAVID   N.   BAILEY,    1971—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,   Juniata   College,    1963;    Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technol- 
ogy, 1968. 

RICHARD  C.  BELL,   1966—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,   1941; 
M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1955. 

PHILIP  A.  BILLINGS,   1970—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
B.A.,      Heidelberg     College,      1965; 
M.A.,     Michigan    State    University, 
1967;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

JAY  R.  BUFFENMYER,  1974—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Economics  and 
Business  Administration;  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Economics  and 
Business  Administration. 
B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1961; 
M.P.I. A.  University  of  Pittsburgh, 
1967;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

FAY  B.  BURRAS,   1964—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1960; 
M.A.,    Smith   College,    1961. 

RONALD    G.    BURRICHTER, 

1968-1971;  1973—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Music. 
B.M.E.,     Wartburg     College,     1964; 
M.M.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Mu- 
sic, 1968. 

DONALD  E.  BYRNE,  JR.,  1971—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Religion. 
B.A.,  St.  Paul  Seminary,  1963;  M.A., 
Marquette    University,    1966;    Ph.D., 
Duke  University,  1972. 

104 


*VOORHIS  C.  CANTRELL,  1968—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Religion  and 
Greek. 

B.A.,  Oklahoma  City  University, 
1952;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  Uni- 
versity, 1956;  Ph.D.,  Boston  Univer- 
sity, 1967. 

ROGER   D.   CARLSON,    1972—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 
A.B.,  Sacramento  State  College,  1968; 
M.A.,     1969;     Ph.D.,    University    of 
Oregon,  1972. 

ERICA  COLLINS  ELLENBERGER, 

1974—; 

Assistant    Professor    of    Piano    and 

Theory. 

A.B.,  University  of  Rochester,  1961; 

M.A.,  Indiana  University,   1963. 

VIRGINIA  E.   ENGLEBRIGHT, 

1971—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Voice. 
B.M.E.,     Florida     State     University, 
1969;  M.M.,  1970. 

DAVID  M.  GRING,  1971—: 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.A.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College, 
1967;      M.A.,     Indiana     University, 
1970;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

BRYAN  V.   HEARSEY,    1971—; 
Assistant   Professor   of  Mathematics. 
B.A.,  Western  Washington  State  Col- 
lege,   1964;    M.A.,  Washington  State 
University,    1966;   Ph.D.,    1968. 

RICHARD   A.   ISKOWITZ,    1969—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Art. 
B.F.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1965; 
M.F.A.,  1967. 

RICHARD  A.  JOYCE,  1966—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  History. 
A.B.,    Yale    University,    1952;    M.A., 
San  Francisco  State  College,  1963. 

JOHN   P.   KEARNEY,    1971—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
B.A.,    St.    Benedict's    College,    1962; 
M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 


*  Sabbatical  leave,  2nd  semester,  1974-1975 


RICHARD  N.  W.  KIRBY,  1971-1972; 
1974—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
B.A.   University   of   Leicester,    1966; 
M.A.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Sus- 
sex, 1972. 

NEVELYN    J.    KNISLEY,    1954-1958; 
1963;  1970—; 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Piano. 
Mus.B.,  Oberlin  Conservatory  of 
Music,  1951;  M.F.A.,  Ohio  Univer- 
sity,  1953. 

**ROBERT  C.  LAU,   1968—; 
Assistant  Prof  essor  of  Musical  Theory. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,   1965; 
M.A.,     Eastman    School    of    Music, 
1970. 

EDGAR  L.  LAWTON,   1974—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 
B.S.  in  Ed.,  Mansfield  State  College, 
1948;  M.S.  in  Ed.,  Bucknell  Univer- 
sity, 1954. 

LEON    E.    MARKOWICZ,    1971—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
A.B.,    Duquesne     University,     1964; 
M.A.,    University    of    Pennsylvania, 
1968;   Ph.D.,   1972. 

JOHN  W.  MARTIN,  1971—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  French. 
B.A.,    Yale    University,    1958;    M.A., 
San  Diego  State  College,  1967;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Rochester,   1972. 

KATHLEEN  E.  McNERNEY,  1974—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish. 
B.A.,    University    of    New    Mexico, 
1967;  M.A.,  1969. 

OWEN  A.  MOE,  JR.,  1973—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.A.,  St.  Olaf's  College,  1966;  Ph.D., 
Purdue  University,  1971. 

JOHN  D.  NORTON,  1971—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Science. 
B.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1965; 
M.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1967; 
Ph.D.,  American  University,   1973. 

JOSEPH  E.  PETERS,   1974—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 
B.S.,    Juniata    College,    1968;"  M.S., 


Pennsylvania  State  University,  1970; 
Ph.D.,  1973. 

GERALD  J.  PETROFES,   1963—; 
Assistant   Professor   of  Physical   Ed- 
ucation;   Chairman    of    the   Depart- 
ment of  Physical  Education. 
B.S.,    Kent    State    University,    1958; 
M.Ed.,  1962. 

O.  KENT  REED,  1971—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Ed- 
ucation. 

B.S.  in  Ed.,  Otterbein  College,  1956; 
M.A.  in  Ed.,  Eastern  Kentucky  Uni- 
versity,  1970. 

fTHOMAS  V.  RUSH,   1973—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 
B.A.,  Albright  College,   1967;   M.A., 
Temple  University,  1969. 

JAMES   N.   SPENCER,    1967—; 
Assistant   Professor   of   Chemistry. 
B.S.,      Marshall     University,      1963; 
Ph.D.,   Iowa  State  University,    1967. 

DENNIS    W.    SWEIGART,    1972—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Piano. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963; 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1965. 

LINDSAY  E.  THOMAS,   1974—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 
B.S.    Penn    State    University,    1965; 
M.Ed.,     University     of     Pittsburgh, 
1972;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

WARREN   K.  A.  THOMPSON, 

1967—; 

Assistant    Professor    of    Philosophy; 

Chairman    of    the    Department    of 

Philosophy. 

A.B.,  Trinity  University,  1957;  M.A., 

University  of  Texas,  1963. 

ANN    L.    HENNINGER  TRAX, 
1973—; 

Assistant   Professor   of   Biology. 
B.A.,    Wilson   College,    1968;    Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan,    1973. 

WILLIAM  H.  G.  WARNER,  1972—; 
Assistant     Professor     of    Economics 


**  Sabbatical  leave,  1974-1975 
f  Resignation     effective,     Nov.     1974 


105 


and  Business  Administration. 

B.A.,  Haverford  College,  1939;  J.D., 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946. 

STEPHEN  E.  WILLIAMS,   1973;— 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.A.,    Central    College,    1964;    M.S., 
University  of  Tennessee,  1966;  Ph.D., 
Washington   University,    1971. 

SUSAN  E.  VERHOEK  WILLIAMS, 

1974—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 

B.A.,     Ohio     Wesleyan     University, 

1964;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1966. 

ALLAN  F.  WOLFE,   1968—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1963;  M.A., 
Drake  University,   1965;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Vermont,  1968. 

GLENN    H.    WOODS,    1965—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1951; 
M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1962. 

Instructors : 

ROBERT  A.  AULENBACH,  1968—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.M.,  Boston  Conservatory  of  Music, 
1949. 

ROBERT  B.  CAMPBELL,   1968—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,   1954; 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

JAMES    W.   CHECKET,    1973—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Brass. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959. 

BRUCE    S.    CORRELL,    1972—; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 
B.S.,    Bowling   Green   State   Univer- 
sity, 1971;  M.Ed.,  1972. 

JAMES   L.   DUNN,    1972—; 

Adjunct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1964; 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1968. 

GUY  A.  GIFFORD,   1974—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Flute. 
B.  of  M.,  Catholic  University,  1970. 


JOSEPH  A.  GOEBEL,  JR.,  1972—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Percussion. 
B.S.   in   Ed.,   Millersville   State   Col- 
lege,  1961. 

WILLIAM    A.    GROVE,    1971—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Brass. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1965; 
M.M.,  Temple  University,  1974. 

GEILAN   A.   HANSEN,    1963—; 
Adjunct   Instructor   in   Russian. 

♦JOHN  H.  HEFFNER,   1972—; 
Instructor  in   Philosophy. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1968; 
A.M.,   Boston   University,    1971. 

PHILIP  G.  MORGAN,   1969—; 
Instructor  in  Voice. 
B.M.E.,  Kansas  State  College,   1962; 
M.S.,   1965. 

JAMES  P.  O'NEILL,   1974—; 
Instructor  in  Economics  and  Business 
Administration. 

B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1965;  M.A., 
University  of  New  Mexico,  1974. 

MALIN  Ph.  SAYLOR,   1961—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  French. 
Fil.    Kand.,    Universities    of    Upsala 
and  Stockholm,  1938. 

PHILLIP  E.  THOMPSON,   1974—; 
Instructor  in  Physics. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1968. 

VIRGINIA   T.   WATKINS,    1972—; 
Instructor  in   Piano. 
B.M.,     Muskingum     College,     1970; 
M.M.,   Manhattan  School  of  Music, 
1972. 

WALTER  M.  WILHELM,  II,  1974—; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 
B.A.,      DePauw     University,      1967; 
M.Ed.,    East   Stroudsburg  State   Col- 
lege. 1974. 

ROSEMARY   YUHAS,    1973—; 
Instructor   in  Physical   Education, 
B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College,  1966; 
M.Ed.,   West  Chester  State   College, 
1970. 


*  Leave  of  absence,  1st  semester,  1974-1975 


106 


OFFICES  OF  ADMINISTRATION 


Office  of  the  President: 

FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE,   1968—; 
President. 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1952; 
M.Ed.,  Western  Maryland  College, 
1956;  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1968;  Pd.D.,  Albright 
College,   1968. 

DOROTHY  M.  SPOHN,  Secretary. 

LILLIAN  M.   SUMMER,  Secretary. 

Academic: 

Office  of  the  Dean  of  the  College 

CARL  Y.   EHRHART,    1947—; 
Dean  of  the   College,   1960 — ; 
Vice   President,   1967 — . 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1940; 
M.Div.,     Unitfed    Theological    Sem- 
inary,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University, 
1954. 

RALPH    S.    SHAY,     1948-1951;    Feb. 
1953—; 

Assistant  Dean  of  the  College,  1967 — . 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1942; 
A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1947;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

MARIAN   C.   ROGERS,   Secretary. 

Office  of  Admissions 

GREGORY    G.    STANSON,    1966—; 
Director  of  Admissions,  1972 — . 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963; 
M.Ed.,   University  of  Toledo,   1966. 

EUGENE   K.   SHAFFER,    1972—; 
Counselor  in   Admissions. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1970. 

SYLVIA  H.  SNYDER,  Secretary. 

LORETTA  A.  WATSON,  Secretary. 

Office  of  the  Registrar 

RALPH    S.    SHAY,     1948-1951;     Feb. 
1953—; 

Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and 
Registrar,  1967—. 


GAYE  A.  DeSHONG,  Secretary. 
MARION  G.  LOY,  Secretary. 
CANDICE  L.  WOLF,  Secretary. 

Library 

WILLIAM  E.   HOUGH,   III,   1970—; 

Head  Librarian;  Associate  Professor. 
A.B.,  The  King's  College,  1955; 
Th.M.,  Dallas  Theological  Seminary, 
1959;  M.S.L.S.,  Columbia  University, 
1965. 

ELOISE  P.  BROWN,   1961—; 
Reference  Librarian. 
B.S.L.S.,  Simmons  College,   1946. 

ALICE  S.  DIEHL,   1966—; 
Cataloging  Librarian. 
A.B.,  Smith  College,  1956;  B.S.,  Car- 
negie Institute  of  Technology,  1957; 
M.L.S.,     University     of     Pittsburgh, 
1966. 

MYUNG  JA  KANG,  1970—; 
Assistant    Cataloging   Librarian. 
B.A.,  Sook  Myung  Women's  Univer- 
sity,   1962;   M.S.L.S.,  Villanova  Uni- 
versity,  1969. 

CHRISTINE  M.  HOPPLE,  Secretary. 
GERALDINE    E.    LENTZ,    Secretary. 

Departmental  Secretaries 

HELEN   L.   GEIB,   Miller  Chapel. 

JOYCE  L.  HOUSER,  Blair  Music  Cen- 
ter. 

ELIZABETH    C.   MICHIELSEN,    112 

College  Avenue. 

EVELYN  D.  NAGLE,  Administration 
Building. 

CHARLOTTE    J.    RITTLE,    Science 
Hall. 

BERNICE  K.  TEAHL,  Science  Hall. 

MAE   B.   WALLACE,  Teacher   Place- 
ment. 

DOROTHY  I.  ZIMMERMAN,  Lynch 
Memorial  Building. 


107 


Student  AflFairs: 

Student  Personnel  Office 

GEORGE  R.  MARQUETTE,  1952—; 
Dean  of  Students,  1972 — . 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948: 
M.A.,    Columbia    University,     1951; 
Ed.D.,  Temple  University,  1967. 

FRANCES  C.  NORTHRUP,  1974—; 
Assistant  Dean  of  Students. 
R.N.,  Fairview  Park  Hospital,  1967; 
B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1972;  M.Ed.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity, 1974. 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,   1971—; 
Assistant  Dean  of  Students,  197U — • 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1954; 
M.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1961. 

MARCIA    J.    GEHRIS,    1972—; 
Assistant   to   the  Dean   of  Students. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969. 

ESTHER  A.  KLINE,  Secretary. 

JUNE  S.  ZEITERS,  Secretary. 

MARY    P.    KELSEY,    Head    Resident, 
Mabel  I.  Silver  Hall. 

MARY  M.  COX,  Head  Resident,  Vick- 
roy  Hall. 

KATHRYN  E.  ROHLAND,  Head  Res- 
ident,  Mary  Capp   Green   Hall. 


College  Center 

WALTER  L.  SMITH,  JR.,  1961-1969; 
1971—; 

College   Center  Director;   Coordina- 
tor of  Conferences. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1961; 
M.S.  in  Ed.,  Temple  University,  1967. 

ROBERT   E.   HARNISH,    1967—; 
Manager  of  the  College  Store. 
B.A.,  Randolph  Macon  College,  1966. 

DORIS    C.    FAKE,    Secretary,    College 
Store. 

MARY  E.  RHINE,  Secretary,  College 
Store. 


Health  Services 

ROBERT    F.    EARLY,    1971—; 
College  Physician. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1949; 
M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
1952. 

RUSSELL  L.  GINGRICH.   1971—; 
College  Physician. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1947; 
M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
1951. 

ROBERT  M.  KLINE,   1970—; 
College  Physician. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950; 
M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
1955;  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1971. 

MARGIE  M.  YEISER,  R.N.,  1967—; 
Head  Nurse. 

Harrisburg  Polyclinic  Hospital 
School  of  Nursing. 

CAROL      FOUST,      R.N.,      Resident 

Nurse. 

SYBIL     HADDON,     R.N.,     Resident 
Nurse. 

Office  of  the  Chaplain 

JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER,   1959—; 
College    Chaplain. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1936; 
M.Div.,  United  Theological  Sem- 
inary, 1939;  S.T.M.,  Lutheran  Theo- 
logical Seminary,  Phila.,  1945;  S.T.D., 
Temple  University,  1951. 

HELEN    M.   GEIB,    Secretary. 

Office  of  Athletics 

GERALD   J.    PETROFES,    1963—; 
Director  of  Athletics. 

DOROTHY  I.  ZIMMERMAN,  Secre- 
tary. 

Coaching  StaflF 

JEFFREY  L.   BENSING,   1973—; 
Soccer  Coach. 

B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1964; 
Ph.D.,   Brown   University,    1971. 


108 


BRUCE  S.  CORRELL,   1972—; 

Lacrosse  Coach;  Assistant  Basketball 
Coach. 

JAMES  F.  DAVIS,  1972—; 
Cross  Country  Coach. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969. 

CHARLES  E.  EYLER,   1971—; 
Assistant  Football  Coach. 
B.S.  in  Ed.,  West  Chester  State  Col- 
lege, 1953;  M.S.  in  Ed.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity,    1963;     M.S.,    University    of 
New   Hampshire,    1968. 

TERRY  L.  KLINE,   1974—; 
Athletic  Trainer. 

B.S.  in  Ed.,  Millersville  State  Col- 
lege, 1969. 

KENNETH    D.    MILLER,    1974—; 
Equipment  Manager. 

GERALD   J.    PETROFES,    1963—; 
Wrestling  Coach;  Golf  Coach. 

WILLIAM  W.  RAKOW,   1974—; 
Assistant  Football  Coach. 
A.B.,    Adams    State    College,     1969; 
M.Ed.,     Millersville     State     College, 
1972. 

O.  KENT  REED,   1971—; 

Assistant  Football  Coach;  Track 
Coach;  Director  of  Intramurals  for 
Men. 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  1971—; 
Football    Coach;   Basketball    Coach; 
Baseball  Coach. 

JACQUELINE  S.  WALTERS,  1965—; 
Women's  Hockey   Coach. 

WALTER  M.  WILHELM,  II,  1974—; 
Assistant  Basketball  Coach;  Baseball 
Coach. 

ROSEMARY  YUHAS,  1973—; 

Women's  Basketball  Coach,  Director 
of  Intramurals  for  Women. 


College  Relations  Area: 
Development  Office 

ROBERT     M.     WONDERLING, 

1967—; 

Director  of  Development. 


B.S.,  Clarion  State  College,  1953; 
M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1958. 

JAMES  F.  DAVIS,  1972—; 

Assistant   Director  of  Development, 

.1974—. 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969. 

MARILYN  E.  BOESHORE,  Secretary. 

DORIS  J.  MAY,  Secretary. 

Public  Relations  Office 

ANN  K.  MONTEITH,  1966—; 
Director  of  Public  Relations. 
A.B.,   Bucknell   University,   1965. 

LINDA    M.   GUNDERSON,    1973—; 
Associate  in  Public  Relations,  1973 — . 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1970. 

HAROLD  D.  ULMER,  1973—; 
Associate  in  Public  Relations. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,   1973. 

LOTTIE  M.  BROWN,  Secretary. 

Alumni  Office 

DAVID  M.  LONG,   1966—; 
Director   of  Alumni  Relations   and 
Industrial  Placement. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959; 
M.Ed.,   Temple   University,    1961. 

HELEN  L.  MILLER,  Secretary. 

Business  Management: 

Office  of  the  Controller 

ROBERT   C.   RILEY,    1951—; 

Controller,  1962 — ;  Vice  President, 
1967—. 

B.S.  in  Ed.,  Shippensburg  State  Col- 
lege, 1941;  M.S.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1947;  Ph.D.,  New  York  Univer- 
sity, 1962. 

IRWIN    R.    SCHAAK,    1957—; 

Assistant  Controller,  1964 — ;  Finan- 
cial Aid  Officer,   1967—. 

ROBERT   C.    HARTMAN,    1969—; 

Accountant. 

B.S.,    Elizabethtown   College,    1962. 


109 


RONALD  G.  EVANS,  Administrative 
Services. 

SANDRA  K.  KELLIHER,  Switchboard 
Operator. 

MARY  R.  MILLS,  Administrative  Ser- 
vices. 

CHERYL    L.    NEWMASTER,    Secre- 
tary, Assistant  Controller. 

THOMAS   A.    PEIFFER,    Administra- 
tive Services. 

JANE   A.  WHIPPLE,  Secretary,   Con- 
troller. 

FLORENCE  B.  WILLIAMS,  Secretary, 
Business  Office. 


Buildings  and  Grounds 

SAMUEL  J.  ZEARFOSS,   1952—; 
Superintendent     of    Buildings     and 
Grounds,  1969—. 

DELLA  M.  NEIDIG,  1962—; 
Staff    Assistant    for    Housekeeping, 
1972—. 


Food  Service 

GEORGE  F.  LANDIS,  JR.,  1966—; 
Manager  of  Food  Service,  1970 — . 

MILDRED  J.   REESE,    1969—; 

Manager  of  the  Snack  Shop,  1973 — . 


110 


COMMITTEES  OF  THE  FACULTY— 1974-1975 

Central  Committee 


Mr.  Cooper 

Mr.  Joyce,  Chairman 


Dr.  Lockwood 
Dr.  Rhodes 


Dr.  Wolfe,  Secretary 


Curriculmn  Committee 


Dean  Ehrhart,  Chairman     Mr.  Iskowitz 


Dr.  Berson 
Dr.  Buffenmyer 
Mr.  Cooper 
Dr.  Davidon 
Dr.  Ebersole 
Dr.  Ford 
Dr.  Geffen 
Mr.  Hough 


Dr.  Mayer 

Dr.  Neidig 

Mr.  Petrofes 

Dr.  Rhodes 

Mr.  Smith 

Mr.  W.  Thompson 

Dr.  Wethington 

Dr.  Wolf 


Dr.  Shay,  advisory  member 
Charles  R.  Knipe,  Jr.,  student 
Robert  G.  Moffett,  student 
Nancy  A.  Nelson,  student 
William  L.  Routson,  student 
Laurel  S.  Schwarz,  student 


Dr.  Berson 
Dr.  Buffenmyer 
Dr.  Curfman 
Dr.  Damus 
Dr.  Ebersole 


Academic  Life  Committee 

Dr.  Gring  Dr.  Mayer 

Dr.  Henninger,  Secretary  Mr.  O'Donnell 

Mr.  Lawton  Dr.  Wethington 

Dr.  Markowicz,  Chairman  Dr.  Williams 


Miss  Burras 

Dr.  Byrne 

Dr.  Davidon,  Chairman 

Dr.  Lasky,  Secretary 


Faculty  Life  Committee 


Dr.  Neidig 
Dr.  Norton 
Dr.  Rush 
Mr.  Stachow 


Dr.  Thurmond 

Dr.  Tom 

Dr.  Troutman 


General  Campus  Life  Committee 


Dr.  Albrecht  Dr.  Getz  Mr.  Sweigart 

Dr.  Fehr  Mr.  Iskowitz  Miss  Watkins 

Dr.  Fleischman,  Secretary  Dr.  Moe,  Chairman  Mr.  Woods 
Dr.  Ford 


Dr.  Bailey 

Mr.  Bell 

Dr.  Billings,  Secretary 

Mr.  Burrichter 


Student  Life  Committee 


Dr.  Carlson 
Mr.  Correll 
Mrs.  Englebright 
Mr.  Reed 


Dr.  Spencer 

Dr.  Warner 

Mr.  Wilhelm,  Chairman 

Miss  Yuhas 


111 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES  1974-1975 

OFFICERS: 

President  Lawton  W.  Shroyer 

First  Vice  President F.  Allen  Rutherford,  Jr. 

Second  Vice  President   Elizabeth  K.  Weisburger 

Secretary   E.  D.  Williams,  Jr. 

Treasurer E.  Peter  Strickler 

Assistant  Treasurer Gerald  D.  Kauffman 

President  Emeritus   E.  N.  Funkhouser 

President  Emeritus Allan  W.  Mund 

MEMBERS: 

** James  M.  Ault  (1977)  Pastor,   Covenant   United  Methodist 

A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.,  LL.D.  Church 

Resident  Bishop  of  the  Philadelphia  Springfield,  Pennsylvania 

Area 

Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference  *Ruth  SheafFer  Daugherty  (1977) 

United  Methodist  Church  B-A. 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  Housewife 

Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 
**Jeflferson  C.  Barnhart  (1977) 

A.B.,  LL.B.  **Curvin  N.  Bellinger  (1976) 

Attorney-at-Law  B.S. 

Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania  President,  J.  C.  Hauer's  Sons  Inc. 

*George  W.  Bashore  (1976)  Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

A.B.,    M.Div.  ^^.,  ,  ^      ^      ,,.  /,r^«K^ 

„         .         J     .   T    u  T>     ^-  *Woodrow  S.  Bellinger  (1975) 

Superintendent,  Lebanon-Reading  ^  ^    , ,  ^  t>      v         / 

L-      ■  ,  ^  B.S.,  M.B. 

Bistnct  ^  ,  _, 

T,  „  1        •    /--     r  General  Practitioner 

Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference  t,     i  t  ■        t^  i 

United  Methodist  Church  ^^^  ^lon,  Pennsylvania 

Reading,  Pennsylvania  **DeWitt  M.  Essick  (1977) 

tAlfred  L.  Blessing  (1975)  Assistant  General  Manager, 

A.B.  Personnel  Relations,  Armstrong 

Bistrict  Manager,  McGraw-Hill  Inc.  Cork  Company 

New  York  City,  New  York  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 

*William  B.  Boswell  (1977)  **Bale  H.  Everhart  (1975) 

Ph.B.,  LL.B.  Student,  Lebanon  Valley  College 

Attorney-at-Law  Annville,  Pennsylvania 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 

**Robert  A.  Boyer  (1975)  *Eugene  C.  Fish  (1975) 

Student,  Lebanon  Valley  College  ^•^•'  J-^' 

Annville,  Pennsylvania  President,  Peerless  Industries,  Inc. 

Boyertown,  Pennsylvania 
*W.  Edgar  Gathers,  Jr.   (1977)  Chairman  of  the  Board — Eastern 

B.A.,  B.B.  Foundry  Co.,  Boyertown,  Penna. 

Attorney — Romeika,  Hedner,  Fish 

and  Scheckter 

*  Elected  by  Church  Conference  Philadelphia.  Pennsylvania 

**  Trustee-at-Large  Sr.  Partner,  Tax  Associates 

f  Alumni  Trustee-at-Large  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

112 


*Kathryn  Mowrey  Grove  (1977) 
A.B. 

Housewife 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

*Thomas  W.  Guinivan  (1976) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Superintendent,  York  District 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
York,  Pennsylvania 

**John  Richards  Harper  (1975) 
Vice  President,  Pardee  Company 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

*Philip  C.  Herr,  H  (1976) 
A.B.,  LL.B. 
Herr,  Potts  and  Hen- 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

*Paul  E.  Horn  (1976) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Pastor,  Stevens  Memorial 

United  Methodist  Church 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 

*Mark  J.  Hostetter  (1976) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 
Superintendent,  Lancaster  District 
Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 

*Gerald  D.  Kauffman  (1976) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Pastor,  Grace  United  Methodist 

Church 
Carlisle,  Pennsylvania 

**  James  H.  Leathern  (1977) 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Sc.D. 
Professor  of  Zoology  k  Director  of 

the  Bureau  of  Biological  Research 
Rutgers,  The  State  University 
New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey 

tWalter  Levinsky  (1977) 
Musical  Director,  Radio  and 

Television  Shows 
New  York  City,  New  York 


*  Elected  by  Church  Conference 
**  Trustee-at-Large 
f  Alumni  Trustee-at-Large 
J  Faculty  Trustee-at-Large 


+Karl  L.  Lockwood  (1977) 
B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Chemistry 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*Thomas  S.  May  (1975) 
B.S.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Pastor,  St.  Paul's  United  Methodist 

Church 
Elizabethtown,  Pennsylvania 

**Chester  Q.  Mosteller  (1975) 
Student,  Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

**Allan  W.  Mund  (1975) 
L.L.D.,  D.B.A. 
Retired  Chairman,  Board  of 

Directors 
Ellicott  Machine  Corporation, 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

JHoward  A.  Neidig  (1976) 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Chairman,  Department  of  Chemistry, 

Professor  of  Chemistry 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*Henry  H.  Nichols  (1975) 
B.S.,  B.A.,  B.D.,  S.T.B.,  D.D. 
Pastor,  Janes  Memorial  United 

Methodist  Church 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

+Agnes  B.  O'Donnell  (1977) 
A.B.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 
Associate  Professor  of  English 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*  Harold  S.  Peiffer  (1974) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 
Superintendent,  Northeast  District 
Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

*Kenneth  Plummer  (1975) 
Vice  President,  E.  D.  Plummer  Sons, 

Inc. 
Chambersburg,  Pennsylvania 


113 


*Ezra  H.  Rank  (1976) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Pastor,  Milton  Grove  and  St.  Mark's 

United  Methodist  Church 
Mt.  Joy,  Pennsylvania 

**  Robert  H.  Reese  (1975) 
Retired  President, 
H.  B.  Reese  Candy  Company,  Inc. 
Hershey,  Pennsylvania 

tjacob  L.  Rhodes  (1976) 
B.S.,  Ph.D. 
Chairman,  Department  of  Physics, 

Professor  of  Physics 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

♦♦Herbert  C.  Richman,  Jr.   (1975) 
B.S. 

Executive  Vice-President, 
Marts  and  Lundy,  Inc. 
New  York  City,  New  York 

♦Melvin  S.  Rife  (1977) 
Treasurer,  Schmidt  and  Ault  Papet 

Co.,  Div.  St.  Regis  Paper  Company 
York,  Pennsylvania 

♦Ralph  M.  Ritter  (1976) 
President,  Ritter  Brothers,  Inc. 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 

tF.  Allen  Rutherford,  Jr.  (1975) 
B.S.,  C.P.A. 
Principal,  Arthur  Young  and 

Company 
Richmond,  Virginia 

Frederick  P.  Sample 
B.A.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Pd.D. 
President  of  the  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

♦Daniel  L.  Shearer  (1977) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 
Program  Director, 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 


♦  Elected  by  Church  Conference 
*♦  Trustee-at-Large 
f  Alumni  Trustee-at-Large 
f  Faculty  Trustee-at-Large 


♦Lawton  W.  Shroyer  (1975) 
President,  Shamokin  Dress  Company 

and  Shroyer's,  Inc. 
Shamokin,  Pennsylvania 

♦♦Horace  E.Smith  (1977) 
A.B.,  LL.B. 
Attorney-at-Law 
York,  Pennsylvania 

♦Arthur  W.  Stambach  (1975) 
B.A.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Associate  Program  Director 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania 

♦Paul  E.  Stambach  (1977) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  Ph.D. 
Pastor,  Otterbein  United  Methodist 

Church 
Mount  Wolf,  Pennsylvania 

fE.  Peter  Strickler  (1977) 
B.S. 
President,  Strickler  Insurance 

Agency,  Inc. 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

JPerry  J.  Troutman  (1975) 
A.B.,  M.Div.,  Ph.D. 
Professor  of  Religion 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

♦♦WoodrowW.  Waltemyer  (1975) 
Business  Executive 
York,  Pennsylvania 

♦♦JohnB.  Warman  (1977) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  Ed.M.,  D.D. 
Bishop,  Harrisburg  Area 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 

fElizabeth  K.  Weisburger  (1976) 
B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Scientist  Director,  Biology  Branch 
National  Cancer  Institute 
Bethesda,  Maryland 

♦♦Harlan  R.  Wengert  (1975) 
B.S.,  M.B.A. 

President,  Wengert's  Dairy,  Inc. 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 


114 


**E.  D.  Williams,  Jr.  (1975) 
Secretary,  Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

♦Ralph  C.  Woolley  (1977) 
B.M. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
York  College  of  Pennsylvania 
Director  of  Music,  Asbury  United 

Methodist  Church 
York,  Pennsylvania 

**John  L.  Worrilow  (1975) 
B.A. 

Secretary,  Lebanon  Steel  Foundry 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

*  Richard  A.  Zimmerman  (1975) 
B.A. 
Group  Vice  President,  Hershey 

Foods  Corp. 
Hershey,  Pennsylvania 

**Richard  P.  Zimmerman  (1975) 
Chairman  of  the  Board 
National  Valley  Bank  and  Trust  Co. 
Chambersburg,  Pennsylvania 

HONORARY  TRUSTEES 

Bertha  Brossman  Blair 

LL.D. 

President  &  Chairman  of  the  Board 

Denver  and  Ephrata  Telephone  Co. 

Ephrata,  Pennsylvania 

Parke  H.  Lutz 

Retired  Vice  President,  Holt, 
Rinehart  and  Winston,  Inc. 
Denver,  Pennsylvania 

Mrs.  Albert  Watson 

Housewife 

Carlisle,  Pennsylvania 

TRUSTEES  EMERITUS 

Dr.  William  D.  Bryson 

LL.D. 

Retired  Executive,  Walter  W.  Moyer 

Company 
Ephrata,  Pennsylvania 


*  Elected  by  Church  Conference 
**  Trustee-at-Large 


Paul  C.  Ehrhart 

A.B.,  M.A. 

Retired  Teacher  and  Guidance 

Counselor 
Millersville,  Pennsylvania 

E.  N.  Funkhouser 

A.B.,  LL.D. 

Retired  President,  Funkhouser  Corp. 

Hagerstown,  Maryland 

J.  Gordon  Howard 

A.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D. 

Retired  Bishop,  Eastern  Pennsylvania 

Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Winchester,  Virginia 

Hermann  W.  Kaebnick 

A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.,  L.H.D. 

Retired  Bishop,  Central  Pennsylvania 

Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Hershey,  Pennsylvania 

Robert  Lutz 

A.B. 

Retired  Executive, 

Blumenthal-Kahn  Electric  Company 

Owings  Mills,  Maryland 

Samuel  K.  Wengert 
B.S.,  LL.D. 

Chairman  of  the  Board, 
Wengert's  Dairy  Inc. 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 


COMMITTEES 
OF  THE  BOARD 

Executive  Committee: 

Frederick  P.  Sample,  Chairman;  Ruth 
S.  Daugherty;  Paul  E.  Horn;  Mark  J. 
Hostetter;  Thomas  S.  May;  Allan  W. 
Mund;  Henry  H.  Nichols;  Lawton  W. 
Shroyer;  Paul  E.  Stambach;  E.  Peter 
Strickler;  Perry  J.  Troutman;  Richard 
A.  Zimmerman. 

Finance  Committee: 

F.  Allen  Rutherford,  Jr.,  Chairman 
(1977);  Eugene  C.  Fish,  Vice  Chairman 


115 


(1976);  E.  D.  Williams,  Jr.,  Secretary 
(1977);  E.  Peter  Strickler,  Treasurer; 
Gerald  D.  Kauffman,  Assistant  Treasur- 
er (1975);  Curvin  N.  Bellinger  (1977); 
Woodrow  S.  Bellinger  (1976);  Parke 
H.  Lutz,  Honorary;  Allan  W.  Mund 
(1977);  Howard  A.  Neidig  (1975);  Rob- 
ert H.  Reese  (1975);  Herbert  C.  Rich- 
man  (1976);  Ralph  M.  Ritter  (1976); 
Frederick  P.  Sample;  Lawton  W. 
Shroyer;  Harlan  R.  Wengert   (1975). 

Faculty  Administrative  Committee: 

W.  Edgar  Gathers,  Ghairman;  Kathryn 
M.  Grove;  James  H.  Leathem;  Ezra  H. 
Ranck;  Frederick  P.  Sample;  Baniel  L. 
Shearer;  Arthur  W.  Stambach;  Eliza- 
beth K.  Weisburger 

Auditing  Committee: 

Melvin  S.  Rife,  Chairman;  Thomas  W. 
Guinivan;  Philip  G.  Herr,  H. 

Buildings  and  Grounds  Committee: 

E.  B.  Williams,  Jr.,  Ghairman;  Walter 
Levinsky;  Agnes  O'Bonnell;  Harold 
S.  Peiffer;  Kenneth  Plummer;  Fred- 
erick  P.   Sample;    E.   Peter  Strickler 

Nominating  Committee: 

Lawton  W.  Shroyer,  Ghairman;  Ruth 
S.  Baugherty;  Thomas  W.  Guinivan; 
Gurvin  N.  Bellinger;  Karl  L.  Lock- 
wood;  F.  Allen  Rutherford,  Jr. 

Committee  on  Church  Support: 

Arthur  W.  Stambach,  Ghairman;  George 
W.  Bashore;  William  B.  Boswell;  Kath- 
ryn Mowery  Grove;  Thomas  W.  Guin- 
ivan; John  R.  Harper;  Philip  G.  Herr, 
H;  Paul  E.  Horn;  Henry  H.  Nichols; 
Kenneth  Plummer;  Baniel  L.  Shearer; 
Lawton  W.  Shroyer;  Ralph  G.  Woolley 

Committee  for  Chapel  Policy 
and  Program: 

Gerald  B.  Kauffman,  Ghairman;  Bavid 
S.  Ambler  (student);  James  O.  Bemes- 
derfer  (Adm.);  Garl  Y.  Ehrhart  (Adm.); 

116 


Pierce  A.  Getz  (Faculty);  George  R. 
Marquette  (Adm.);  Owen  A.  Moe,  Jr. 
(Faculty);  Nancy  A.  Nelson  (student); 
Gerald  J.  Petrofes  (Faculty);  Laurel  S. 
Schwarz  (student);  Baniel  L.  Shearer; 
Paul  E.  Stambaugh 


GENERAL  ALUMNI 
ORGANIZATION 

Board  of  Governors  of  the  Lebanon 
Valley  College  Alumni  Association — 
1975-1976 

OFFICERS 

President 

Thomas  G.  Reinhart,  '58 

41  E.  Gourt  Boulevard 

West  Lawn,  Reading,  Penna.  19609 

Vice  President 
Martin  L.  Gluntz,  '53 
114  Sand  Rd.,  Glen  Acres 
Hershey,  Penna.  17033 

Executive  Secretary 
Bavid  M.  Long,  '59 
Box  97,  Mt.  Gretna,  Penna.  17064 

ELECTED  MEMBERS  TO  THE 
BOARD  OF  GOVERNORS 

Bavid  J.  Farling,  '56 
420  Strafford  Ave.,  Wayne,  Penna. 
19087 

Melvin  E.  Hostetter,  '53 

42  Genter  Br.,  Gamp  Hill,  Penna.  17011 

Frank  A.  Ritrievi,  '54 
29  Tulip  Rd. 
Levittown,  Penna.  19056 

Evelyn  Toser,  '52 

1700  N.  3rd  St.,  Harrisburg,  Penna. 
17102 

ALUMNI  TRUSTEES 

Alfred  L.  Blessing,  '45 
155  Maple  St. 
Haworth,  N.J.  07641 

Walter  Levinsky,  '51 

379  Bogert  Rd.,  River  Edge,  N.J.  07661 


F.  Allen  Rutherford,  Jr.,  '37 
8958  Tarrytown  Rd.,  Richmond,  Va. 
23229 

E.  Peter  Strickler,  '47 
201  Hathaway  Pk.,  Lebanon,  Penna. 
17042 

Dr.  Elizabeth  K.  Weisburger,  '44 
5309  McKinley  St.,  Bethesda,  Md. 
20014 

PAST  PRESIDENT 

Harry  L.  Bricker,  Jr.  Esq.,  '50 
407  N.  Front  St.,  Harrisburg,  Penna. 
17110 


REGIONAL  ALUMNI  CLUBS 

ANTHRACITE  AREA 

President 

Dale  C.  Schimpf,  '69 
606  Center  St.,  Ashland,  Penna. 
17921 

BALTIMORE  AREA 

Presidency  temporarily  vacant 

BERKS  COUNTY 

President 

Robert  A.  Kaufmann,  '68 

2913  Octagon  Ave. 

Sinking  Spring,  Penna.  19608 

BUXMONT  AREA 

Chairman 
Stephen  H.  Roberts,  '65 
2020  Parkview  Dr. 
Lansdale,  Penna.  19446 

HARRISBURG  AREA 

President 

Robert  R.  Shope,  '63 
1701  Walnut  St.,  Camp  Hill,  Penna. 
17011 

LANCASTER  COUNTY 

President 

Lois  E.  Quickel,  '67 
128  Atkins  Ave. 
Lancaster,  Penna.  17603 


LEBANON  AREA 

President 

William  E.  Checket,  '65 
156  W.  Chestnut  St. 
Jonestown,  Penna.  17038 

LEHIGH  VALLEY  AREA 

Chairman 
Dean  A.  Flinchbaugh,  '62 
1885  Abington  Rd. 
Bethlehem,  Penna.  18018 

MASON/DIXON  CLUB 

President 

Merle  L.  Wise,  '53 
R.D.  8,  Meadow  Crest 
Frederick,  Md.  21701 

NATIONAL  CAPITAL  AREA 

President 

Edith  Kreiser  Probus,  '46 
1901  Bargo  Court 
McLean,  Va.  22101 

NORTH  JERSEY  AREA 

President 

Stanley  J.  Kaczorowski,  '61 
2059  Algonquin  Dr.,  Scotch  Plains, 
N.J.  07076 

WESTERN  PHILADELPHIA 

Chairman 

Martin  J.  Grochowski,  '56 
1251  Marlyn  Rd. 
Philadelphia,  Penna.  19151 

YANKEE  CLUB 

President 

Richard  W.  Moller,  '49 
19  Kimball  Ave.,  Wenham,  Mass. 
01984 

YORK  COUNTY 

President 
Donald  L.  Harper,  '60 
105  East  Main  St. 
Dallastown,  Penna.  17313 


117 


DEGREES  CONFERRED 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  JANUARY  6,  1974 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


Ann  Margaret  Algeo,  English 
Edward  Lewis  Boeckel,  Jr.,  Psychology 
Thomas  Baer  Bowman,  Jr.,  English 
Christine  Dorothy  Dorr,  English 
Thomas  James  Heiry,  Psychology 
Mary  Kesler  Henry,  Psychology 
Jane  Harrison  Keebler,  Mathematics 

Robert  Rees  Wood 


Ruth  Ellen  McAllister,  Religion 
Nan  Carla  Ryder,  Psychology 
Roger  Varian  Scott,  Religion 
Steven  Wilkins  Stuckey,  Sociology 
Antoinette  Marie  Tacca,  Psychology 
Richard  Charles  Tomrell,  Psychology 
Paul  David  Williams,  Psychology 
Psychology 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Kerry  Lee  Harner,  Chemistry 

Douglas  Raymond  Kramer,  Elementary 

Education 
Jenean  Marie  Kunkle,  Elementary 

Education 


Cynthia  Ann  Nissley,  Elementary 

Education 
Scott  Edward  Ruehr,  Actuarial  Science 
Thomas  Donald  Shanaman,  Chemistry 
Robert  Hanley  Ward,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  NURSING 


Bonita  Leona  Funck 


Dorcas  Ann  Graham 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CHEMISTRY 
Scott  Gerald  Withers 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  MAY  19,  1974 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


Michael  Ira  Alleman,  Psychology 
Kristen  Rae  Angstadt,  Psychology 
Philip  Joseph  Baduini,  Political  Science 
Randal  Craig  Berriker,  Religion 
Allen  Leroy  Bevan,  III,  Political  Science 
Kenneth  Robert  Bickel,  Religion 
Robert  Walter  Bohlander,  Psychology 
Marianna  Boltz,  English 
Betsy  Hume  Boyd,  History 
Carol  Ann  Burke,  Sociology 
Karen  Jean  Butkofsky,  Religion 
Christine  Louise  Carlson,  English 
Thomas  Wynn  Clark,  Religion 
Beth  Elaine  Clegg,  English 
Colleen  Kay  Clemens,  Music 
Cynthia  Dorothy  Comfort,  Foreign 

Languages 
Thomas  Joseph  Daly,  III,  Mathematics 
John  Scott  Allen  Deiter,  Psychology 


Frank  Joseph  Dilger,  Jr.,  Political  Science 
Robert  John  Dusel,  Psychology 
Gail  Suzanne  Fox,  English 
Mitchell  Monroe  Galloway,  Sociology 
Betty  Jane  Garlock,  English 
Nancy  Jill  Greenstein,  English 
Patricia  Hamilon,  Psychology 
Christopher  Evan  Hanna,  Psychology 
Pamela  Kay  Heckman,  Sociology 
John  Franklin  Herr,  English 
William  Lisowski  Howard,  Sociology 
Michael  Eugene  Huber,  Psychology 
Susan  Sara  Jacoby,  Psychology 
Athanasia  Johnson,  Psychology 
James  Leonard  Katzaman,  English 
Wendy  Kristine  Kline,  Psychology 
Howard  Earl  Knudson,  Psychology 
Nancy  Anne  Lawton,  English 
Guy  Lane  Lesser,  Psychology 


118 


Steven  James  Loser,  Mathematics 
Jeanne  Susan  Lukens,  English 
Kathy  Lynn  Miller,  English 
Ronald  Edwin  Minnich,  Religion 
Howard  Edgar  Moore,  Religion 
William  Walter  Moyer,  IH,  English 
Donald  Wayne  Myers,  Psychology 
Benjamin  Metzler  Neideigh,  Jr.,  English 
John  Andon  Nikoloff,  Political  Science 
William  Hamilton  Phifer,  Mathematics 
John  Merritt  Pumphrey,  Religion 
Elizabeth  Louise  Reitz,  Religion 
Stephen  James  Richards,  Psychology 

Joan  Patricia 


Jill  Doris  Rouke,  English 
Robert  Daniel  Sabol,  Foreign  Languages 
Alan  Holt  Shortell,  Political  Science 
Pamela  Sara  Speer,  Psychology 
James  Paul  Spiro,  Political  Science 
William  Richard  Tarbutton,  History 
Christine  Evelyn  Walborn,  Foreign 

Languages 
David  Carl  Wenger,  Psychology 
David  Gene  White,  Mathematics 
Melanie  Ann  Wilson,  Psychology 
Candace  Lee  Withers,  History 
Deborah  Lee  Yeakley,  Sociology 
Yingst,  Music 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


William  Glenn  Abernethy,  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 
Douglas  Hamilton  Arthur,  Music 

Education 
Stephen  Mark  Autenrieth,  Biology 
Karen  Lee  Behler,  Music  Education 
Lynne  Adele  Beriont,  Eletnentary 

Education 
Judith  Lee  Brandt,  Music  Education 
William  Charles  Buckfelder,  Biology 
Lucinda  Ann  Burger,  Music  Education 
Rebecca  Sue  Burtner,  Elementary 

Education 
Robert  Gordon  Chabitnoy,  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 
Mary  Druding  DeLoache,  Music  Education 
Mary  Sandra  Didden,  Elementary 

Education 
Alan  Lavern  Dinsmore,  Actuarial  Science 
John  Ellis,  Elementary  Education 
Mark  Enge,  Music  Education 
Barry  Paul  Enzman,  Music  Education 
David  Lee  Eshelman,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Jeffrey  Robert  Evans,  Music  Education 
Jeffrey  Loren  Floyd,  Biology 
Jerry  Michael  Frey,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Wendie  Sue  Gingrich,  Biology 
Steven  Emory  Grove,  Biology 
Vicki  Lou  Hackman,  Biology 
Judith  Lynn  Haines,  Biology 
Kathy  Lynn  Halteman,  Biology 
Joy  Diane  Hannigan,  Biology 
Robert  Eugene  Harbaugh,  Biology 
Laurance  Alfred  Heilner,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Susan  Elizabeth  Heister,  Music  Education 
Lois  Elaine  Henckler,  Elementary 

Education 
Kathleen  Joy  Henderson,  Biology 


Craig  Richard  Hollenbach,  Music 

Education 
Carol  Lee  Hughes,  Elementary  Education 
Ann  Lynn  Hunsberger,  Eletnentary 

Education 
Christina  Rae  Hunsicker,  Elementary 

Education 
Nancy  Kathleen  Johnson,  Elementary 

Education 
Mark  Elliot  Jurman,  Biology 
William  Richard  Kauffman,  Music 

Education 
James  Peter  Kiernan,  Jr.,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Davis  Jay  Knauer,  Biology 
Sarah  Kay  Kuntz,  Music  Education 
George  Dech  Laubach,  Economics  and 

Busiyiess  Administration 
Theodore  Joseph  Ligenza,  Biology 
June  Dorothy  Lohman,  Elementary 

Education 
Teresa  Jo  Martin,  Music  Education 
Karl  Vance  Matter,  Mathematics 
Virgil  Paul  Mayer,  Biology 
James  Patrick  McLaughlin,  Biology 
Patricia  Jane  McLaughlin,  Biology 
Marybeth  Lea  McPherson,  Elementary 

Education 
Christine  Amy  Melson,  Music  Education 
Peter  Alwine  Merchant,  Music  Education 
Cynthia  Ann  Miller,  Biology 
Randall  Walter  Murphy,  Mathematics 
Susan  Gail  Owen,  Elementary  Education 
Karen  Lee  Page,  Elementary  Education 
Joyce  Cecilia  Palladino,  Biology 
Elena  Ann  Palomba,  Music  Education 
John  Nelson  Patterson,  Chemistry 
Robert  George  Pembleton,  Chemistry 
Linda  Ann  Pflug,  Elementary  Education 
Thomas  Warren  Poley,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 


119 


Chris  David  Purviance,  Biology 

John  Paul  Radich,  Jr.,  Biology 

Mark  Eric  Raver,  Biology 

Jane  Evelyn  Reaske,  Elementary  Education 

Elizabeth  Ann  Reber,  Elementary 

Education 
Jean  Maureen  Redding,  Music  Education 
John  Mark  Robertson,  Elementary 

Education 
Robert  Henry  Roes,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Dennis  Wayne  Rowland,  Music  Education 
Frank  Allen  Rutherford,  III,  Biology 
Laura  Narcis  Sazama,  Elementary 

Education 
Carol  Ann  Scott,  Music  Education 
Kimberly  Ann  Shetron,  Music  Education 
Stephen  Leonard  Shoop,  Chemistry 
Gary  Steven  Shultis,  Music  Education 
Mary  Jane  Kern  Smith,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Howard  Hertzler  Snyder,  Jr.,  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 


James  Thomas  Snyder,  Biology 
Susan  Elizabeth  Snyder,  Physics 
Karl  Eugene  Sweigart,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Karen  Lee  Taber,  Elementary  Education 
Lorraine  Carol  Torreyson,  Elementary 

Education 
Bonnie  Van  Houten,  Elementary 

Education 
Catherine  Mary  Vezza,  Elementary 

Education 
Richard  Floyd  Vogel,  Biology 
Edmund  Robert  Walsleben,  Biology 
Paul  James  Walsleben,  Biology 
Lewis  William  Ward,  Music  Education 
Sharon  Lorraine  Wert,  Elementary 

Education 
Peter  Andrew  West,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Dane  Adam  Wolfe,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Pamela  Joan  Wood,  Music  Education 
Daniel  Harry  Yocum,  Biology 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CHEMISTRY 


Joseph  Anthony  Kargol,  Jr. 
Scott  Raymond  Kreider 
Lynn  Rene  Landis 
Robert  Wayne  Moul 


Edward  Edwards  Quick 
Kathleen  Marie  Simmons  Robertson 
Gary  Keith  Smith 
Derrick  Stephen  Zingg 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 


Christine  Beryl  Brown 
Helen  Eileen  Cummings 
Shirley  Ann  Fackler 
Kay  LeVonne  Forker 


Susan  Rebecca  Kohl 
Lois  Anne  Moore 
Nancy  Christine  Peterson 
Mary  Theresa  Russo 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  NURSING 


Barbara  Jean  Brandt 
Patricia  Elaine  Deneen  Dixon 
Gail  Marlene  Girtch 


Wanda  Leed  McGarvey 
Susan  Mary  Pineau 
Yvonne  Stefanick 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  AUGUST  4,  1974 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Randall  Lee  Brown,  Chemistry 
John  Shenk  Curry,  Jr.,  Biology 
Robert  Lindley  Griffith,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Gwendolyn  Jan  Hughes,  Music  Education 


Richard  Craig  Martin,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 
Matthew  Flanders  Nichols,  Chemistry 
Joseph  Walter  Slavics,  Jr.,  Biology 
Lisa  Marie  Stoner,  Elementary  Education 


Jeffrey  Lee  Weaver,  Biology 


120 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  NURSING 

Jean  Diane  Irvine  Auge  Jacqueline  Ann  Joulwan  Dougherty 

GRADUATION  HONORS 

SUMMA  CUM  LAUDE 

Susan  Elizabeth  Snyder 


MAGNA  CUM  LAUDE 


Kristen  Rae  Angstadt 
Robert  Walter  Bohlander 
Betsy  Hume  Boyd 
Robert  Gordon  Chabitnoy 
Cynthia  Dorothy  Comfort 
Patricia  Elaine  Deneen  Dixon 
Robert  Eugene  Harbaugh 
Susan  Sara  Jacoby 
Jane  Harrison  Keebler 


Jenean  Marie  Kunkle 

Ruth  Ellen  McAllister 

Marybeth  Lea  McPherson 

Christine  Amy  Melson 

Howard  Edgar  Moore 

Elizabeth  Louise  Reitz 

Kathleen  Marie  Simmons  Robertson 

Stephen  Leonard  Shoop 

Christine  Evelyn  Walborn 


CUM  LAUDE 


Ann  Margaret  Algeo 
Colleen  Kay  Clemens 
Helen  Eileen  Cummings 
Vicki  Lou  Hackman 


Lois  Elaine  Henckler 
Gwendolyn  Jan  Hughes 
Christina  Rae  Hunsicker 
Edward  Edwards  Quick 


Mark  Eric  Raver 
Jill  Doris  Rouke 
Scott  Edward  Ruehr 
Bonnie  Van  Houten 


PHI  ALPHA  EPSILON 


Ann  Margaret  Algeo 
Kristen  Rae  Angstadt 
Robert  Walter  Bohlander 
Betsy  Hume  Boyd 
Robert  Gordon  Chabitnoy 
Colleen  Kay  Clemens 
Cynthia  Dorothy  Comfort 
Helen  Eileen  Cummings 
Patricia  Bllaine  Deneen  Dixon 
Vicki  Lou  Hackman 
Robert  Eugene  Harbaugh 
Lois  Elaine  Henckler 
Gwendolyn  Jan  Hughes 
Christina  Rae  Hunsicker 
Susan  Sara  Jacoby 


Robert  Walter  Bohlander 


Jane  Harrison  Keebler 
Jenean  Marie  Kunkle 
Ruth  Ellen  McAllister 
Marybeth  Lea  McPherson 
Christine  Amy  Melson 
Howard  Edgar  Moore 
Edward  Edwards  Quick 
Mark  Eric  Raver 
Elizabeth  Louise  Reitz 
Kathleen  Marie  Simmons  Robertson 
Jill  Doris  Rouke 
Scott  Edward  Ruehr 
Stephen  Leonard  Shoop 
Susan  Elizabeth  Snyder 
Bonnie  Van  Houten 
Christine  Evelyn  Walborn 

COLLEGE  HONORS 

Marybeth  Lea  McPherson 


Kathleen  Marie  Simmons  Robertson 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

In  Biology  Vicki  Lou  Hackman 

In  Biology Robert  Eugene  Harbaugh 

In  Chemistry   Kathleen  Marie  Simmons  Robertson 

In  Chemistry   Edward  Edwards  Quick 

In  Elementary  Education   Mary  Sandra  Didden 

In  Elementary  Education   Ann  Lynn  Hunsberger 


121 


In  Elementary  Education    Christina  Rae  Hunsicker 

In  Elementary  Education   Marybeth  Lea  McPherson 

In  Elementary  Education   Bonnie  Van  Houten 

In  Psychology Kristen  Rae  Angstadt 

In  Psychology   Robert  Walter  Bohlander 

In  Religion    Ruth  Ellen   McAllister 

HONORARY  DEGREES 

Conferred  May  19,  1974 

Rertha  B.  Blair   Doctor  of  Laws 

Benjamin  H.  Purcell    Doctor  of  Laws 

John  B.  Warman   Doctor  of  Divinity 

STUDENT  AWARDS,  1974  - 

Senior  Awards 

BAISH  MEMORIAL  HISTORY  AWARD 

Betsy  Hume  Boyd,  Clieltenham,  Pn. 

Established  in  1947  in  memory  of  Henry  Houston  Baish  by  his  wife  and 
daughter,  Margaret.  Awarded  to  a  member  of  the  senior  class  majoring  in 
history;  selected  by  the  chairman  of  the  department  of  history  and  political 
science  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

ANDREW  BENDER  MEMORIAL  CHEMISTRY  AWARD 

Edward  Edivards  Quick,  Ijikehurst,  N.J. 

Established  in  1952  by  the  Chemistry  Club  of  the  college  and  its  alumni. 
Awarded  to  an  outstanding  senior  majoring  in  chemistry. 

THE  SALOME  WINGATE  SANDERS  AWARD  IN  MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Christine  Amy  Melson,  Forty  Fort,  Pa. 

Established  in  1957  by  Robert  Bray  Wingate,  Class  of  1948,  in  honor  of  his 
grandmother,  Salome  Wingate  Sanders.  Given  annually  to  the  senior  who 
exemplifies  excellent  character,  potential  usefulness,  and  high  academic 
standing  and  who  evidences  loyalty  to  his  alma  mater. 

PI  GAMMA  MU  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD 

Robert  Gordon  Chabilnoy ,  Cleona,  Pa. 

Authorized  by  the  national  social  science  honor  society.  Pi  Gamma  Mu,  In- 
corporated, and  established  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  in  1948  by  the 
Pennsylvania  Nu  Chapter  of  the  society  for  the  promotion  of  scholarship 
in  the  social  sciences.  Granted  upon  graduation  to  a  senior  member  of 
Pennsylvania  Nu  Chapter,  selected  by  the  chapter's  Executive  Committee, 
for  outstanding  scholarship  in  economics,  government,  history,  or  so- 
ciology, and  high  proficiency  or  other  distinction  attained  in  their  study 
during  his  or  her  years  at  the  college. 

THE  SOUTHEASTERN  PENNSYLVANIA  SECTION, 
AMERICAN  CHEMICAL  SOCIETY  AWARD 

Kathleen  Marie  Simmons  Robertson,  Lancaster,  Pa. 

Presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  chemistry  major  in  each  of  the  colleges 
in  the  area  based  on  demonstrated  proficiency  in  chemistry.  The  award 
consists  of  a  book  entitled  A  German-English  Dictionary  for  Chemists. 

122 


THE  M.  CLAUDE  ROSENBERRY  MEMORIAL  AWARD 

Douglas  Hamilton  Arthur,  Lansdale,  Pa. 

Given  to  an  outstanding  senior  in  music  education  who  is  entering  the 
teaching  field  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and  who  has  demon- 
strated unusual  ability  and  promise  as  a  potential  teacher. 

B'NAI  B'RITH  AMERICANISM  AWARD 

Kenneth  Robert  Bichel,  Lehighton,  Pa. 

Given  to  the  member  of  the  graduating  class  who  throughout  the  year  best 
exemplified  the  philosophies  of  our  American  democracy:  those  precepts 
of  tolerance,  brotherhood,  citizenship,  and  respect  for  his  fellow  students, 
regardless  of  race,  color,  or  creed;  to  one  who  abhors  prejudice  and  discrim- 
ination and  who  has  earned  the  respect  and  admiration  of  his  fellow  stu- 
dents by  putting  into  practice  the  tenets  taught  to  all  of  us  in  our  institu- 
tions of  learning  for  the  purpose  of  making  this,  our  country,  a  better  land 
in  which  to  live. 

THE  GOVERNOR  JAMES  H.  DUFF  AWARD 

Kenneth  Robert  Bickel,  I.ehighton,  Pa. 

Established  in  1960  by  Governor  James  H.  Duff  (Pennsylvania)  to  pro- 
mote interest  in  state  government.  Awarded  annually  to  a  senior  who  by 
participation  in  campus  government  or  in  debating  demonstrates  a  facility 
and  interest  in  government  service. 

THE  CHUCK  MASTON  MEMORIAL  AWARD 

Howard  Earl  Knudson,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Established  in  1952  by  the  Knights  of  the  Valley.  This  award  is  made  an- 
nually to  a  male  member  of  a  varsity  team  who  has  displayed  the  excep- 
tional qualities  of  sportsmanship,  leadership,  cooperation  and  spirit. 

THE  JOHN  F.  ZOLA  ATHLETIC  AWARD 

Alan  Holt  Shortell,  Sebastian,  Fla. 

Established  in  1962  by  the  LV  Varsity  Club.  To  be  awarded  to  the  football 
player  showing  qualities  of  desire,  attitude,  sportsmanship,  and  initiative — 
the  qualities  that  John  displayed.  This  award  is  open  to  members  of  all 
classes  and  the  winner  is  elected  by  the  members  of  the  football  team. 

THE  SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  HONOR  CERTIFICATE  AWARD 

Christine  A'iny  Melsoji,  Forty  Fort,  Pa. 

Awarded  to  the  senior  music  major  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  over 

her  four  years  of  study.  The  award  consists  of  an  honor  certificate. 

CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION  CLUB  AWARD 

Lynne  Adele  Berioni,  Linden,  N.J. 

Awarded  to  an  outstanding  student  majoring  in  elementary  education  who 
has  demonstrated  qualities  of  character,  scholarship,  leadership,  and  ser- 
vice, and  who  has  successfully  completed  one  semester  of  student  teaching. 

OUTSTANDING  SENIOR  OF  DELTA  ALPHA  CHAPTER,  SAI 

Jean  Maureen  Redding,  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Awarded  by  the  Philadelphia  Alumnae  Chapter  of  Sigma  Alpha  Iota  to  the 

123 


girl  selected  by  her  sister  members  as  the  outstanding  senior  of  Delta  Alpha 
Chapter.  The  award  consists  of  a  partial  payment  toward  a  life  subscrip- 
tion of  Pan  Pipes,  the  fraternity  magazine. 

THE  PENNSYLVANIA  INSTITUTE  OF  CERTIFIED 
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  AWARD 

Jerry  Michael  Frey,  Cliambersburg,  Pa. 

The  Accountant's  Handbook,  awarded  to  a  senior  on  the  basis  of  ac- 
counting grades  and  qualities  of  leadership  on  campus. 

LA   VIE   COLLEGIENNE    AWARD 

James  Leonard  Katzavian,  Womelsdorf,  Pa. 

The  La  Vie  Collegienne  Award,  established  in  1964  by  the  Rev.  Bruce  C. 
Souders,  Class  of  1944,  adviser  to  and  former  editor  of  La  Vie  Collegienne, 
seeks  to  acknowledge  the  contribution  of  an  upperclassman  to  good  cam- 
pus public  relations  through  leadership  and  responsibility  in  the  publica- 
tion of  the  campus  newspaper. 

WALL  STREET  JOURNAL  AWARD 

Dane  Adam  Wolfe,  Cleona,  Pa. 

Established  in  1948  by  The  Wall  Street  Journal  for  distinguished  work  in 
the  department  of  economics  and  business  administration.  The  award  con- 
sists of  a  silver  medal  and  a  year's  subscription  to  The  Wall  Street  Journal. 

PHI  BETA  KAPPA  PRIZE 

Ruth  Ellen  McAllister,  Vienna,  Va. 

Established  in  1968  by  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Faculty  Group  of  Lebanon 
Valley  College.  Awarded  to  a  senior  who  best  measures  up  to  the  standards 
of  scholarship  and  character  set  by  the  national  society. 

SENIOR  PRIZE  IN  ENGLISH 

Benjamin  Metzler  Neideigh,  Jr.,  Lititz,  Pa. 

Established  by  the  class  of  1928.  Awarded  to  the  outstanding  senior  English 
major,  taking  into  account  scholarship,  originality,  and  progress. 

THE  FRANCIS  H.  WILSON  MEMORIAL  BIOLOGY  AWARD 

Robert  Eugene  Harbaugh,  Red  Lion,  Pa. 

Established  in  1972  by  family  and  friends  in  memory  of  Dr.  Francis  H. 
Wilson,  who  was  chairman  of  the  biology  department  for  fifteen  years.  The 
award  is  given  annually  to  an  outstanding  senior  biology  major  selected  by 
members  of  the  biology  department. 

WALLACE-LIGHT-WINGATE   AWARD   IN   LIBERAL  ARTS 

Kathleen  Marie  Simmons  Robertson,  Lancaster,  Pa. 

Established  in  1967  by  Robert  Bray  Wingate,  Class  of  1948,  in  honor  of 
Dr.  P.  A.  W.  Wallace  and  Dr.  V.  Earl  Light.  Given  annually  to  the  senior 
student  who  best  exemplifies  the  aims  of  liberal  arts  education,  namely,  a 
broad  interest  and  training  in  both  the  arts  and  sciences. 

124 


ACHIEVEMENT  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  IN 
ECONOMICS   AND   BUSINESS   ADMINISTRATION 

Robert  Gordon  Chabitnoy ,  Cleona,  Pa. 

Jerry  Michael  Frey,  Chambersburg,  Pa. 

Awarded  to  a  student  majoring  in  economics  and  business  administration 
for  outstanding  scholarship  in  economics  and  business  administration  and 
for  good  campus  citizenship.  Established  in  1965  by  the  People's  National 
Bank  of  Lebanon. 

HARRISBURG  CHAPTER  OF 

NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  ACCOUNTANTS  AWARDS 

Peter  Andrew  West,  Monmouth  Beach,  N.J. 

Granted  to  the  student  demonstrating  outstanding  achievement  in  the  in- 
troductory accounting  course.  The  award  consists  of  a  student  subscription 
to  NAA  Bulletin  and  Research  Reports  of  the  NAA. 

THE  DAVID  E.   LONG   MEMORIAL   MINISTERIAL  AWARD 

Howard  Edgar  Moore,  Martinsburg,  W.  Va. 

Established  in  1956  by  the  Reverend  Abram  M.  Long,  Class  of  1917,  in 
memory  of  his  father,  the  Reverend  David  E.  Long,  Class  of  1900.  This 
award  is  given  annually  to  a  student  preparing  for  the  ministry,  selected 
by  the  members  of  the  department  of  religion  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

THE  MARTHA  C.  FAUST  MEMORIAL  AWARD 

Kristen  Rae  Angstadt,  Kutztown,  Pa. 

Established  in  1973  by  Kappa  Lambda  Nu  in  memory  of  Martha  C.  Faust 
who  served  as  dean  of  women  from  1957  to  1972.  Awarded  to  a  senior 
woman  on  the  basis  of  high  personal  standards  and  significant  contribu- 
tion to  the  college. 

WHO'S  WHO  IN  AMERICAN  UNIVERSITIES  AND   COLLEGES 

Kristen  Rae  Angstadt,  Kutztown,  Pa. 
Lynne  Adele  Beriont,  Linden,  N.J. 
Kenneth  Robert  Bickel,  Lehighton,  Pa. 
Robert  Walter  Bohlander,  Williamsport,  Pa. 
Colleen  Kay  Clemens,  Lebanon,  Pa. 
Cynthia  Dorothy  Comfort,  Havertown,  Pa. 
Alan  Lavern  Dinsmore,  Brogue,  Pa. 
Mitchell  Monroe  Galloway,  York,  Pa. 
Steven  Emory  Grove,  Red  Lion,  Pa. 
Judith  Lynn  Haines,  Glenolden,  Pa. 
Kathy  Lynn  Halteman,  Pottstown,  Pa. 
Robert  Eugene  Harbaugh,  Red  Lion,  Pa. 
Kathleen  Joy  Henderson,  Hyattsville,  Md. 
Craig  Richard  Hollenbach,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Susan  Sara  Jacoby,  Lehighton,  Pa. 
Marybeth  Lea  McPherson,  Painted  Post,  N.Y. 
Christine  Amy  Melson,  Forty  Fort,  Pa. 

125 


Howard  Edgar  Moore,  Martinsburg,  W.  Va. 
Elizabeth  Louise  Reitz,  Devon,  Pa. 
Allan  Holt  Shortell,  Sebastian,  Ela. 
Christine  Evelyn  Walborn,  New  Freedom,  Pa. 
Daniel  Harry  Yocum,  Laiireldale,  Pa. 

Recognition  in  Who's  Who  Among  Students  in  American  Universities  and  Colleges  is 
awarded  annually  on  the  basis  of  grades,  personal  character,  and  campus  leadership. 
Final  selection  is  made  by  the  publishers. 

GENERAL  AWARDS 

ALUMNI  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARDS 

Joy  Janellc  Hofjmav,  Windber,  Pa.  _^ 

Frank  Clair  Hinnmert,  Jr.,  EUzahetlilown,  Pa. 
Nancy  Carol  Thompson,  CoUingdale,  Pa. 

These  awards,  authorized  by  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  Alumni  Association  in 
June,  1953,  were  established  with  the  resources  of  the  alumni  Life  Membership 
Fund.  These  scholarships  are  granted  annually  to  deser\'ing  students  on  the  basis 
of  character,  academic  achievement,  and  need;  the  recipients  of  these  scholarships 
to  be  designated  Alumni  Scholars. 

MAUD  P.  LAUGHLIN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD 

Louis  Joseph  Fuller,  Neiotown  Square,  Pa. 
Michael  Dustin  Rhoads,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Awarded  in  recognition  of  excellence  in  scholarship,  academic  progress,  campus 
citizenship,  seirvice  to  the  institution,  participation  in  extra-curricular  activities. 

JOHN  F.  ZOLA  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD 

Joseph  Francis  Deroba,  Treverton,  Pa. 

Awarded  by  the  Knights  of  the  Valley  to  a  full-time  student,  on  the  basis  of  char- 
acter and  financial  need. 

THE  BIOLOGICAL  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD 

Joan  Lynetle  Walker,  Nexoport,  Pa. 

Established  in  1918  by  alumni  and  friends.  Awarded  annually  by  the  chairman  of 
the  department  of  biology  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

MEDICAL  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD 

Stephen  Ray  Sanko,  Manheim,  Pa. 

Established  in  1918  by  alumni  and  friends.  Awarded  annually  on  the  basis  of 
merit. 

THE  WOMAN'S  CLUB  OF  LEBANON  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD 

Terry  Lee  Ristenbatf,  Lebanon,  Pa. 

An  award  given  annually  by  the  Woman's  Club  of  Lebanon  to  a  person  from 
Lebanon  County  enrolled  as  a  full-time  student;  the  choice  to  be  based  on  finan- 
cial need,  scholarship,  and  character. 

ALICE  EVERS  BURTNER  MEMORIAL  AWARD 

Nancy  Elaijie  Fritz,  Stilhvater,  Pa. 

Established  in  1935  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Alice  Evers  Burtner,  Class  of  1883,  by 
Daniel  E.  Burtner,  Samuel  J.  Evers,  and  Evers  Burtner.  Awarded  to  an  outstand- 
ing member  of  the  junior  class  selected  by  the  faculty  on  the  basis  of  scholarship, 
character,  social  promise,  and  need. 

126 


DELTA  ALPHA  CHAPTER  OF  SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  AWARD 

Jill  Ellen  Samples,  Nottingham,  Pa. 

Established  in  1963  in  memory  of  Marcia  M.  Pickwell,  instructor  in  piano.  Given 
annually  to  a  sophomore  or  junior  woman  student  majoring  in  music  who  is 
selected  on  the  basis  of  need,  musicianship,  and  future  promise  in  her  profession. 

SOPHOMORE  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD  IN  CHEMISTRY 

Lowell  Lamar  Styer,  Ephrata,  Pa. 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  the  sophomore  class  majoring  in  chemistry  who  has 
demonstrated  outstanding  work  in  the  field  of  chemistry.  This  award  was  orig- 
inated by  the  Student  Affiliate  Chapter  of  the  American  Chemical  Society. 

PHYSICS  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD 

Michael  Eugene  Broum,  East  Berlin,  Pa. 

Awarded  to  the  outstanding  student  of  the  freshman  or  sophomore  class  in  the 
first  year  physics  course.  The  award  consists  of  a  copy  of  the  Handbook  of  Chem- 
istry and  Physics. 

THE  MAX  F.  LEHMAN  MEMORIAL  MATHEMATICS  PRIZE 

Kevin  Peter  Clarkson,  Lansdale,  Pa. 

Established  by  the  Class  of  1907,  in  memory  of  a  classmate.  Awarded  to  that 
member  of  the  freshman  class  who  shall  have  attained  the  highest  standing  in 
mathematics. 

FLORENCE  WOLF  KNAUSS  MEMORIAL  AWARD  IN  MUSIC 

Suzanne  Jeanneite  Dauhert,  Fredericksburg,  Pa. 

Awarded  annually  to  the  freshman  girl  who  displays  the  following  basic  qualities: 
(1)  musicianship  with  performing  ability;  (2)  reasonably  high  academic  standing; 
(3)  cooperation,  dependability,  and  loyalty  to  the  college. 

MATHEMATICS  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD 

John  Russell  Longacre,  Broomall,  Pa. 

Awarded  to  a  student  in  the  department  of  mathematics  on  the  bases  of  achieve- 
ment, progress  and  industry.  The  award  consists  of  a  copy  of  the  new  edition  of 
the  Chemical  Rubber  Company's  book  on  Standard  Mathematics  Tables. 

FRESHMAN  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD  IN  CHEMISTRY 

Thomas  Lamar  Hassinger,  Elizabethville,  Pa. 
Kent  Verren  Flinchhaugh,  Red  Lion,  Pa. 
Rick  Charles  Mellinger,  Red  Lion,  Pa. 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  the  freshman  class  majoring  in  chemistry  who  has  dem- 
onstrated outstanding  work  in  the  field  of  chemistry.  This  award  was  originated 
by  the  Student  Affiliate  Chapter  of  the  American  Chemical  Society. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA— THE  DEAN'S  HONOR  AWARD 

Peggy  Ann  Olver,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  Delta  Alpha  Chapter  on  the  basis  of  scholarship,  mu- 
sicianship and  fraternity  service  and  in  recognition  of  her  outstanding  achieve- 
ment and  contribution  to  the  fraternity. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD 

Katherine  Elizabeth  Kocher,  Pleasantville,  N.J. 

Awarded  annually  by  the  Philadelphia  Alumnae  Chapter  of  Sigma  Alpha  Iota  to 

a  junior  member  of  Delta  Alpha  Chapter  on  the  basis  of  talent  and  need. 

127 


ACHIEVEMENT  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  IN  ECONOMICS 
AND  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

John  Frances  Halbleib,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Richard  Joseph  Newrnaster,  Lebanon,  Pa. 
Dennis  James  Weidman,  Ephrata,  Pa. 
Glenn  Alan  Zearfoss,  Annville,  Pa. 

Awarded  to  students  majoring  in  economics  and  business  administration  for  out- 
standing scholarship  in  economics  and  business  administration  and  for  good 
campus  citizenship.  Established  in  1965  by  the  People's  National  Bank  of  Leb- 
anon, Pennsylvania. 

GERMAINE  BENEDICTUS  MONTEUX  MUSIC  AWARD 

Laura  Lee  Wysolovski,  Huntington  Station,  N.Y. 

Established  in  1968  by  Denise  Monteux  Lanese  in  memory  of  her  mother,  Ger- 
maine  Benedictus  Monteux.  This  award  is  given  annually  to  a  sophomore  or 
junior  student  majoring  in  music  or  music  education  as  designated  by  the  depart- 
ment of  music  on  the  bases  of  outstanding  personal  attitudes,  effort,  and  progress 
in  musical  development,  and  need. 

BETA  BETA  BETA  FRESHMAN  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD  IN  BIOLOGY 

Robert  Seifz  Prey,  Cleona,  Pa. 
Robin  Kay  Malhias,  Hampstead^  Md. 

Awarded  annually  to  a  member  of  the  freshman  class  majoring  in  biology  who 
has  demonstrated  outstanding  work  in  biology.  The  award  was  established  by 
Alpha  Zeta  Chapter,  Beta  Beta  Beta,  National  Biological  Society. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARDS 

French:       Mary  Susan  Adler,  Collegeville,  Pa. 

Catherine  Lrene  Kaylor,  Lebanon,  Pa. 
Marjorie  Ann  Rote,  Westfield,  N.J. 
Susan  Ellen  Semmens,  Drexel  Hill,  Pa. 

German:      Susanne  Elizabeth  Beers,  Willingboro,  N.J. 
Judith  Eileen  Griffith,  Ephrata,  Pa. 
Sharon  Lynn  O'Neal,  Hummelstown,  Pa. 
Mark  Stephen  Plank,  Thornton,  Pa. 

Russian:      Joseph  Owen  Ritchey,  Everett,  Pa. 

Spanish:      Michelle  Elaine  Painchaud,  Cornwall,  Pa. 
Elizabeth  Ann  Jones,  Cleona,  Pa. 


128 


CORRESPONDENCE  DIRECTORY 

To  Facilitate  Prompt  Attention,  Inquiries 
Should  be  Addressed  as  Indicated  Below: 

Matters  of  General  College  Interest President 

Academic  Program Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

Admissions Director  of  Admissions 

Alumni  Interests Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

Business  Matters,  Expenses Vice  President  and  Controller 

Campus  Conferences  Coordinator  of  Conferences 

Development  and  Bequests Director  of  Development 

Evening  School  and  Summer  Session  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College 

Financial  Aid  to  Students Financial  Aid  Officer 

Placement: 

Teacher  Placement Director  of  Teacher  Placement 

Business  and  Industrial Director  of  Industrial  Placement 

Publication  and  Publicity Director  of  Public  Relations 

Religious   Activities    Chaplain 

Student  Interests Dean  of  Students 

Teacher  Certification Assistant  Dean  of  the  College 

Transcripts,  Academic  Reports   

Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  Registrar 

Address  all  mail  to: 

Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003 

Direct  all  telephone  calls  to: 

Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

Area  Code  717         Local  Number  867-3561  (until  March  1,  1975) 

Area  Code  717         Local  Number  867-441 1   (after  March  1,  1975) 

Regular  office  hours  for  transacting  business: 

College  office  hours  are  from  8:30  a.m.  to  12:00  noon  and  1:00  p.m. 
to  5:00  p.m.  Monday  through  Friday.  Members  of  the  staff  are  available 
for  interviews  at  other  times  if  appointments  are  made  in  advance. 


129 


INDEX 


Absences    33 

Academic   Classification    32 

Academic  Dishonesty 34 

Academic  Offices 107 

Academic  Probation 34 

Academic  Programs  and  Procedures  .  .  22 

Academic   Procedures    30 

Academic  Program  22 

Academic  Requirements  22 

Accreditation    8 

Activities,  Student 36 

Actuarial  Science,  Outline  of  Program  92 

Actuarial  Science,  Plan  of  Study  in  .  .  68 

Administrative  Staff 107 

Administrative  Regulations   33 

Admissions  Deposit    18 

Admissions,  Requirements  and 

Information    15 

Advanced  Placement   17 

Advisers,  Faculty 31 

Aid,  Student 20 

Aims  of  the  College  9 

Alpha  Phi  Omega 39 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  39 

Alumni  Office   109 

Alumni   Organization    116 

Anthropology,    Course    in    90 

Application   Fee    18 

Application  for  Admission 15 

Art,  Courses  in   42 

Athletics    41 

Athletics,  Aims  and  Objectives 41 

Attendance,  Chapel-Convocation    ....  34 

Attendance,  Class   33 

Auditing  Courses 31 

Auditions,  Department  of  Music   ...  16 

Auxiliary  Schools   28 

Auxiliary  School  Fees   19 

Awards  Conferred,  1974   122 

Baccalaureate,  Attendance  at 25 

Balmer  Showers  Lectureship 38 

Band,  All-Girl    76 

Band,  Symphonic   39, 76 

Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  21 

Baseball 41 

Basketball   41 

Biology,  Courses  in   43 

Biology,  Outline  of  Program    92 

Biology,  Marine    29 

Board  Fees   18 

Board  of  Trustees 112 

Board  of  Trustees,  Committees   115 

130 


Board  of  Trustees,  Officers 112 

Business  Administration,  Courses  in  ..  49 
Business    Administration,    Outline    of 

Program    93 

Business  Management   109 

Campus  Employment    21 

Campus  Map   134 

Campus   Organizations    38 

Cars,  Student  Rules  Concerning  ....  34 
Certification,  Requirements  for 

Teachers     94,98-100 

Change  of  Registration  30 

Chapel  Choir  39, 76 

Chapel-Convocation  Program 34,  36 

Chemistry,  Courses  in   45 

Chemistry,  Outline  of  Program 92 

Class  Attendance 33 

Clubs,  Departmental   39 

College  Calendar,   1974-1975    3 

College  Calendar,   1975-1976    4 

College  Center 108 

College    Chorus    39, 76 

College  Entrance  Examination  Board 

Tests     16 

College  History   6 

College  Honors,   1974    121 

College  Honors  Program 27 

College  Profile 6 

College   Relations  Area    109 

Commencement,  Attendance  at   25 

Committees,  Board  of  Trustees   115 

Committees,   Faculty    Ill 

Computer  Facilities   10 

Computer  Programming 47 

Concert  Choir  39, 75 

Concurrent  Courses  31 

Contingency  Deposit   18 

Cooperative  Programs   94 

Correspondence  Directory    129 

Counseling  and  Placement 32 

Course  Credit 42 

Course  Numbering  System    42 

Courses  of  Study  by  Departments  ....  42 
Credits  Earned  at  Another  Institution     17 

Cross  Country   41 

Cultural  Opportunities  40 

Cum  Laude  Graduates,  1974 121 

Degrees  Conferred,  1974 118 

Degrees,  Requirements  for 22 

Delta  Tau  Chi    38 

Denominational  Organizations    37 


Departmental  Clubs 39 

Departmental  Honors   27 

Departmental  Honors,  Biology 44 

Departmental  Honors,  Chemistry  ....  46 

Departmental  Honors,  Economics  ...  48 
Departmental  Honors,  Elementary 

Education    52 

Departmental  Honors,  English  55 

Departmental  Honors,  Foreign 

Languages  58 

Departmental  Honors,  History   63 

Departmental  Honors,  Mathematics  .  .  69 
Departmental    Honors,    Music    ....    72, 78 

Departmental   Honors,  Philosophy    .  .  79 

Departmental  Honors,  Physics    82 

Departmental  Honors,  Political 

Science  65 

Departmental   Honors,   Psychology    .  .  84 

Departmental   Honors,   Religion    ....  87 

Departmental  Honors,  Sociology    ....  90 

Departmental  Honors,  1974 121 

Departments,  Courses  of  Study  by  . .  .  42 

Development  Office 109 

Directories    101 

Discontinuance  of  Courses  31 

Dismissal   35 

Distribution  Requirements    26 

Double  Major   23 

Dramatic  Organizations 39 

Economics  and  Business  Adminis- 
tration, Courses  in   48 

Economics   and   Business   Administra- 
tion, Outline  of  Program  93 

Education,  Courses  in  51 

Elementary  Education,  Courses  in  .  .  .  53 
Elementary  Education,  Outline  of 

Program    94 

Elementary  Education — 

Subject  Matter  Requirements 99 

Emeritus  Professors    101 

Employment 21 

Endowment  Funds   II 

Engineering,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Program  94 

English,  Courses  in 55 

Enrollment  Statistics   14 

Entrance  Requirements 15 

Evening  Classes  28 

Examinations  23 

Examination,  College  Entrance  Board  16 

Expenses    18 

Extension  Courses    28 

Extra-Curricular  Activities   36 

Faculty 101 

Faculty  Advisers   31 

Faculty  Committees   Ill 


Fees  and  Deposits 18 

Financial  Aid    20 

Football     41 

Foreign  Languages,  Courses  in  58 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 26 

Forestry,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Program  95 

French  Club  39 

French,  Courses  in    59 

Freshman  Orientation  30 

Furnishings,  Residence  Halls 19 

General  Alumni   Organization    116 

General  Requirements    26 

Geography,  Courses  in 62 

Geology,  Courses  in   62 

German,  Courses  in   60 

Golf    41 

Governing  Bodies 40-41 

Grade-Point  Average   23 

Grading  and  Quality  Points,  System  of  23-24 

Grading,  Pass-Fail 24 

Grants-in-Aid   21 

Green  Blotter  Club 39 

Greek,  Courses  in  60 

Guild  Student  Group   39 

Hazing  34 

Health  Reports  15 

Health  Services   108 

History  and  Political  Science, 

Courses  in 62 

History,  College    . 6 

History,  Courses  in   63 

Honorary  Degrees,  1974   122 

Honorary  Organizations   39 

Honors  Program  27 

Honors  Sections 27 

Hours,  Limit  of  Credit 32 

Independent  Study,  Biology   45 

Indpendent  Study,  Chemistry   47 

Independent  Study,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration   51 

Independent  Study,  Elementary 

Education    54 

Independent  Study,  English   57 

Independent  Study,  French   59 

Independent  Study,  German   60 

Independent  Study,  History 65 

Independent  Study,  Mathematics  ....     71 

Independent  Study,  Music 78 

Independent  Study,  Philosophy   ...   79, 80 

Independent  Study,  Physics 82,  84 

Independent  Study,  Political  Science  67 
Independent  Study,  Psychology  ....   84,  86 

Independent  Study,  Religion 89 

Independent  Study,  Sociology  91 

131 


Independent  Study,  Spanish 62 

Information  for  Prospective  Students  15 

Institutional  Rules 41 

Instructors    106 

Insurance  Plan  and  Fee   18 

Intercollegiate  Athletic  Programs  ....  41 

Interdisciplinary  Courses    68 

Investment    Club    39 

Junior  Year  Abroad 29 

Lacrosse 41 

Late  Registration    30 

La  Vie  CoIIegienne 39 

Limit  of  Hours  32 

Loans   21 

Major  Requirements   22 

Marine  Biology  Program   29 

Map,  Campus 134 

Mathematics,  Courses  in 68 

Meals   20 

Medical  Examinations 15 

Medical  Technology,  Cooperative 

Program,  Outline  of  Program    ....  96 

Music,   Conducting    78 

Music,  Courses  in  71 

Music  Education,  Outline  of  Program  97 

Music  Fees   18 

Music  Instruction,  Applied   78 

Music  Instruction,  Individual   78 

Music,  Instrumental   Courses    75 

Music,  History  and  Appreciation  of  .  .  77 

Music,  Methods  and  Materials   74 

Music  Organizations 39,  76 

Music,  Outline  of  Program   96 

Music,  Special  Requirements    71 

Music,  Student  Teaching   75 

Music,  Theory  of  72 

National  Direct  Student  Loans 21 

New  Facilities    10 

New  Student  Orientation   30 

Night  Classes   28 

Nursing,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Program   97 

Objectives  of  the  College  9 

Office  of  President   107 

Officers,  Board  of  Trustees   112 

Orientation 30 

Parking,  Student  Rules  on  34 

Part-Time  Student  Fees  19 

Pass/Fail  Grading 24 

Payment  of  Fees  and  Deposits   19 

Philosophy,  Courses  in    79 

132 


Physical  Education,  Courses  in 80 

Physical  Education  Requirement    ...  26 

Physical  Examinations 15 

Physics,  Courses  in  81 

Placement   32 

Political  Science,  Courses  in    62 

Pre-Dental  Curriculum   92 

Pre-Medical    Curriculum    92 

Presidents  of  the  College  8 

Presidential  Scholarships    21 

Pre- Veterinary   Curriculum    92 

Principles  and  Objectives 9 

Private  Music  Instruction 78 

Prizes  Awarded,   1974    122 

Probation,  Academic   34 

Procedures,  Academic   30 

PROJECT    37 

Professional   Curricula,  Special   Plans 

for 92 

Professors    101 

Professors,  Assistant   104 

Professors,  Associate 103 

Professors,    Emeritus    101 

Psycliology,  Courses  in 84 

Public   Relations   Office    109 

Publications,   Student    39 

Quality  Points,  System  of 23 

Quittapahilla,  The  39 

Readmission     35 

Recitals,   Student    78 

Recognition  Groups 38 

Recreation    41 

Refund  Policy  19 

Registration    30 

Regulations,  Administrative    33 

Religion  and  Life  Lectureships   38 

Religion,  Courses  in    87 

Religious  Emphasis  Day  38 

Religious  Life   36 

Repetition  of  Courses   31 

Requirements,  Admission 15 

Requirements,  Degrees    22 

Requirements,  Distribution  and 

General    26 

Residence  Halls,  Regulations 19 

Residence  Requirement    23 

Rules,   Institutional    41 

Russian,  Courses  in   61 

Schedules,  Arrangements  of    32 

Scholarships    21 

Scholarsliip   Funds    11 

Secondary  Education,  Com^ses  in  ...  .  54 
Secondary  Education — Subject  Matter 

Requirements 98,  100 


Semester  Hours  22 

Semester  Hour  Limitations 32 

Service   Organizations    39 

Soccer 41 

Social  Organizations 38 

Social  Sciences  Curriculum 98 

Social  Sciences,  Major  89 

Sociology,  Courses  in 89 

Spanish,  Courses  in    61 

Special  Plans  of  Study    92 

Student  Activities  36 

Student  Affairs  Offices 108 

Student  Awards,  1974 122 

Student  Employment 21 

Student  Finances 18 

Student  Government   40 

Student    Loans    21 

Student   Personnel   Offices    108 

Student  Publications   39 

Student  Recitals   78 

Student  Teaching  ...  54,  55,  74,  93,  98,  99 

Summer  Session 28 

Sunday  Church  Services   37 


Supplemental  Educational 

Opportunity  Grants  21 

Support  and  Control   10 

Suspension    35 

Symphonic  Band  39, 75 

Symphony  Orchestra   39, 75 

Teacher  Placement  Bureau  33 

Teaching,  Certification 

Requirements      94, 98-100 

Track  41 

Transcripts   34 

Transfer  Credit 17 

Transfer  Students 25 

Trustees,  Board  of 112 

Two  Majors  23 

University  Center  at  Harrisburg  ....     28 

Washington  Semester  Program 29 

Withdrawal    35 

Withdrawal  from  Courses   24 

Withdrawal  Refunds  19 

Wrestling    41 


133 


CAMPUS  ENTRANCE  I 


\  T'"^  ^- 


1 

Administration  Buildin( 

3        11 

Funkhouser  Hall 

23 

Blair  Music  Center 

2 

Allan  W.  Mund 

12 

Hammond  Hall 

24 

North  College 

College  Center 

13 

Heating  Plant 

25 

Saylor  Hall 

3 

Arnold  Field 

14 

Infirmary 

26 

Science  Annex 

4 

Art  Studio 

15 

Keister  Hall 

27 

Science  Hall 

5 

6 

7 
8 

Carnegie  Building 
(Admissions  Office) 
Centre  Hall 
East  College 
Faculty  Offices, 
104  College  Ave. 

16 
17 
18 
19 

Kreider  Hall 

Laughlin  Hall 

Library 

Lynch  Memorial  Building 
(Gym) 

28 
29 
30 
31 
32 

Sheridan  Hall 
Silver  Hall 
South  Hall 

United  Methodist  Ch 
Vickroy  Hall 

urch 

9 

Faculty  Offices, 

20 

Maintenance  Build 

ing 

33 

Wagner  House 

1  12  College  Ave. 

21 

Mary  Capp  Green 

Hall 

(Faculty  Lounge) 

0 

Faculty  Offices, 

22 

Miller  Chapel 

34 

West  Hall 

130  College  Ave. 

35 

West  Annex 

Notes 


WERT 
BOOKBINDING 

MIDDLETOWN.   PA. 

FEBRUARY    "5 

^'e'reQualily  BouruJ